CHaPter 1 administration

Transcription

1

2

3

4 Item # 1 Comment Seq # 1 USEC 2012 (Chapters 1 8, 10): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: CHaPter 1 administration title, Purpose, and Scope title. This document shall be known as the Uniform Solar Energy Code, may be cited as such, and will be referred to herein as this code Purpose. This code is an ordinance providing minimum requirements and standards for the protection of the public health, safety, and welfare. [UPC:101.2] Plans required. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of plans, specifications, drawings, and such other information as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, prior to the commencement of, and at any a time during the progress of, any work regulated by this code. The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from preventing construction operations being carried on thereunder when where in violation of this code or of any other pertinent ordinance or from revoking any a certificate of approval when where issued in error. [UPC:101.3] Scope The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar systems within this jurisdiction. [UPC: ] repairs and alterations. In existing buildings or premises in which solar installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, deviations from the provisions of this code are permitted, provided such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] maintenance. The solar system of any a premises under the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be maintained in a sanitary and safe operating condition by the owner or the owner s agent. [UPC: ] existing Construction. No provision of this code shall be deemed to require a change in any a portion of a solar system or any other work regulated by this code in or on an existing building or lot when where such work was installed and is maintained in accordance with law in effect prior to the effective date of this code, except when any where such solar system or other work regulated by this code is determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to be in fact dangerous, unsafe, insanitary, or a nuisance and a menace to life, health, or property. [UPC: ] Conflicts between Codes. When Where the requirements within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with the requirements of the plumbing or mechanical code, this code shall prevail. In instances where the code, applicable standards, or the manufacturer s instructions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail. [UPC: ] additions, alterations, repairs, and replacement. Additions, alterations, repairs, and replacement of solar systems shall comply with the provisions for new systems except as otherwise provided in Section [UPC: ] appendices. The provisions in the appendices are intended to supplement the requirements of this code and shall not be considered part of this code unless formally adopted as such. [UPC: ] application to existing Solar System additions, alterations, or repairs. Additions, alterations, or repairs shall be permitted to be made to any a solar system without requiring the existing solar system to comply be in accordance with all the requirements of this code, provided the addition, alteration, or repair conforms to is in accordance with that required for a new solar system. Additions, alterations, or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded. [UPC: ] Health and Safety. Whenever Wherever compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or any other dangerous or insanitary condition that may involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner s agent shall install such additional solar facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as may be ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] existing Installation. Solar systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code may shall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued if where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system. [UPC: ] 1

5 Changes in building occupancy. Solar systems that are a part of any a building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall comply to be in accordance with the requirements of this code that may be are applicable to the new use or occupancy. [UPC: ] maintenance. Solar systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in conformance accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause any a solar system to be reinspected. [UPC: ] moved buildings. Solar systems that are part of buildings or structures moved into this jurisdiction shall comply be in accordance with the provisions of this code for new installations, except as provided for in Section [UPC: ] organization and enforcement authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be the Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For such purposes, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the powers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations supplemental to this code as deemed necessary in order to clarify the application of the provisions of this code. Such interpretations, rules, and regulations shall be in accordance with the intent and purpose of this code. In accordance with the prescribed procedures and with the approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to appoint such number of technical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors or employees as necessary to carry out the functions of the code enforcement agency. [UPC:102.1] duties and Powers of the authority Having Jurisdiction The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to appoint such assistants, deputies, inspectors, or other employees as necessary to carry out the functions of the department and this code Cooperation of other officials and officers. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to request the assistance and cooperation of other officials of this jurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance. [UPC: ] right of entry. Whenever Wherever it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or whenever wherever the Authority Having Jurisdiction has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in any a building or upon any a premises any a condition or violation of this code that makes the building or premises unsafe, insanitary, dangerous, or hazardous, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to enter the building or premises at all reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed upon the Authority Having Jurisdiction by this code, provided that if where such building or premises is occupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall present credentials to the occupant and request entry. If Where such building or premises is unoccupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall first make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the building or premises and request entry. If Where entry is refused, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has recourse to every remedy provided by law to secure entry. When Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have first obtained a proper an inspection warrant or other remedy provided by law to secure entry, no owner, occupant, or person having charge, care, or control of any a building or premises shall fail or neglect, after proper request is made as herein provided, to promptly permit entry herein by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the purpose of inspection and examination pursuant to this code. [UPC: ] Stop orders. Whenever Wherever any work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to order the work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons engaged in the doing or causing such work to be done, and any such persons shall forthwith stop work until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to proceed with the work. [UPC: ] authority to disconnect utilities in emergencies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to disconnect a solar system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property. [UPC: ] authority to Condemn. Whenever Wherever the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that any a solar system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition, as appropriate. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar system after receiving such notice. When Where such solar system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice. [UPC: ] Liability. The Authority Having Jurisdiction charged with the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith and without malice in the discharge of the Authority Having Jurisdiction s duties, shall not thereby be rendered personally liable for any a damage that may accrues to persons or property as a result of any an act or by reason of any an act or omission in the discharge of duties. A 2

6 suit brought against the Authority Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act or omission performed in the enforcement of any a provision of this code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by this jurisdiction until final termination of the proceedings. [UPC: ] Violation and Penalties Violations. It shall be unlawful for any a person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain any a solar system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code. [UPC: ] Penalties. Any A person, firm, or corporation violating any a provision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable by a fine, and/or imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. Each separate day or any portion thereof, during which any a violation of this code occurs or continues, shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense. [UPC: ] board of appeals General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority Having Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals consisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to plumbing design, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of plumbing systems and who are not employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business and shall render decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Limitations of authority. The Board of Appeals shall have no authority relative to interpretation of the administrative provisions of this code, nor shall the board be empowered to waive requirements of this code Permits and Inspections Permits Permits required. It shall be unlawful for any a person, firm, or corporation to make any an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel any a solar system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section , or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems exempt Work. A permit shall not be required for the following [UPC: ]: (1) Leak repair. The repairing of leaks in pipes, valves, or components, provided such repairs do not involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes, or components. Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in violation of the provisions of the code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. [UPC: ] (2) replacement. Replacement of any a component part that does not alter its original approval and complies in accordance with other applicable requirements of this code application for Permit application. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefore in writing on a form furnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for that purpose. Every ssuch application shall: [UPC: ]: (1) Scope of Work. Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made. [UPC: ] (2) Site. Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address, or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work. [UPC: ] (3) use or occupancy. Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. [UPC: ] (4) data. Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, and other data as required in Section [UPC: ] (5) Signature. Be signed by the permittee or the permittee s authorized agent,. who may be required to submit evidence to indicate such authority The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require evidence to indicate such authority. [UPC: ] (6) other Information. Give such other data and information as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one (1) or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar system designed by, an engineer, and/or an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such. Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other data if where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance within the code. [UPC: ] 3

7 Information on Plans and Specifications. Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to shall be in accordance with the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. [UPC: ] The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the option to accept plans and specifications electronically, in lieu of on cloth or paper, in whatever format it shall require Permit Issuance Issuance. The application, plans, and specifications and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall be reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plans shall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws under their jurisdiction. If Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work described in an application for permit and the plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith conform to are in accordance with the requirements of the code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Section have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue a permit therefore to the applicant. When Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications APPROVED. Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and all the work shall be done completed in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar system before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying in accordance with all pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, or solar system will be granted. [UPC: ] retention of Plans. One (1) set of approved plans, specifications, and computations shall be retained by the Authority Having Jurisdiction until final approval of the work covered therein. One (1) set of approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant, and said set shall be kept on the site of the building or work at times during which the work authorized thereby is in progress. [UPC: ] Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any a violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. The issuance of a permit based upon plans, specifications, or other data shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans, specifications, and other data or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder when where in violation of this code or of other ordinances of this jurisdiction. [UPC: ] expiration. Every A permit issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if where the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within one-hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such permit, or if where the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any a time after the work is commenced for a period of one-hundred and eighty (180) days. Before such work is can be recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one-half (1/2) the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such suspensions or abandonment have not exceeded one (1) year. Any A permittee holding an unexpired permit shall be permitted to apply for an extension of the time within which work shall be permitted to commence under that permit when where the permittee is unable to commence work within the time required by this section for good and satisfactory reasons. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to extend the time for action by the permittee for a period not exceeding one-hundred and eighty (180) days upon written request by the permittee showing that circumstances beyond the control of the permittee have prevented action from being taken. No permit shall be extended more than once. In order to renew action on a permit after expiration, the permittee shall pay a new full permit fee. [UPC: ] Suspension and revocation. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to, in writing, suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code whenever wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information supplied or in violation of other ordinance or regulation of the jurisdiction. [UPC: ] Fees Permit Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule Table The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. [UPC: ] Plan review Fees. When Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section , a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review. The plan review fees for solar system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permit fees. When Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table [UPC: ] 4

8 expiration of Plan review. Applications for which no permit is issued within one-hundred and eighty (180) days following the date of application shall expire by limitation, plans and other data submitted for review may thereafter, shall be returned to the applicant or destroyed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to exceed the time for action by the applicant for a period not to exceed one-hundred and eighty (180) days upon request by the applicant showing that circumstances beyond the control of the applicant have prevented action from being taken. No application shall be extended more than once. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee. [UPC: ] Investigation Fees: Work Without a Permit Special Investigation. Whenever Wherever any work for which a permit is required by this code has been commenced without first obtaining said permit, a special investigation shall be made before a permit may be is issued for such work. [UPC: ] Fees. An investigation fee, in addition to the permit fee, shall be collected whether or not a permit is then or subsequently issued. The investigation fee shall be equal to the amount of the permit fee that would be is required by this code if where a permit were to be issued. The payment of such investigation fee shall not exempt any a person from compliance with other provisions of this code, nor from any a penalty prescribed by law. [UPC: ] Fee refunds authorization. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of any a fee paid hereunder that was erroneously paid or collected. [UPC: ] no Work. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of not more than a percentage, as determined by this jurisdiction when where no work has been done under a permit issued in accordance with this code. [UPC: ] time Limit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not authorize the refunding of any a fee paid except upon written application filed by the original permittee not to exceed one-hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of fee payment. [UPC: ] Inspections General. Solar systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. No portion of any a solar system shall be concealed until inspected and approved. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. When Where the installation of a solar system is complete, an additional and final inspection shall be made. Solar systems regulated by this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] Inspection. No solar system or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved. [UPC: ] Scope. New solar system work and such portions of existing systems as may be affected by new work, or any changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar system is in accordance with approved plans. [UPC: ] Covering or using. No solar system or part thereof, shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it has been tested, inspected, and accepted as prescribed in this code. [UPC: ] uncovering. If any Where a solar system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] operation of Solar equipment. The requirements of this section shall not be considered to prohibit the operation of any solar equipment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than seventy-two (72) hours after such replacement work is completed, and before any a portion of such solar system is concealed by any a permanent portion of the building. [UPC: ] testing of Systems. Solar systems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] test. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Authority Having Jurisdiction s duly appointed representative. [UPC: ] test Waived. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar system, or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system. [UPC: ] exceptions. In cases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance with the intent of this code. [UPC: ] 5

9 tightness. Joints and connections in the solar system shall be gas-tight and water-tight for the pressures required by test. [UPC: ] Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by a permit to notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction that such work is ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require that every request for inspection be filed not less than one (1) working day before such inspection is desired. Such request may shall be permitted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the option of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspections required by this code to provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work. [UPC: ] advance notice. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by the permit to notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, orally or in writing, that said work is ready for inspection. Such notification shall be given not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the work is to be inspected. [UPC: ] responsibility. It shall be the duty of the holder of a permit to make sure that the work will stand the test prescribed before giving the notification. The equipment, material, and labor necessary for inspection or tests shall be furnished by the person to whom the permit is issued or by whom inspection is requested. [UPC: ] other Inspections. In addition to the inspections required by this code, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require other inspections of any a solar work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and other laws that are enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or solar system of any a building premises when where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the proper Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar system or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall conform to be in accordance with the requirements of this code. [UPC: ] moved Structures. Parts of the solar systems of any a building or part thereof that is moved from one (1) foundation to another, or from one (1) location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test when where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided. [UPC: ] reinspections. A reinspection fee shall be permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspection when where such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when where required corrections have not been made. This provision is not to be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to comply be in accordance with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for inspection or reinspection. Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed when where the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from plans requiring the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an application therefore in writing upon a form furnished for that purpose and pay the reinspection fee in accordance with Table In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid. [UPC: ] Corrections. Notices of correction or violation shall be written by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the site of the work or mailed or delivered to the permittee or his authorized representative. Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with any such notice or order within ten (10) days of receipt thereof, shall be considered a violation of this code and shall be subject to the penalties set forth elsewhere in this code for violations. [UPC: ] retesting. If Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work will not pass the test, necessary corrections shall be made, and the work shall then be resubmitted for test or inspection. [UPC: ] approval. Upon the satisfactory completion and final test of the solar system, a certificate of approval shall be issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to the permittee on demand. [UPC: ] Connection approval energy Connections. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to any a solar system or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] other Connections. No person shall make connection from any a water-supply line nor shall connect to any a sewer system regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] temporary Connections. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment. [UPC: ] 6

10 103.7 unconstitutional General. If any Where a section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this code is, for any a reason, held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this code. The legislative body hereby declares that it would have passed this code, and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that one (1) or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses, and phrases are declared unconstitutional. [UPC: ] Validity Coverage. If any Where a provision of this code, or the application thereof to any a person or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of the code, or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby. [UPC: ] appendix. Wherever in this code reference is made to an appendix, the provisions in the appendix shall not apply unless specifically adopted. [UPC: ] table SoLar PermIt FeeS Permit Issuance 1. For issuing each permit * 2. For issuing each supplemental permit * unit Fee Schedule (in addition to items 1 and item 2 above) 1. For Collectors (including related piping and regulating devices) Up to 1000 sq. ft. square feet (93 m 2 ) * Between 1001 (93.1 m 2 ) and 2000 sq. ft. square feet (186 m 2 ) * More than 2000 sq. ft. square feet (186 m 2 ), $5.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 sq. ft. square feet (93 m 2 ) or fraction thereof over 2000 sq. ft. square feet (186 m 2 ) 2. For Storage Tanks (including related piping and regulating devices) Up to 750 gallons (3 m 3 ) * Between 751 gallons (3 m 3 ) and 2000 gallons (8 m 3 ) * More than Exceeding 2000 (8 m 3 ) gallons, $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 (4 m 3 ) or fraction thereof over exceeding 2000 gallons (8 m 3 ) 3. For Rock Storage Up to 1500 cu. ft. cubic feet (42 m 3 ) * Between 1501 (42.1 m 3 ) and 3000 cu. ft. cubic feet (84 m 3 ) * More than 3000 cu. ft. cubic feet (84 m 3 ), $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 cu. ft. cubic feet (28 m 3 ) or fraction thereof over 3000 cu. ft. cubic feet (84 m 3 ) 4. For each appliance or piece of equipment regulated by this code for which no fee is listed * other Inspections and Fees 1. Inspections outside of normal business hours * 2. Reinspection Fee * 3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated * 4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions, or revisions to approved plans (minimum charge - one-half ( 1 2) hour) * 5. Plan Check Fee. Where specific plans are required, a plan check fee shall be charged equal to one-half ( 1 2) the total permit fee, excluding the permit issuance fee. Note: These fees do not include permit fees for any parts of the solar system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes. * Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here. 7

11 CHaPter 2 definitions a accessible. When Where applied to a fixture, connection, appliance, or equipment, accessible means having access thereto, but which first may require the removal of an access panel, door, or similar obstruction. Readily accessible means direct access without the necessity of removing any panel, door, or similar obstruction. [UPC:203.0] accessible, readily. Having a direct access without the necessity of removing panel, door, or similar obstruction. airgap, drainage. The unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any a pipe, plumbing fixture, appliance, or appurtenance conveying waste to the flood-level rim of the receptor. [UPC:203.0] airgap, Water distribution. The unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any a pipe or faucet conveying potable water to the flood-level rim of any a tank, vat, or fixture. [UPC:203.0] alternating-current (ac) module (alternating-current Photovoltaic module). A complete, environmentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics, inverter, and other components, exclusive of tracker, designed to generate AC power when where exposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2] b backflow. The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures, or substances into the distributing pipes of a potable supply of water from any sources other than its intended source. See Back-Siphonage, Back-Pressure Backflow. [UPC:204.0] backflow Connection. Any An arrangement whereby backflow can occur. [UPC:204.0] backflow Preventer. A backflow prevention device, an assembly, or means other method to prevent backflow into the potable water system. bipolar Photovoltaic array. A photovoltaic array that has two (2) outputs, each having opposite polarity to a common reference point or center tap. [NFPA 70:690.2] building drain. That part of the lowest piping of a drainage system that receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer beginning two (2) feet (610 mm) outside the building wall. [UPC:204.0] building Supply. The pipe carrying potable water from the water meter or other source of water supply to a building or other point of use or distribution on the lot. Building supply shall also mean water service. [UPC:204.0] C Closed Loop System. A system where the fluid is enclosed in any a piping system that is not vented to the atmosphere. Combustible Construction. For the purpose of this code, combustible construction is a structure in which any a member of its structural framework will ignite and burn at a temperature of 1392 F (756 C) or less. Condensing unit. A specific refrigerating machine combination for a given refrigerant, consisting of one (1) or more powerdriven compressors, condensers, liquid receivers (when required), and the regularly furnished accessories. Critical Level. The critical level (C-L or C/L) marking on a backflow prevention device or vacuum breaker is a point conforming to approved standards and established by the testing laboratory (usually stamped on the device by the manufacturer) that determines the minimum elevation above the flood-level rim of the fixture or receptor served at which the device may be installed. When Where a backflow prevention device does not bear a critical level marking, the bottom of the vacuum breaker, combination valve, or the bottom of any such approved device shall constitute the critical level. [UPC:205.0] Cross-Connection. Any A connection or arrangement, physical or otherwise, between a potable water supply system and any a plumbing fixture or any a tank, receptor, equipment, or device through which it may be possible for non-potable, used, unclean, polluted and contaminated water, or other substances to enter into any a part of such potable water system under any condition. [UPC:205.0] d department Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction, including any other law enforcement agencyies affected by any a provision of this code, whether such agency is specifically named or not. [UPC:206.0] drain. Any A pipe that carries waste or waterborne wastes in a building drainage system. [UPC:206.0] 8

12 207.0 e existing Work. A solar system or any part thereof that has been installed prior to the effective date of this code. [UPC:207.0] F Fixture branch. A water supply pipe between the fixture supply pipe and the water distributingon pipe. [UPC:208.0] Flammable. Flammable may be defined as one of the following: (a1) A liquid which has a flash point equal to or less than 100 F (38 C) as defined by procedures described in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Section (b2) A gas for which a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume, with air, forms a flammable mixture at atmospheric pressure or the flammable range with air at atmospheric pressure exceeding 12 percent in width regardless of the lower limits. Testing methods described in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Section shall be used. (c3) A solid that is likely to cause fires due to friction, retain heat from processing, or that can be ignited under normal temperature conditions and when where ignited burns so as to create a serious threat to public health and safety. Normal temperature conditions mean temperatures normally encountered in the handling, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous wastes. (d4) A gas, liquid, or sludge, that ignites spontaneously in dry or moist air equal to or less than 130 F (54 C) or upon exposure to water. (e5) A strong oxidizer. Flash Point. The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form a ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid within the vessel, as specified by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as follows: The flash point of a liquid having a viscosity less than forty-five (45) Saybolt Universal Seconds or exceeding 100 F (38 C), and a flash point less than 200 F (93 C), shall be determined in accordance with the ASTM D56, Standard Test Method for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester. The flash point of a liquid having a viscosity of forty-five (45) Saybolt Universal Seconds or exceeding 100 F (38 C) or a flash point equal to or exceeding 200 F (93 C), shall be determined in accordance with the ASTM D93, Standard Test Methods for Flash-Point by Pinsky-Martens Closed Cup Tester. Flooded. A fixture is flooded when where the liquid therein rises to the flood-level rim. [UPC:208.0] FPn. Explanatory material, such as references to other standards, references to related sections, or information related to an NFPA 70 code rule is included in the form of fine-print notes (FPNs). Fine print notes are informational only and are not enforceable as requirements of this chapter. [NFPA 70:90.5(C)] H Hazardous material. Any A substance or mixture of substances that is toxic, corrosive, flammable, an irritant, a sensitizer, and that presents a potential threat to the health of humans or animals. Horizontal Pipe. Any A pipe or fitting that is installed in a horizontal position or which makes an angle of less than forty-five (45) degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal. [UPC:210.0] I Insanitary. A condition that is contrary to sanitary principles or is injurious to health. Conditions to which insanitary shall apply include the following: (1) Any A trap that does not maintain a proper trap seal. (2) Any An opening in a drainage system, except where lawful, that is not provided with an approved liquid-sealed trap. (3) Any plumbing fixture or other waste-discharging receptor or device that is not supplied with water sufficient to flush and maintain the fixture or receptor in a clean condition. (43) Any A defective fixture, trap, pipe, or fitting. (54) Any A trap, except where in this code exempted, directly connected to a drainage system, the seal of which is not protected against siphonage and back-pressure by a vent pipe. (65) Any A connection, cross-connection, construction, or condition, temporary or permanent, that would permit or make possible by any means whatsoever for any an unapproved foreign matter to enter a water distribution system used for domestic purposes. (76) The foregoing enumeration of conditions to which the term insanitary shall apply, shall not preclude the application of that term to conditions that are, in fact, insanitary. [UPC:211.0] Irradiation, Instantaneous. The quantity of solar radiation incident on a unit surface area in unit time, measured in British thermal unit per hour per square foot (btu/hr/ft 2 ) (W/m 2 ). 9

13 212.0 J Joint, brazed. Any A joint obtained by joining of metal parts with alloys that melt at temperatures exceeding 840 F (449 C), but less than the melting temperature of the parts to be joined. [UPC:212.0] L Langley (calth/cm 3 ). A unit of measurement of insolation, equal to 3.69 btu British thermal unit per hour per square foot per square foot (Btu/ft 2 ) [one (1) gram-calorie per square centimeter (gr/cm 2 )]. Listing agency. An agency accredited by an independent and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a material and product listing and labeling (certification) system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, which is in the business of listing or labeling. The system includes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspection on current production of listed (certified) products, and makes available a published report of such listing in which specific information is included that the material or product conforms to is in accordance with applicable standards and found safe for use in a specific manner. [UPC:214.0] Lot. A single or individual parcel or area of land legally recorded or validated by other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction on which is situated a building or which is the site of any work regulated by this code, together with the yards, courts, and unoccupied spaces legally required for the building or works, and that is owned by or is in the lawful possession of the owner of the building or works. [UPC:214.0] m main. The principal artery of any a system of continuous piping to which branches may be connected. [UPC:215.0] mechanical Code. For the purpose of this code, any reference to the The mechanical code that is adopted by the jurisdiction. Where a mechanical code is not adopted or where the content of the mechanical code adopted by the jurisdictions is not applicable, then Mmechanical Ccode shall mean the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) as promulgated by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). module. A complete, environmentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics, and other components, exclusive of tracker, designed to generate DC power when where exposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2] n nuisance. Includes, but is not limited to: (a1) Any A public nuisance known at common law or in equity jurisprudence. (b2) Whenever any Wherever a work regulated by this code is dangerous to human life or detrimental to health and property. (c3) Inadequate or unsafe water supply or sewage disposal system. [UPC:216.0] o offset. A combination of elbows or bends in a line of piping that brings one (1) section of the pipe out of line but into a line parallel with the other section. [UPC:217.0] open Loop System. A system where the fluid is enclosed in any a piping system that is vented to the atmosphere P Passive Solar Systems. As used in these requirements, are solar systems that utilize elements of a building, without augmentation by mechanical components such as blowers or pumps, to provide for the collections, storage, or distribution of solar energy for heating, and/or cooling, or both. Photovoltaic System Voltage. The direct current (DC) voltage of any a photovoltaic source or photovoltaic output circuit. For multiwire installations, the photovoltaic system voltage is the highest voltage between any two (2) DC conductors. [NFPA 70:690.2] Plastic CC1. Plastic materials that have a burning extent of one (1) inch (25.4 mm) or less when tested in nominal inch (1.52 mm) thickness by ASTM D635, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position, or in the thickness intended for use. Plastic CC2. Plastic materials that have a burning rate of two and one-half (2 1 2) inches per minute (in/min) (1.05 m/s) or less when where tested in nominal inch (1.52 mm) thickness by ASTM D635, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position, or in the thickness intended for use. Plenum. An air compartment or chamber to which one (1) or more ducts are connected and that forms part of either the conditioned air supply, circulating air, or exhaust air system, other than the occupied space being conditioned. Plumbing appliance. Any oone (1) of a special class of devices or equipment that is intended to perform a special plumbing function. Its operation, and/or control, or both may be depen dent upon one (1) or more energized components, such as motors, controls, heating elements, or pressure- or temperature-sensing elements. Such device or equip ment may operate automatically 10

14 through one (1) or more of the following actions: a time cycle, a temperature range, a pressure range, a measured volume or weight; or the device or equipment may be manually adjusted or controlled by the user or operator. [UPC:218.0] Plumbing appurtenance. A manufactured device, a prefabricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of component parts that is an adjunct to the basic piping system and plumbing fixtures. An appurtenance demands no ad ditional water supply, nor does it add any a discharge load to a fixture or the drainage system. It performs some useful function in the op eration, maintenance, servicing, economy, or safety of the plumbing system. [UPC:218.0] Plumbing Code. For the purpose of this code, any reference to the The plumbing code that is adopted by the jurisdiction. Where a plumbing code is not adopted or where the content of the plumbing code adopted by the jurisdiction is not applicable, then Pplumbing Ccode shall mean the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) as promulgated by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). Plumbing Fixture. An approved-type installed receptacle, device, or appliance that is supplied with water or that receives liquid or liquid-borne wastes and discharges such wastes into the drainage system to which it may be directly or indirectly connected. Industrial or commercial tanks, vats, and similar processing equipment are not plumbing fixtures, but may be connected to or discharged into approved traps or plumbing fixtures when where and as otherwise provided for elsewhere in this code. [UPC:218.0] Q Quasi-Steady State. The state of the solar collector test when where the flow rate and temperature of the fluid entering the collector are constant but the exit fluid temperature changes gradually due to the normal change in irradiation that occurs with time for clear sky conditions r roughing-in. The installation of all the parts of the solar system that can be are capable of being completed prior to the installation of fixtures. This includes drainage, water supply, gas piping, vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports. [UPC:220.0] S Solar Cell. The basic photovoltaic device that generates electricity when where exposed to light. [NFPA 70:690.2] Solar Constant. The average amount of solar radiation reaching the earth s atmosphere per unit time (about two (2) langleys per minute (Calth/cm 2 /min)). Solar System. As used in this code, is any a configuration of equipment and components to collect, convey, store, and convert the sun s energy for a purpose. Standard air. Air weighing seventy-five thousanths (0.075) of a pound-force per cubic foot (lb/ft 3 ) (1.2 kg/m3) and is equivalent in density to dry air at a temperature of 70 F (21.1 C) and standard barometric pressure of twenty-nine and ninety-two hundredths (29.92) of a inch Hg. (1.01 x 105 kpa). Stratified. State when where thermal stratification is inside the storage t thermal Stratification. State when where the local storage temperature is a function of the vertical storage height, with the temperature decreasing from top to bottom. total Incident Irradiation. The total solar radiant energy incident upon a unit surface area during a specified time period, expressed in British thermal unit per square foot (Btu/ft 2 ) (J/m 2 ). transfer System. The intermediate piping, and/or ducts, or both between the various components of the solar system V Vacuum. Any A pressure less than that exerted by the atmosphere. [UPC:224.0] W Water-distributingon Pipe. In a building or premises, a pipe that conveys potable water from the building supply pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other water outlets. [UPC:225.0] Water Supply System. The building supply pipe, the water-distributingon pipes, and the necessary connecting pipes, fittings, control valves, backflow prevention devices, and all appurtenances carrying or supplying potable water in or adjacent to the building or premises. [UPC:225.0] Welded Joint or Seam. Any A joint or seam obtained by the joining of metal parts in the plastic molten state. [UPC:225.0] 11

15 CHaPter 3 GeneraL regulations General Scope. This chapter governs general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repair of a solar system materials Standards and alternates minimum Standards approvals. All ppipe, pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used in a solar system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall conform to be in accordance with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Plastic pipe and the fittings used for plastic pipe, other than those for gas, shall meet the requirements of NSF 14. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, fixtures, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. [UPC: ] marking. Each length of pipe and each pipe fitting, trap, fixture, material, and device used in a solar system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. When Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be acceptable. [UPC: ] Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the requirements of this code, when where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, there may be only a the portion of the listed standard that is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be used only by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar materials standards is included in Table [UPC: ] existing buildings. In existing buildings or premises in which solar installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions of this code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safety requirements, as they pertain to solar systems, shall be observed. [UPC: ] Pipe, tubing, and Fittings Sizes. Pipe, tubing, and fitting sizes shall be expressed in nominal sizes as referenced in Table for material standards alternate materials and methods equivalency. Nothing in this code is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Technical documentation shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to approve or disapprove the system, method or device for the intended purpose. However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. Any An alternate material or method of construction so approved shall not be considered as conforming to in accordance with the requirements, and/or intent, or both of this code for any a purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction when where the submitted data does not prove equivalency. [UPC:301.2] testing. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of equivalency. [UPC: ] approved Standards. Tests shall be made in accordance with approved or applicable standards, by an approved testing agency at the expense of the applicant. In the absence of such standards, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to specify the test procedure. [UPC: ] request by authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests to be made or repeated if, at any time, where there is reason to believe that any a material or device no longer conforms to is in accordance with the requirements on which its approval was based. [UPC: ] Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipe shall be standard- weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe. [UPC:302.0] disposal of Liquid Waste General. It shall be unlawful for any a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of sewage, human excrement, or other liquid wastes, in any a place or manner, except through and by means of an approved drainage system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this code. [UPC:303.0] 12

16 Connections to Plumbing System required General. Plumbing fixtures, drains, appurtenances, and appliances, used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage, shall be connected properly to the drainage system of the building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code. [UPC:304.0] Structural design Loads General. (remaining text unchanged) deleterious Wastes Contamination. Waste from a solar system that are deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into any a waterway Location Site. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar system, or parts thereof shall be located in any a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities. [UPC:308.1] transfer of ownership. (remaining text unchanged) Improper Location General. (remaining text unchanged) Workmanship accepted engineering Practices. Design, construction, and workmanship shall be in conformity accordance with accepted engineering practices and shall be of such character as to secure the results sought to be obtained by this code. [UPC:310.1] Conceals. It is unlawful to conceal cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials by welding, brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon any a paint, wax, tar, solvent cement, other leak-sealing or repair agent. [UPC:310.2] Imperfections. (remaining text unchanged) Installation Practices. Solar systems shall be installed in a manner conforming to that is in accordance with this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer s installation instructions. In instances where the code, applicable standards, or the manufacturer s instructions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. [UPC:310.4] Installation accessible Locations. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of connection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations. [UPC:311.6] The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the water piping connections of open loop systems direction of Flow. Valves, pipes, and fittings shall be installed in correct relationship to the direction of flow. [UPC:311.7] Screwed Fittings material. (remaining text unchanged) Protection of Piping, materials and Structures under or through Walls. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot water piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be appropriately sealed. [UPC:313.1] expansion and Contraction. (remaining text unchanged) Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete, and masonry walls, and concrete floors. Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored. [UPC: ] Load from building Construction. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to any a load from building construction. [UPC: ] Structural Integrity. Any A structural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of the building code. [UPC:313.11] Corrosion, erosion, or mechanical damage. (remaining text unchanged) 13

17 Protectively Coated Pipe. Protectively coated pipe shall be inspected and tested, and any a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired to comply in accordance with Section [UPC:313.5] tightness. (remaining text unchanged) Solar Fluid Piping. No solar fluid piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. [UPC:313.6] Waterproofing of openings. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic and Copper Piping. Plastic and copper piping penetrating framing members to within one (1) inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than No. 18 gauge ( inches) (1.2 mm) in thickness. The steel nail plate shall extend along the framing member not less than one and one-half (1 1 2) inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing. [UPC:313.9] Freeze Protection. Adequate pprovisions shall be made to protect solar systems from freezing. Where freeze protection is accomplished by manual draining, valves shall be installed to isolate the portions of the system requiring freeze protection and the piping; shall be pitched toward a designated point for draining. A label shall be located on the storage tank that identifies the freeze protection method and the procedure that shall be followed to protect the system Water Hammer Protection. (remaining text unchanged) mechanical devices. When Where listed mechanical devices are used, the manufacturer s specifications as to location and method of installation shall be followed. [UPC: ] ratproofing. (remaining text unchanged) Protection against decay and termites. (remaining text unchanged) Hangers and Supports Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table [UPC:314.1] alignment. (remaining text unchanged) excavation. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved per Section of this code. [UPC:314.3] Strength. (remaining text unchanged) Components of Solar System. Components of a solar system shall be adequately supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer s installation instructions, and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction Hanger rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall be no smaller than those shown in Table [UPC:314.6] table HanGer rod SIZe PIPe and tube SIZe rod SIZe inches mm inches mm For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm [UPC: Table 3-1] Spacing. Gas piping shall be supported by metal straps or hooks at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table [UPC:314.7] table SuPPort of PIPInG [nfpa 54:tabLe ] SteeL PIPe, nominal SPaCInG of SuP- nominal SIZe of tub- SPaCInG of SIZe of PIPe PortS InG SmootH-WaLL SuPPortS (inches) (feet) (inches o.d.) (feet) or or or larger or 1 8 (horizontal) (horizontal) or larger every floor level 1 or larger every floor level (vertical) (vertical) For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = mm 14

18 trenching, excavation, and backfill trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of any a building or structure and paralleling the same shall be not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom, or as approved per Section of this code. [UPC:315.1] tunneling and driving. Tunneling and driving shall be permitted to be done in yards, courts, or driveways of any a building site. Where sufficient depth is available to permit, tunnels shall be permitted to be used between open-cut trenches. Tunnels shall have a clear height of two (2) feet (610 mm) above the pipe and shall be limited in length to one-half (1/2) the depth of the trench, with a maximum length of eight (8) feet (2438 mm). When Where pipes are driven, the drive pipe shall be not less than one (1) size larger than the pipe to be laid. [UPC:315.2] open trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar system, or any a part thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. [UPC:315.3] excavations. Excavations shall be completely backfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Adequate pprecaution shall be taken to ensure proper compactness of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilled in thin layers to twelve (12) inches (305 mm) above the top of the piping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boulders, cinderfill, frozen earth, construction debris, or other materials that would will damage or break the piping or cause corrosive action. Mechanical devices such as bulldozers, graders, etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill to grade. Fill shall be properly compacted. Suitable pprecautions shall be taken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled or made ground. [UPC:315.4] Water Pipes. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (1) Location. The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not less than twelve (12) inches (305 mm) above the top of the sewer or drain line. [UPC: ] (2) Solid Shelf. The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated at one (1) side of the common trench with a clear horizontal distance of not less than twelve (12) inches (305 mm) from the sewer or drain line. Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building shall be laid not less than twelve (12) inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drain pipe. [UPC: ] Changes in direction General. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of fittings, except that changes in direction in copper tubing shall be permitted to be made with bends provided that such bends are made with bending equipment that does not deform or create a loss in the cross-sectional area of the tubing testing media. The piping of the solar system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer fluid, or as recommended by the manufacturer except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of any plugs, etc., to ascertain if where the pressure has reached all parts of the system Liquid Solar System. Upon completion, the system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved air-tight open Loop Systems. Open loop systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested under a water pressure not less than the maximum working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A fifty (50) pound-force per square inch (psi) (344.5 kpa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test other open Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop or other type pressure systems shall be tested at one and one-half (1-1/2) times maximum designed operating pressure. All ssystems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than fifteen (15) minutes Storage tanks Pressure type. Storage tanks Sshall be tested as prescribed in Section above non Pressure type. Storage tanks Sshall be tested by filling it with water for a period of twenty-four (24) hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval abandonment General. Every An abandoned solar system or part thereof shall be disconnected from any remaining systems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner Storage tank. Every An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use in a solar system shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 15

19 other Systems General. (remaining text unchanged) Safety requirements Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and the installation thereof, shall conform to be in accordance with minimum requirements for safety from structural failure, and mechanical failure, and excessive pressures established by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in accordance with nationally recognized standards Controls. (remaining text unchanged) Welding. Welding shall be done by approved welders in conformity accordance with nationally recognized standards. Such welding shall be subject to the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction Water temperature. Any A solar system providing hot water exceeding 140 F (60 C) shall be equipped with a listed tempering valve or temperature-limiting device to limit the temperature of water delivered to the domestic hot water system to a maximum of 140 F (60 C) or less Spark or Flame. Solar equipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flammable vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors, controllers, or switches are not less than eighteen (18) inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant Protection. Any A portion of the solar system installed where it may be is subjected to mechanical damage shall be suitably guarded against such damage by being installed behind adequate barriers or, when where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle Hazardous Heat-transfer materials approval. (remaining text unchanged) Flash Points. The flash point of heat-transfer materials shall be: (1) Vented Inside. Not less than 50 F (10 C) above the design maximum operating temperature and as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of the liquid in the system. (2) Vented outside. Not less than 50 F (10 C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation temperature minus 200 F (93 C) of the liquid in the system. The collector, collector manifold, and manifold relief valve shall not discharge directly or indirectly into the building or toward an open flame or other source of ignition materials. Any A solar system components, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation Corrosion. (remaining text unchanged) 16

20 table HanGerS and SuPPortS materials types of JoIntS HorIZontaL VertICaL Cast Lead and Oakum 5 feet (1524 mm), except 10 feet (3048 mm) where 10 foot lengths (3048 mm) are installed 1,2,3 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm 1 Support adjacent to joint, a maximum of not to exceed eighteen (18) inches (457 mm). 2 Brace at a maximum of to not exceed forty (40) feet ( mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement. 3 Support at each horizontal branch connection. 4 Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling. 5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction, when first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 6 See the appropriate IAPMO Installation Standard for expansion and other special requirements. [UPC: Table 3-2] Compression Gasket Base and each floor a maximum not to exceed 15 feet (4572 mm) Every other joint, unless over 4 feet Base and each floor a maximum of (1219 mm), then support each joint 1,2,3 not to exceed 15 feet (4572 mm) Cast-Iron Hubless Shielded Coupling Every other joint, unless over 4 feet Base and each floor a maximum of (1219 mm), then support each joint 1,2,3,4 not to exceed 15 feet (4572 mm) Copper Tube and Pipe Steel and Brass Pipe for Water or DWV Steel, Brass, and Tinned Copper Pipe for Gas Schedule 40 PVC and ABS DWV Soldered or Brazed Threaded or Welded inches (40 mm) and smaller, 6 feet Each floor, a maximum of not to (1829 mm), 2 inches (50 mm) and larger, exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) 5 10 feet (3048 mm) 3 4 inch (20 mm) and smaller, 10 feet (3048 mm), 1 inch (25 mm) and larger, 12 feet (3658 mm) Threaded or Welded 1 2 inch (15 mm), 6 feet (1829 mm), 3 4 inch (20 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm), 8 feet (2438 mm), inch (32 mm) and larger, 10 feet (3048 mm) Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet (1219 mm). Allow for expansion every 30 feet (9144 mm) 3,6 CPVC Solvent Cemented 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller, 3 feet (914 mm), inch (32 mm) and larger, 4 feet (1219 mm) Every other floor, a maximum of not to exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) inch (15 mm), 6 feet (1829 mm), 3 4 inch (20 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm), 8 feet (2438 mm), (32 mm) every floor level Base and each floor. Provide midstory guides. Provide for expansion every 30 feet (9144 mm) 6 Base and each floor. Provide midstory guides 6 Lead Wiped or Burned Continuous Support A maximum of Not to exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Steel and Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction PEX PEX-AL-PEX PE-AL-PE Polypropylene (PP) Cold Expansion Metal Insert and Metal Compression Metal Insert and Metal Compression Metal Insert and Metal Compression Fusion weld (socket, butt, saddle, electrofusion), threaded (metal threads only), or mechanical 32 inches (813 mm) Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. 1 2 inch (15 mm) 3 4 All sizes Base and each floor. Provide midstory guides. inch (20 mm) 1 inch 98 inches (25 mm) } (2489 mm) 1 2 inch (15 mm) 3 4 All sizes Base and each floor. Provide midstory guides. inch (20 mm) 1 inch 98 inches (25 mm) } (2489 mm) 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller, 32 inches (813 mm); inches (32 mm) and larger, 4 feet (1219 mm) Base and each floor. Provide midstory guides. 17

21 CHaPter 4 PIPInG General Scope. The provisions of this chapter cover the construction, installation, alteration, and repair of solar water heating system piping. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code unlawful Connections General. No installation of solar piping, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter any a portion of the potable water system from any a pipinge, tank, receptacle, or equipment by reason of back-siphonage, by suction or any other cause Connection. No person shall make a connection or allow one (1) to exist between pipes or conduits carrying potable water supplied by any a public or private water service building supply system, and any pipes, conduits, or fixtures containing or carrying water from any other source or containing or carrying water that has been used for any a purpose whatsoever, or any piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or any substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard and maintained in accordance with this code. [UPC:602.2] Installation. No device or construction shall be installed or maintained or shall be connected to any a potable water supply, when where such installation or connection provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connection between a distributing system of water for drinking and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated by such device or construction unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard [UPC:602.3] Identification of a Potable and non-potable Water System General. In buildings where potable water and non-potable water systems are installed, each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Sections through Section [UPC:601.2]: Potable Water. (remaining text unchanged) Color and Information. Yellow back ground with black uppercase lettering, with the words Caution: Non-potable water, do not drink. Each non-potable system shall be identified to designate the liquid being conveyed, and the direction of normal flow shall be clearly shown. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall conform to comply with Table The background color and required information shall be indicated every twenty (20) feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level. [UPC: ] Fixtures. Where vacuum breakers or backflow preventers are installed with fixtures listed in Table , identification of the discharge side shall be permitted to be omitted. [UPC: ] outlets. Each outlet on the non-potable waterline that is used for special purposes shall be posted with black uppercase lettering as follows: CAUTION: NON-POTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINk. table minimum LenGtH of CoLor FIeLd and SIZe of LetterS outside diameter of PIPe or CoVerInG For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm [UPC: Table 6-1] minimum LenGtH of CoLor FIeLd minimum SIZe of LetterS (inches) (mm) (inches) (mm) (inches) (mm) 1 2 to (15 to 32) 8 (203) 1 2 (12.7) to 2 (40 to 50) 8 (203) 3 4 (19.1) to 6 (65 to 150) 12 (305) (32) 8 to 10 (200 to 250) 24 (610) (64) Over 10 (Over 250) 32 (813) (89) 18

22 Cross-Connection Control General. Cross-connection control shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. No person shall install any a water-operated equipment or mechanism, or use any a water-treating chemical or substance, if where it is found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable water supply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be permitted only when where equipped with an approved backflow prevention device or assembly. [UPC:603.0] approval of devices or assemblies. Before any a device or assembly is installed for the prevention of backflow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested for conformity in accordance with recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices and assemblies shall comply with Table (a), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. The minimum airgap to afford backflow protection shall be in accordance with Table (b). Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good working condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often when where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester. If Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC:603.1] degree of HaZard device, assembly, or method 1 Air gap Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances table (a) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods applicable StandardS ASME A ASME A Atmospheric-type vacuum ASSE 1001 or breaker (consists of a body, CSA B checking member and atmospheric port) Anti siphon fill valve (ballcocks) for gravity water closet flush tanks and urinal tanks Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, hose bibbs, frost resistant, automatic draining type Backflow preventer for Carbonated Beverage Dispensers (two (2) independent check valves with a vent to the atmosphere) Spill Resistant Pressure Type Backflow Prevention Assembly Vacuum Breaker (single check valve with air inlet vent and means of field testing) ASSE 1002 or CSA B ASSE 1019 or CSA B PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) InStaLLatIon 2,3 back- back- back- back- SIPHonaGe PreSSure SIPHonaGe PreSSure X X See Table (b) in this chapter. X X Air gap fitting is a device with an internal air gap and typical installation includes plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances. The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. X X Upright position. No valve down stream. Minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 4,5 X X Installation on gravity water closet flush tank and urinal tanks with the fill valve installed with the critical level not less than one (1) inch above the opening of the overflow pipe. 4,5 X X Installation includes wall hydrants and hose bibbs. Such devices are not for use under continuous pressure conditions (means of shut-off downstream of device is prohibited). 4,5 ASSE 1022 X Installation includes carbonated beverage machines or dispensers. These devices operate under intermittent or continuous pressure conditions. ASSE 1056 X X Upright position. Minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 5 19

23 degree of HaZard device, assembly, or method 1 Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly (two (2) independent check valves and means of field testing) table (a) (continued) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods applicable StandardS ASSE 1015; AWWA C510; CSA B 64.5 or CSA B PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure InStaLLatIon 2,3 X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot (305mm) 12 inch clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ or ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. ASSE 1048 X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot (305mm) 12 inch clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ or ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. Installation includes a fire protection system and is designed to operate under continuous pressure conditions. Pressure Vacuum Breaker Backflow Prevention Assembly (loaded air inlet valve, internally loaded check valve and means of field testing) ASSE 1020 or CSA B X X Upright position. May have valves downstream. Minimum of twelve (12) inches (305 mm) above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. May discharge water. Reduced Pressure Principle Back-flow Prevention Assembly (two in dependently acting loaded check valves, a differential pressure relief valve and means of field testing) ASSE 1047 X X X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot (305mm) 12 inch minimum clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ladder for test and repair. May discharge water. Installation includes a fire protection system and is designed to operate under continuous pressure conditions. ASSE 1013; AWWA C511; CSA B64.4 or CSA B X X X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot (305mm) 12 inch minimum clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ or ladder for test and repair. May discharge water. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. 2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than twelve (12) hours in any a twenty-four (24) hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section [UPC: TABLE 6-2] 20

24 table (b) minimum airgaps For Water distribution 4 FIXtureS WHen WHere not affected by SIdeWaLLS 1 WHen WHere affected by SIdeWaLL 2 (inches) (mm) (inches) (mm) Effective openings 3 not greater than one-half ( 1 2) 1 (25.4) (38) inch (12.7 mm) in diameter Effective openings 3 not greater than three-quarters (38) (57) ( 3 4) inch (19.1 mm) in diameter Effective openings 3 not greater than one (1) inch 2 (51) 3 (76) (25.4 mm) in diameter Effective openings 3 greater than one (1) inch (25.4 Two (2) times diameter of effective opening Three (3) times diameter of effective mm) in diameter opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect airgaps when where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three (3) times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four (4) times the effective opening for two (2) intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in Note 1 above. The effect of three (3) or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the airgap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. If Where two (2) or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Airgaps less than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved only as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of zero (0) to twenty-five (25) inches (635 mm) of mercury. [UPC: TABLE 6-3] General requirements Listing. Assemblies shall conform to be in accordance with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and in stallation of backflow-prevention assemblies. [UPC: ] Identification. Where more than one (1) backflow prevention valve is installed on a single premise, and the valves are installed in one (1) location, each separate valve shall be permanently identified by the permittee in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC: ] testing. The premise owner or responsible person shall have the backflow prevention assembly tested by a certified backflow assembly tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures referenced in Table by a tester qualified in accordance with those standards. [UPC: ] access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and repair. Access and clearance shall require a minimum of not less than one (1) foot 12 inches (305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly and the grade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceeding five (5) feet (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be provided with a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or maintenance person. [UPC: ] direct Connection Prohibited. Direct connections between potable water piping and sewer-connected wastes shall not be permitted to exist under any condition with or without backflow protection. Where potable water is discharged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved airgap of two (2) pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case shall the gap be less than one (1) inch (25.4 mm). [UPC: ] backflow Preventers. Backflow preventers for hot water exceeding 110 F (43.3 C) shall be a type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding 110 F (43.3 C) without rendering any a portion of the assembly inoperative. [UPC: ] manufacturer Installed backflow Preventer. (remaining text unchanged) Cold Climate. (remaining text unchanged) drain Lines. (remaining text unchanged) Specific requirements Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or solar heating shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers used in indirect-fired water heaters shall meet the requirements of Section Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat-transfer medium by providing a space between the two (2) walls that are vented to the atmosphere. [UPC: ] Single-Wall Heat exchangers. Indirect-fired water heater that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet all of the following requirements: 21

25 (1) Connected to a low-pressure hot water boiler limited to a maximum of thirty (30) pound-force per square inch gauge (psig) (207 kpa) by an approved safety or relief valve. (2) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids having a toxicity rating or Class of 1. (3) Bear a label with the word Caution, followed by the following statements: (a) The heat-transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid having a toxic rating or Class of 1 as listed in Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products, 5th edition. (b) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30) psig (207 kpa) by an approved safety or relief valve. Note: The word CAUTION and the statements in letters having a minimum uppercase height of inch (3.0 mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than inch (1.2 mm). Lowercase letters shall be not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification. [UPC: ] Protections. (2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side of the last valve with the critical level not less than six (6) inches (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) backflow device. Where systems have a backflow device installed downstream from a potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following: (1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB). (2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assembly (PVB). (3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB). (4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow preventer prevention assembly (RP). [UPC: ] Chemical Injection. Where systems include a chemical injector or any provisions for chemical injection, the potable water supply shall be protected by a the following: (1) Rreduced-pressure principle backflow preventer prevention assembly (RP). [UPC: ] non-potable Water Piping. In cases where it is impractical to correct individual cross-connections on the domestic waterline, the line supplying such outlets shall be considered a non-potable water line. No drinking or domestic water outlets shall be connected to the non-potable waterline. Whenever possible, pportions of the non-potable waterline shall be exposed, and exposed portions shall be properly identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each outlet on the non-potable waterline that is permitted to be used for drinking or domestic purposes shall be posted: CAUTION: NON- POTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINk. [UPC: ] Location. Backflow preventers shall not be located in any an area containing fumes that are toxic, poisonous, or corrosive. [UPC: ] deck-mounted. Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer s instructions, with the critical level not less than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim. [UPC: ] materials Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, and fittings carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall meet be in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table Materials used in the water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply piping shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table [UPC:604.1] 22

26 table material referenced Standard table Water distribution referenced Standard(S) PIPe PIPe and FIttInGS material building SuPPLY PIPe and FIttInGS Asbestos-Cement X 1* ASTM C 296, AWWA C400 referenced Standard(S) FIttInGS Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 Copper X X ASTM B 42, ASTM B 75, ASTM B 88, ASTM B 251, ASTM B 302, ASTM B 447 ASME B 16.15, ASME B 16.18, ASME B 16.22, ASME B CPVC X X ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 441, ASTM F 442 ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 437, ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, ASTM F 1970 Ductile-Iron X X AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C110, AWWA C153 Galvanized Steel X X ASTM A 53 Malleable Iron X X ASME B16.3 PE X 1* ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737, ASTM D 3035, AWWA C901, CSA B137.1 ASTM D 2609, ASTM D 2683, ASTM D 3261, ASTM F 1055, CSA B137.1 PE-AL-PE X X ASTM F 1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F 1282, ASTM F 1974, CSA B137.9 PEX X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSA B137.5 ASTM F 877, ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 1960, ASTM F 1961, ASTM F 2080, ASTM F 2159, CSA B137.5 PEX-AL-PEX X X ASTM F 1281, CSA B137.10, ASTM F 2262 PVC X 1* ASTM D 1785, ASTM D2241, AWWA C900 ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 1974, ASTM F 2434, CSA B ASTM D 2464, ASTM D 2466, ASTM D 2467, ASTM F 1970 Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A 312 1* For Building Supply or cold-water applications. [UPC: TABLE 6-4] Copper tube. Copper tube for water piping shall have a weight of not less than Type L. Exception: Type M copper tubing shall be permitted to be used for water piping when where piping is above ground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures. [UPC:604.2] Hard-drawn Copper tubing. Hard-drawn copper tubing for water supply and distribution in addition to the required incised marking, shall be marked in accordance with ASTM B 88, Seamless Copper Water Tube as referenced in Table The colors shall be: Type k, green; Type L, blue; and Type M, red. [UPC:604.3] Cast-Iron Fittings. Cast-iron fittings up to and including two (2) inches (51 mm) in size, when where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized. [UPC:604.5] malleable Iron Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) black Steel Pipe and Fittings. Black steel pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be used in industrialized systems where make-up water is not used or in space heating, and/or cooling, or both systems as allowed by the Uniform Mechanical Code PeX. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing conforming to in accordance with ASTM F877 shall be marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Such marking shall not be required for PEX tubing conforming to only in accordance with ASTM F876. PEX tubing shall be installed in compliance accordance with the provisions of this section. [UPC:604.11] PeX Fittings. Fittings used with PEX tubing shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standards for the fittings referenced in Table [UPC: ] Water Heater Connections. PEX tubing shall not be installed within the first eighteen (18) inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater. [UPC: ] 23

27 PeX-aL-PeX and Pe-aL-Pe. Crosslinked polyethylene-aluminum-crosslinked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) and polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) composite pipe shall be marked with the applicable standard referenced in Table for which the piping has been listed or approved. PEX-AL-PEX and PE-AL-PE piping shall be installed in compliance accordance with the provisions of this section. [UPC:604.13] PeX-aL-PeX and Pe-aL-Pe Fittings. Fittings used with PEX-AL-PEX and PE-AL-PE piping shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standard for the fittings referenced in Table [UPC: ] Water Heater Connections. PEX-AL-PEX or PE-AL-PE tubing shall not be installed within the first eighteen (18) inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater. [UPC: ] Listed Flexible Connectors. (remaining text unchanged) Flexible Corrugated Connectors. Flexible corrugated connectors of copper or stainless steel shall be limited to the following connector lengths: Water Heater Connectors Twenty-four (24) inches (610 mm). [UPC:604.12] Valves Size. Valves up to and including two (2) inches (51 mm) in size shall be brass or other approved material. Sizes exceeding two (2) inches (51 mm) shall be permitted to have cast-iron or brass bodies. Each gate or ball valve shall be a fullway type with working parts of non-corrosive material. Valves carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall meet be in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table [UPC:605.1] Control Valve. (remaining text unchanged) accessibility. (remaining text unchanged) Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop systems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used to charge or drain the system, shall be of loose key type, have valve outlets capped, or have handles removed when where the system is operational Water Pressure, Pressure regulators and Pressure-relief Valves excessive Water Pressure. Where static water pressure in the water supply piping is exceeding eighty (80) poundsforce per square inch (psi) (552 kpa), an approved-type pressure regulator preceded by an adequate a strainer shall be installed and the static pressure reduced to eighty (80) pounds per square inch psi (552 kpa) or less. Pressure regulator(s) equal to or exceeding one and one-half (1 1 2) inches (38 mm) shall not require a strainer. Such regulator(s) shall control the pressure to all water outlets in the building unless otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each such regulator and strainer shall be accessibly located above ground or in a vault equipped with a properly sized and sloped bore-sighted drain to daylight, shall be protected from freezing, and shall have the strainer readily accessible for cleaning without removing the regulator or strainer body or disconnecting the supply piping. Pipe size determinations shall be based on 80 percent of the reduced pressure. An approved expansion tank shall be installed in the cold water distribution piping downstream of each such regulator to prevent excessive pressure from developing due to thermal expansion and to maintain the pressure setting of the regulator. The expansion tank shall be properly sized and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and listing. Systems designed by registered engineers shall be permitted to use approved pressure relief valves in lieu of expansion tanks provided such relief valves have a maximum pressure relief setting of one-hundred (100) pounds per square inch psi (689 kpa) or less. [UPC:608.2] Pressure-relief Valve. Those portions of the solar system, having valves capable of isolating heat-generating or transfer equipment, shall be provided with an approved, listed, adequately and sized pressure-relief valve Pressure type Storage tank. Each pressure-type water storage tank shall be equipped with a listed combination temperature and pressure relief valve. The temperature setting shall not exceed 210 F (99 C). The pressure setting shall not exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressure of the solar system, or 150 percent of the established normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeled maximum operating pressure of any a pressure-type storage tank, whichever is less. The relief valve setting shall not exceed the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Each such combination temperature and pressure relief valve shall be installed at an approved location based upon its listing requirements and the manufacturer s instructions Interior relief Valves. Relief valves located inside a building shall be provided with a drain, not smaller than the relief valve outlet, of galvanized steel, hard-drawn copper piping and fittings, CPVC, or listed relief valve drain tube with fittings that will not reduce the internal bore of the pipe or tubing (straight lengths as opposed to coils) and shall extend from the valve to the outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding two (2) feet (610 mm) nor less than six (6) inches (152 mm) above the ground or the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing downward. Such drains shall be permitted to terminate at other approved locations. Relief valve drains shall not terminate in a building s crawl space. No part of such drain pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. The terminal end of the drain pipe shall not be threaded. [UPC:608.5] Separate Storage tank. Any A water-heating device connected to a separate storage tank and having valves between said heater and tank shall be provided with an approved water pressure relief valve. [UPC:608.6] Discharges from pressure relief or temperature and pressure relief valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer materials shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 24

28 automatic air Vents General. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at all high points of the solar system as required by the system design requirements and installation instructions Vacuum relief Valves Installation. (remaining text unchanged) Installation under Concrete Slab. Water piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: [UPC:609.3]: (1) Ferrous Piping. Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings necessarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed adequate protection for piping or fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped. [UPC: ] (2) Copper tubing. Copper tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper. Note: For the purpose of this section, within the building shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation. [UPC: ] Check Valves General. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping where the system design would allow is capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array Flow directions General. Systems shall have flow directions indicated on system components and piping or shall have flow directions indicated on a diagrammatic representation of the system as installed, and permanently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visible location. 25

29 CHaPter 5 JoIntS and ConneCtIonS General Scope. The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location, and installation of joints and connections for solar water heating piping tightness General. (remaining text unchanged) types of Joints threaded Joints. Threads on iron pipe size (IPS) pipe and fittings shall be standard taper pipe threads in accordance with standards listed in Table Threads on tubing shall be approved types. Threads on plastic pipe shall be factory cut or molded. Threaded plastic pipe shall be not less than Schedule 80 minimum wall thickness. Tubing threads shall comply with conform to fine tubing thread standards. When Where a pipe joint material is used, it shall be applied only on male threads, and such materials shall be approved types, insoluble in water and nontoxic. Cleanout plugs and caps shall be lubricated with water-insoluble, nonhardening material or tape. Thread tape or thread lubricants and sealants specifically intended for use with plastics shall be used on plastic threads. Conventional pipe thread compounds, putty, linseed-oil-based products, and unknown lubricants and sealants shall not be used on plastic threads. [UPC: ] Soldered Joints. Joints in copper tubing shall be made by the appropriate use of approved copper or copper alloy fittings. Surfaces to be joined by soldering shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. The joints shall be properly fluxed with an approved-type flux and made up with approved solder. Solder and fluxes shall be manufactured to approved standards. Solders and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds two-tenths (0.02) of one (1) percent shall be prohibited in piping systems used to convey potable water. [UPC: ] Flared Joints. Flared joints for soft copper tubing shall be made with fittings meeting approved standards. The tubing shall be reamed to the full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool. [UPC: , ] mechanically Formed tee Fittings. Mechanically extracted collars shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a height not less than three (3) times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch tube shall be notched to conform be in accordance with the inner curve of the run tube and shall have two (2) dimple/ per depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch tube into the collar is of sufficient depth for brazing and that the branch tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line tube. Dimple/ per depth stops shall be in line with the run of the tube. The second dimple shall be one-quarter ( 1 4) inch (6.4 mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Joints shall be brazed in accordance with Section Soldered joints shall not be allowed. [UPC: ] Flexible Compression Factory-Fabricated Joints. When Where pipe is joined by means of flexible compression joints, such joints shall conform to be in accordance with the approved standards and shall not be considered as slip joints. [UPC: ] Solvent Cement Plastic Pipe Joints. Plastic pipe and fittings designed to be joined by solvent cementing shall comply with applicable standards referenced in Table ABS pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with solvent cement(s). CPVC pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with listed primer(s) and solvent cement(s). Exception: Listed solvent cements that do not require the use of primer shall be permitted for use with CPVC pipe and fittings, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, one-half ( 1 2) inch (15 mm) through two (2) inches (51 mm) in diameter. PVC pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and joined with primer(s) and solvent cement(s). A solvent cement transition joint between ABS and PVC building drain and building sewer shall be made using a listed transition solvent cement. [UPC: ] brazing and Welding. Brazing and welding shall conform to be in accordance with the applicable standard(s) in Table [UPC: ] Pressure-Lock-type Connection. (remaining text unchanged) Pressed Fitting. (remaining text unchanged) Push-Fit Fitting. (remaining text unchanged) Heat-Fusion Weld Joints. (remaining text unchanged) 26

30 Special Joints Copper tube to Screw Pipe Joints. Joints from copper tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter fittings. The joint between the copper tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size screw joint. Solder shall conform to be in accordance with the requirements of Section Brazed joints shall conform to be in accordance with the requirements of Section Flared joints shall conform to be in accordance with the requirements of Section Pressed joints shall conform to be in accordance with the requirements of Section [UPC: ] Plastic Pipe to other materials. When Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, only approved types of fittings and adapters designed for the specific transition intended shall be used. [UPC: ] expansion Joints. (remaining text unchanged) unions. Unions shall be installed in a solar system not more than twelve (12) inches (305 mm) of regulating equipment, water heating, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment that requires service by removal or replacement in a manner that will facilitate its ready removal. [UPC:609.5] other Joints. (remaining text unchanged) 27

31 CHaPter 6 thermal StoraGe General Scope. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar thermal storage. Solar thermal storage includes: storage tanks, heat exchanger tanks, and expansion tanks Storage or Heat exchanger tank Construction General Plans. (remaining text unchanged) Construction. Tanks shall be constructed of sound durable materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decay and shall be water-tight. Each such tank shall be structurally designed to withstand all anticipated loads and pressures and shall be installed level and on a solid bed Prefabricated tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be listed when where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction Standards. (remaining text unchanged) underground tanks. Tanks shall be permitted to be buried underground when where designed and constructed for such burial tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurally designed to withstand all anticipated loads and pressures devices. (remaining text unchanged) Gravity tanks. Each gravity tank shall be equipped with an overflow opening Internal Pipe Size (IPS) of not less than two (2) inches (510 mm). The openings shall be above ground and equipped with a screened return bend Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in-place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior walls shall be double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exterior walls during the required water test. The minimum compressive strength of any a concrete tank wall, top and covers, or floor shall be not less than two-thousand, five-hundred (2500) pounds per square inch ( kpa) (lb/in 2 ) (1.76 x 10 6 kg/m 2 ). When Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V Portland Cement) Steel metal tanks. (remaining text unchanged) Filler metal. (remaining text unchanged) expansion tanks General. Hot water-heating systems shall be provided with an air expansion tank securely fastened to the structure. Supports shall be adequate to carry capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing any strain on connecting piping. Hot water-heating incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be so installed as to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions. [UMC:1005.1] Systems with open expansion tanks. Systems equipped with an open expansion tank to satisfy thermal water expansion shall be provided with an indoor overflow from the upper portion of the expansion tank in addition to an open vent. The indoor overflow shall be carried within the building to an suitable approved plumbing fixture or to the basement. [UMC:1005.2] Closed-type Systems. Systems of the closed type shall have an air-tight tank or other suitable approved air cushion that will be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, and shall be suitably designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half (2-1/2) times the allowable working pressure of the system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above thirty (30) pounds-force per square inch (psi) ( kpa) shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for pressurized tanks. [UMC:1005.3] minimum Capacity of Closed-type tank. The minimum capacity of the closed-type expansion tank shall be determined from Tables (a) and 10-2 Table 603.4(b) as given in the Uniform Mechanical Code or from the following formula: 28

32 Vt = ( t ) Vs (Pa Pa) (Pf Po) (Equation 603.4) WHERE Where: Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons. Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gallons. t = Average operating temperature, F. Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H 2 O absolute. Pf = Fill pressure, feet H 2 O absolute. Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H 2 O absolute test Pressure for tanks used in Solar Systems General. The test pressure for tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two (2) times the working pressure but not less than three-hundred (300) psi (2069 kpa) dry Storage Systems Waterproofing. (remaining text unchanged) detecting Water Intrusion. The containment structure shall be capable of fully containing any a spillage or moisture accumulation that might will occur. The structure shall have a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage or moisture accumulation, and shall be fitted with a drainage device to eliminate spillage rock as Storage material. Systems utilizing rock as the thermal storage material shall use clean, washed rock, and free of organic material odor and Particulate Control. Thermal storage materials and containment structures, including any an interior protective coatings, shall not impart toxic elements, particulate matter, or odor to air distributed to areas of human occupancy Combustibles Within ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke developed index not exceeding fifty (50), when where tested as a composite product in accordance with one of the following test methods: NFPA 255, Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. [UMC:602.2] 29

33 CHaPter 7 CoLLeCtorS General Scope. This chapter governs the construction and installation of solar collectors, including components. The requirement in this chapter covers different types of solar collectors listed as follows: glazed, unglazed air-type, fluid-type, concentrating, and nonconcentrating Construction General. (remaining text unchanged) mounting. Panels shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in compliance accordance with the building code. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Panels that are not an integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface Ground Clearance. Panels installed at ground level shall be not less than six (6) inches (152 mm) above the ground level Construction. Panels shall be designed and constructed as to prevent interior condensation, out-gassing, or other processes that would will reduce the transmission properties of the glazing, reduce the efficiency of the insulation, or otherwise adversely affect the performance of the panel Glass. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic(remaining text unchanged) Stagnation Condition. (remaining text unchanged) Listing. (remaining text unchanged) Location Combustible materials. (remaining text unchanged) orientation. (remaining text unchanged) accessibility. (remaining text unchanged) air Collectors Combustible and noncombustible material. Materials exposed within collectors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke developed index not exceeding fifty (50), when where tested as a composite product in accordance with one of the following test methods: NFPA 255, Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, or UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building. [UMC:602.2] testing. Materials used within an air collector shall not smoke, smolder, glow, or flame when where tested in accordance with ASTM C411; Test for Hot Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation, at temperatures exposed to in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250 F (121 C) Fire Safety requirements building Components. (remaining text unchanged) above or on the roof. Exceptions: (2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three (3) stories in height, and/or nine-thousand (9000) square feet (836 m 2 ) total floor area,; or both providing: (1.) Plastic CC percent of the roof area. (2.) Plastic CC2 25 percent of the roof area, or. (c) Collectors with plastic film covers having a thickness of ten-thousandths of an of an inch (0.25 mm) or less shall have noncombustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered by the collector shall not exceed percent of the roof area. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) Collector Installation Instructions. (remaining text unchanged) Safety. (remaining text unchanged) Waterproofing. (remaining text unchanged) 30

34 CHaPter 8 thermal InSuLatIon General requirements Scope. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air duct work shall be insulated according to this chapter to minimize heat loss. Duct work and piping need not be insulated when where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. (remaining text unchanged) Piping required. Pipe and fittings, other than unions, flanges, or valves, shall be insulated. Insulation material shall be suitable for continuous operating temperatures of not less than 220 F (104.4 C) (see Table (a)) Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) Installation. Insulation shall be finished with a jacket or facing with the laps sealed with adhesives or staples so as to secure the insulation on the pipe. Insulation exposed to the weather shall be weather-proofed in accordance with standard practices acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In lieu of jackets, molded insulation shall be permitted to be secured with sixteen (16) gauge galvanized wire ties not exceeding nine (9) inches (229 mm) on center ducts General. Circulating air ducts shall be insulated in accordance with Table tanks thickness. Tanks shall have a minimum thickness of insulation not less than [k=0.29 (0.04)] shown in Table or equivalent. table minimum tank InSuLatIon temperature difference minimum thickness F ( C) inches (mm) 50 (10) 1.5 (38.1) 100 (37.8) 3.0 (76.2) 150 (65.6) 4.5 (114.3) 200 (93.3) 6.0 (152.4) 250 (121.1) 7.5 (190.5) For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, t/ C = (t/ F-32)/ temperature difference. Temperature difference shall be calculated as the difference between the design operating temperature of the tank and the design temperature of the surrounding air or soil during the operating season. When Where engineering data is not available, assume 100 F (38 C) indoors and 150 F (66 C) outdoors for water and space heating and 150 F (66 C) for air-conditioning. FLuId temperature range In F table (a) minimum PIPe InSuLatIon PIPe diameter In InCHeS 1 and LeSS and LarGer InSuLatIon thickness 1* In InCHeS For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, t/ C = (t/ F-32)/1.8 ( F-32) / 1.8 = C 1 inch = 25.4 mm 1* Insulation thickness in Table (a) is based on materials having thermal resistance in the range of R = 4.0 to 4.6 per inch. For materials with thermal resistance less than R = 4.0 per inch, the minimum insulation thickness shall be determined as follows: 31

35 4.0 x Table (a) thickness = new minimum thickness actual R (Equation 802.1(a)) For materials with thermal resistance more than R = 4.6 per inch, the minimum insulation thickness shall be permitted to be reduced as follows: 4.6 x Table (a) thickness = new minimum thickness actual R (Equation 802.1(b)) Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of material suitable for capable of withstanding the operating temperature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame spread index not greater than exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke-developed index not greater than exceeding fifty (50) when where tested in accordance with NFPA 255, Method of Test of Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; or in accordance with ASTM E 84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; or in accordance with the provisions of UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231, Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics shall be used. Alternately, materials used for pipe coverings and insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhesives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of not exceeding one-thousand and eighty (1080) MJ/hr x10 6 joule per hour (j/h) (300 kw), a maximum total heat release of forty-seven thousand, three-hundred and ninety (47 390) British thermal units (Btu) (50 MJ), a maximum total smoke release of five-thousand, three-hundred and eighty-two (5382) square feet (500 m 2 ) and shall not generate flames that extend one (1) foot (305 mm) or more above the top of the vertical portion of the apparatus at any a time during the test when where tested in accordance with NFPA 274, Standard Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation. Insulation coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411, Hot-Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation, at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be below 250ºF (121ºC). [UMC: ] 32

36 table (b) Iron PIPe and CoPPer tubing InSuLatIon thickness temp PIPe SIZe (inches) diff. (dt) InSuLatIon Iron PIPe SIZe (inches) CoPPer tubing SIZe (nominal) ( F) Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T 1 1 Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, t/ C = (t/ F-32)/1.8 33

37 temp diff. (dt) C InSuLatIon table 8-2 Iron Pipe and Copper tubing Insulation thickness (metric) PIPe SIZe Iron PIPe SIZe CoPPer tubing SIZe (norminal) Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L

38 table (c) universal PIPe InSuLatIon thickness based on radius and IPS IPS Pipe diameter Inside Inner radius r 1 1 2" InCHeS thick 3 4" InCHeS thick 1" InCHeS thick 1 1 2" InCHeS thick 2" InCHeS thick r 2 1n r 2 r1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm A = Area (m 2 ) r 1 = Inside radius (mm) r 2 = Outside radius (mm) IPS Pipe diameter Inside Inner radius table 8-3 universal Pipe Insulation thickness based on radius and IPS (metric) 12.7 mm thick 19.1 mm thick 25.4 mm thick 38.1 mm thick 50.8 mm thick r 1 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r 2 r 2 1n r 2 r 1 a r A = Area (sq. ft. per linear ft.)r 1 = Inside radius, inchr 2 = Outside radius, inch 35

39 table (d) thermal ConduCtIVItY (k) of InduStrIaL InSuLatIon (design VaLueS)* 1 (For mean temperatures IndICated) Expressed in Btu per (hour) (square foot) (degree Fahrenheit temperature difference per inch) accepted max temp For use, (F)* 1 typical density (lb/ft 3 ) typical ConduCtIVItY k at mean temp F Form material ComPoSItIon BLOCkS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATION ASBESTOS Laminated asbestos paper Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper 4-ply ply ply MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER % MAGNESIA CALCIUM SILICATE CELLULAR GLASS DIATOMACEOUS SILICA MINERAL FIBER Glass, Organic bonded, block and boards Nonpunking binder Pipe insulation, slag or glass Inorganic bonded-block Pipe insulation, slag or glass MINERAL FIBER Resin binder RIGID POLYSTYRENE Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded Molded beads POLYURETHANE** 2 Refrigerant 11 exp RUBBER, Rigid Foamed VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER Wool felt (pipe insulation) INSULATING CEMENTS MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass) With colloidal clay binder With hydraulic setting binder LOOSE FILL Cellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass Perlite (expanded) Silica aerogel Vermiculite (expanded) For SI units: t/ C = (t/ F-32)/1.8, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16 kg/m 3 (1) Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification values for materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiased tests. (2) Note: Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time * 1 These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. When Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer s recommendations. ** 2 Values are for aged board stock. For change in conductivity with age of refrigerant-blown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter

40 table 8-4 (metric) Thermal Conductivity (k) of Industrial Insulation (Design Values) (For Mean Temperatures Indicated) accepted typical Conductivity k at mean temp F typical density max temp Form material Composition for use, F* (lb/ft 3 ) BLOCkS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATION ASBESTOS Laminated asbestos paper Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper 4-ply ply ply MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER % MAGNESIA CALCIUM SILICATE CELLULAR GLASS DIATOMACEOUS SILICA MINERAL FIBER Glass, Organic bonded, block and boards Nonpunking binder Pipe insulation, slag or glass Inorganic bonded-block Pipe insultation, slag or glass MINERAL FIBER Resin binder RIGID POLYSTYRENE Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded Molded beads POLYURETHANE** Refrigerant 11 exp RUBBER, Rigid Foamed VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER Wool felt (pipe insulation) INSULATING CEMENTS MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass) With colloidal clay binder With hydraulic setting binder LOOSE FILL Cellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass Perlite (expanded) Silica aerogel Vermiculite (expanded) Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification values for materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiased tests. * These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. When operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer's recommendations. ** Values are for aged board stock. For change in conductivity with age of refrigerant-blown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter 19. Note: Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time 37

41 table InSuLatIon of ducts duct LoCatIon InSuLatIon types mechani- CaLLY CooLed HeatInG ZoneS 1 InSuLatIon types HeatInG only On roof or on exterior of building C, V 2 and W I A and W II B and W III C and W Attics, and garages and crawl spaces A and V 2 I A II A III B In walls, 3 within floor-ceiling spaces 3 A and V 2 I A II A III B Within the conditioned space, or in None required None required basements; return ducts in air plenums Cement slab or within ground None required None required Note: Where ducts are used for both heating and cooling, the minimum insulation shall be as required for the most restrictive condition. 1 Heating Degree Days: Zone I Zone II Zone III below 4500 Degree Days Degree Days over exceeds 8000 Degree Days 2 Vapor barriers shall be installed on supply ducts in spaces vented to the outside in geographic areas where the average July, August, and September mean dew point temperature exceeds 60 F (16 C). 3 Insulation may be shall be permitted to be omitted on that portion of a duct that is located within a wall or a floor-ceiling space where: (a) Both sides of the space are exposed to conditioned air. (b) The space is not ventilated. (c) The space is not used as a return plenum. (d) The space is not exposed to unconditioned air. Ceilings that form plenums need not be insulated. 4 The examples of materials listed under each type of insulation is not meant to limit other available thickness and density combinations with the equivalent installed conductance or resistance based on the insulation only. Insulation Types 4 : A. A material with an installed conductance of 0.48 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 2.1. Examples of materials capable of meeting the above requirements: 1 inch (25.4 mm), 0.60 lb./cu. ft. pounds per cubic feet (lb/ft 3 ) (8.7 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass) blanket. 1 2 inch (12.7 mm) 1.5 to 3 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. 1 2 inch (12.7 mm) 3 to 10 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. B. A material with an installed conductance of 0.24 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 4.2. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: 2 inch (51 mm) 0.60 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (9.7 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket. 1 inch (25.4 mm) 1.5 to 3 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. 1 inch (25.4 mm) 3 to 10 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. C. A material with an installed conductance 0.16 or the equivalent thermal resistance 6.3. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: 3 inch (76 mm) 0.60 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (9.7 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket inch (38 mm) 1.5 to 3 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral blanket duct liner inch (38 mm) 3 to 10 lb./cu. ft. lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. V. Vapor Barrier: Material with a perm rating not exceeding 0.5 perm. All jjoints to be sealed. W. Approved weatherproof barrier. 38

42 CHaPter 10 electrical SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStemS General requirements. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances Solar Photovoltaic Systems. I General Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems [See Figure (a) and Figure (b)]. Solar photovoltaic systems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electrical power production sources or stand-alone, with or without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means required by this chapter, Part III Section are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Part V Section of this chapter. FIGure (a) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS. [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(a)] 39

43 other articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply and, if where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section , Section , Section , and Section of NFPA 70 shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.3] Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with Articles 500 through Article 516 of NFPA Installation (a) Solar Photovoltaic System. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Conductors of different Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by Article 690 this chapter are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Article 690, Part V Section Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components are optional. FIGure (b) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS In Common SYStem ConFIGuratIonS [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(b)] (C) module Connection arrangement. (remaining text unchanged) (d) equipment. (remaining text unchanged) Ground-Fault Protection. Grounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section (A) through Section (C) to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall confirm be in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.5] Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays with not more than exceeding two paralleled source circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protections. (2) PV arrays installed at other that than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where the equipment grounding conductors are sized in accordance with of NFPA 70 Section

44 (a) Ground-Fault detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall be capable of detecting a ground-fault current, interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall be permitted. If Where a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded (b) Isolating Faulted Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (C) Labels and markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following [NFPA 70:690.5(C)]: WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCk HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED When Where the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries alternating-current (ac) modules (a) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Inverter output Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (C) disconnecting means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section and Section , shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more ac modules. Additionally, eeach ac module in a multiple ac module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] (d) Ground-Fault detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)] (e) overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with Section 240.5(B)(2) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.6(E)] II. Circuit requirements maximum Voltage (a) maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or output circuit, the maximum photovoltaic system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table This voltage shall be used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40 F (-40 C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)] When Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage as required by Section 110.3(B) of NFPA 70 instead of using Table (b) direct-current utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall conform comply with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)] 41

45 table VoLtaGe CorreCtIonS FaCtorS For CrYStaLLIne and multicrystalline SILICon modules. Correction Factors for ambient temperatures below 25 C (77 F). (multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown below) For SI units: t/ C= (t/ F-32)/1.8 Notes: ambient temperature ( F) FaCtor ambient temperature (C ) 76 to to to to to to to to 5 40 to to 0 31 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to -40 Correction Factors for Ambient Temperatures Below 25 C (77 F). (Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown below) (C) Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits. In one- and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage not exceeding six-hundred (600) volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding six-hundred (600) volts shall comply with this Chapter, Part I Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.7(C)] (d) Circuits over 150 Volts to Ground. In one- and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding one-hundred and fifty (150) volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] FPN: [See Section of NFPA 70 for guarding of live parts, and Section of NFPA 70 for voltage to ground and between conductors.] (e) bipolar Source and output Circuits. For two (2) wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two (2) wire circuit if where all of the following conditions apply [NFPA 70:690.7(E)]: (1) One (1) conductor of each circuit is solidly grounded. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(1)] (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate sub-array. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(2)] (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]: WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER Circuit Sizing and Current (a) Calculation of maximum Circuit Current. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated in accordance with (A)(1) Section (1) through (A)(4) Section (4). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)] FPN: Where the requirements of (A)(1) Section (1) and (B)(1) Section (1) are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. 42

46 (2) Photovoltaic Output Circuit Currents. The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in (A)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(2)] (4) Stand-Alone Inverter Input Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating when where the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(4)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (b) ampacity and overcurrent device ratings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered to be continuous in accordance with Section (1) and Section (2). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)] (1) Sizing of Conductors and Overcurrent Devices. The circuit conductors and overcurrent devices shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in (A) Section The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with Section 240.4(B) and Section 240.4(C) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)] Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized at 100 percent of its rating. (2) Internal Current Limitation. Overcurrent protection for photovoltaic output circuits with devices that internally limit the current from the photovoltaic output circuit shall be permitted to be rated at less than the value calculated in (B)(1) Section (1). This reduced rating shall be not less than 125 percent of the limited current value. Photovoltaic output circuit conductors shall be sized in accordance with (B)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)] Exception: An overcurrent device in an assembly listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized at 100 percent of its rating (C) Systems with multiple direct-current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall not be be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] (d) Sizing of module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two (2) or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall not be less than the sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)] overcurrent Protection (a) Circuits and equipment. Photovoltaic source circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70 Article 240. Circuits connected to more than one (1) electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] Exception: An overcurrent device shall not be required for circuit conductors sized in accordance with (B) Section and located where one of the following apply: (1a) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2b) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors. FPN: Possible backfeed of current from any a source of supply, including a supply through an inverter into the photovoltaic output circuit and photovoltaic source circuits, is a consideration in determining shall be considered where determining whether adequate overcurrent protection from all sources is provided for conductors and modules (b) Power transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the photovoltaic power source, not less than the short-circuit output current rating of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from that source (C) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one (1) ampere size increments, starting at one 1 ampere up to and including fifteen (15) amperes. Higher standard values above fifteen (15) amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided in Section 240.6(A) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.9(C)] (d) direct-current rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any a dc portion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)] 43

47 (e) Series overcurrent Protection. In series-connected strings of two (2) or more modules, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)] Stand-alone Systems. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA 70 except as modified by (A), (B), and (C) Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.10] (a) Inverter output. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Sizing and Protection. (remaining text unchanged) (C) Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to supply one-hundred and twenty (120) volts to single-phase, three (3) wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no two-hundred and forty (240) volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent [NFPA 70:690.10(C)]: WARNING SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! (d) energy Storage or backup Power System requirements. (remaining text unchanged) III. disconnecting means all Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying conductors of a photovoltaic power source from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device, either ac or dc, shall not be installed in a grounded conductor if where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. [NFPA 70:690.13] Exception: A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system required by Section shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor when where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. The switch or circuit breaker shall indicate the presence of a ground fault. FPN: The grounded conductor may shall be permitted to have a bolted or terminal disconnecting means to allow maintenance or troubleshooting by qualified personnel additional Provisions. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with (A) Section through (D) Section [NFPA 70:690.14] (a) disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] (b) equipment. (remaining text unchanged) (C) requirements for disconnecting means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)]: (1) Location. The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(1)] Exception: Installations that comply with (E) Section shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. (3) Suitable for Use. Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Articles 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(3)] (4) Maximum Number of Disconnects. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six (6) switches or six (6) circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(4)] (5) Grouping. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to comply with (C)(4) Section (4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(5)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) 44

48 (d) utility-interactive Inverters mounted in not-readily-accessible Locations. (3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with (C)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.14(D)(3)] (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.12(D)(4)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) disconnection of Photovoltaic equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from all ungrounded conductors of all sources. If Where the equipment is energized from more than one (1) source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if where the fuse is energized from both directions and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16] Switch or Circuit breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) complying with all of the following requirements [NFPA 70:690.17]: (1) Located where readily accessible. [NFPA 70:690.17(1)] (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. [NFPA 70:690.17(2)] (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position. [NFPA 70:690.17(3)] (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. [NFPA 70:690.17(4)] When Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION. Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it complies is in accordance with the requirements of Section and is listed and identified for the use Installation and Service of an array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18] FPN: Photovoltaic modules are energized while exposed to light. Installation, replacement, or servicing of array components while a module(s) is irradiated may shall be prohibited. expose persons to electric shock IV. Wiring methods methods Permitted (a) Wiring Systems. All rraceway and cable wiring methods included in NFPA 70 and other wiring systems and fittings specifically intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at a maximum system voltages greater than exceeding 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] FPN: Photovoltaic modules operate at elevated temperatures when exposed to high ambient temperatures and to bright sunlight. These temperatures shall be permitted to routinely exceed 70 C (158 F) in many locations. Module interconnection conductors are available with insulation rated for wet locations and a temperature rating of not less than 90 C (194 F). Module interconnection conductors with insulation rated for wet locations and a temperature rating of not less than 194 F (90 C) shall be used for photovoltaic modules operating at temperatures in excess of 158 F (70 C) (b) Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic module interconnections within the photovoltaic array. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)] Exception: Raceways shall be used when where required by (A) Section

49 (C) Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard-service cord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 30 C (86 F), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table [NFPA 70:690.31(C)] table CorreCtIon FaCtorS temperature rating of ConduCtor [nfpa 70: table (C)] ambient temperature ( F) 140 F (60 C) 167 F (75 C) 194 F (90 C) 221 F (105 C) ambient temperature ( C) For SI units: t/ C = (t/ F-32)/ (d) Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes sixteen (16) AWG and eighteen (18) AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables meet the ampacity requirements of Section Section of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity and temperature derating factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] (e) direct-current Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits Inside a building. Where direct-current photovoltaic source or output circuits of a utility-interactive inverter from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic system are run inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metallic raceways or enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with (A) Section through (D) Section [NFPA 70:690.31(E)] (F) Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated only with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors that are identified and listed for such use. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)] Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-site assembly, when where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall comply with (A) Section through (E) Section [NFPA 70:690.33] (a) Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] (b) Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] (C) type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] (d) Grounding member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] (e) Interruption of Circuit. (remaining text unchanged) access to boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them can shall be rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system complies is in accordance with (A) Section through (G) Section [NFPA 70:690.35] (a) disconnects. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects complying in accordance with 1002, Part III Section [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] 46

50 (b) overcurrent Protection. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection complying in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] (C) Ground-Fault Protection. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protection device or system that complies is in accordance with (1) through (3) [NFPA 70:690.35(C)]: (3) Automatically disconnects all conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (d) Photovoltaic Source Conductors. The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following [NFPA 70:690.35(D)]: (1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables. (2) Conductors installed in raceways, or. (3) Conductors listed and identified as Pphotovoltaic (PV) Wwire installed as exposed, single conductors (e) Photovoltaic Power System dc Circuits. The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems complying in accordance with (G) Section [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] (F) Photovoltaic Power Source. The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits may shall be permitted to be exposed during service [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED (G) Inverters or Charge Controllers. (remaining text unchanged) V. Grounding System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one (1) conductor of a two (2) wire system with a photovoltaic system voltage over exceeding fifty (50) volts and the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use other methods that accomplish equivalent system protection in accordance with Section 250.4(A) of NFPA 70 and that utilize equipment listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.41] Exception: Systems complying in accordance with Section Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any a single point on the photovoltaic output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.42] FPN: Locating the grounding connection point as close as practicable to the photovoltaic source better protects the system from voltage surges due to lightning. The grounding connection point shall be located as close as practicable to the photovoltaic source. Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device provided in accordance with Section shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection equipment Grounding. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of module frames, equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section or Section (A) of NFPA 70 regardless of voltage. An equipment-grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to grounded mounting structures. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway or cable, or otherwise run with the PV array circuit conductors when where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43] Size of equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with (A) Section or (B) Section [NFPA 70:690.45] 47

51 (a) General. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Ground-Fault Protection not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance with (A) Section through (C) Section , each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of at least not less than two (2) times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. FPN: The short-circuit current of photovoltaic modules and photovoltaic sources is just slightly above the full-load normal out put rating. In ground-fault conditions, these sources are not able to supply the high levels of short-circuit or ground-fault currents necessary to quickly activate overcurrent devices as in typical ac systems. Protection for equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic systems that are not provided with ground-fault protection is related to size and withstand capability of the equipment grounding conductor, rather that overcurrent device operation array equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules smaller than 6 AWG shall comply with Section (C) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.46] Grounding electrode System (a) alternating-current Systems. If Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section through Section of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] (b) direct-current Systems. If Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 for grounded systems or Section of NFPA 70 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] (C) Systems with alternating-current and direct-current Grounding requirements. Systems with alternating-current and direct-current grounding requirements shall comply with the following items (C)(1) through (C)(8): (2) A bonding conductor between these systems shall be sized as the larger of the dc requirement in accordance with Section , the ac requirements based on the inverter alternating current overcurrent device rating and Section of NFPA 70, and the system bonding requirements of Section of NFPA 70. (3) A conductor that serves as both an equipment grounding conductor and as part of the bond between ac and dc systems for an inverter incorporating dc ground-fault protection shall meet be in accordance with the requirements for equipment bonding jumpers in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 but shall not be subject to the requirements for bonding jumpers in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. A single conductor shall be permitted to be used to perform the multiple functions of dc grounding, ac grounding, and bonding between ac and dc systems. (4) A bonding conductor or equipment grounding conductor that serves multiple inverters shall be sized based on the sum of applicable maximum currents used in item (2). (7) Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be sized to meet in accordance with the requirements of both Section (ac system) and Section (dc system) of NFPA 70. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (d) additional electrodes for array Grounding. Grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 at the location of all ground-and-pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays and as close as practicable to the location of roof-mounted photovoltaic arrays. The electrodes shall be connected directly to the array frame(s) or structure. The dc grounding electrode conductor shall be sized according to in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. Additional electrodes are not permitted to be used as a substitute for equipment bonding or equipment grounding conductor requirements. The structure of a ground- or pole-mounted photovoltaic array shall be permitted to be considered a grounding electrode if where it meets is in accordance with the requirements of Section of NFPA 70. Roof-mounted photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted to use the metal frame of a building or structure if where the requirements of Section (A)(2) of NFPA 70 are met. Exception: (1) Array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required where the load served by the array is integral with the array. (2) Additional array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required if where located within six (6) feet ( mm) of the premises wiring electrode Continuity of equipment Grounding Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and the photovoltaic source, and/or photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both, a bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] 48

52 equipment bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, if where used, shall comply with Section (C) of NFPA VI. marking modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with the following ratings [NFPA 70:690.51]: (1) Open-circuit voltage. (2) Operating voltage. (3) Maximum permissible system voltage. (4) Operating current. (5) Short-circuit current. (6) Maximum power alternating-current Photovoltaic modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings [NFPA 70:690.52]: (1) Nominal operating ac voltage. (2) Nominal operating ac frequency. (3) Maximum ac power. (4) Maximum ac current. (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection direct-current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic power source indicating items (1) through item (5) shall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the disconnecting means for this power source [NFPA 70:690.53]: (1) Rated maximum power-point current. (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage. (3) Maximum system voltage. FPN to (3): [See (A) Section for maximum photovoltaic system voltage.] (4) Short-circuit current. FPN to (4): [See (A) Section for calculation of maximum circuit current.] (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (if where installed). FPN: Reflecting systems used for irradiance enhancement may shall be permitted to result in increased levels of output current and power Interactive System Point of Interconnection. All iinteractive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage Photovoltaic Power Systems employing energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energy storage shall also be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any an equalization voltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] Identification of Power Sources (a) Facilities with Stand-alone Systems. Any A structure or building with a photovoltaic power system that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)] (b) Facilities with utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the photovoltaic system disconnecting means, if where not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)] VII. Connection to other Sources Load disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources when where in the off position. 49

53 Identified Interactive equipment. Only iinverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] Loss of Interactive System Power. (remaining text unchanged) ampacity of neutral Conductor. If Where a single-phase, two (2) wire inverter output is connected to the neutral conductor and one (1) ungrounded conductor (only) of a three (3) wire system or of a three (3) phase, four (4) wire wyeconnected system, the maximum load connected between the neutral conductor and any one (1) ungrounded conductor plus the inverter output rating shall not exceed the ampacity of the neutral conductor. [NFPA 70:690.62] A conductor used solely for instrumentation, voltage detection, or phase detection, and connected to a single-phase or 3- three phase utility-interactive inverter, shall be permitted to be sized at less than the ampacity of the other current-carrying conductors and shall be sized equal to or larger than the equipment grounding conductor unbalanced Interconnections (a) Single Phase. Single-phase inverters for photovoltaic systems and ac modules in interactive solar photovoltaic systems shall not be connected to three (3) phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will cannot result. [NFPA 70:690.63(A)] (b) three Phase. Three (3) phase inverters and three (3) phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one (1) or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70:690.63(B)] Point of Connection. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be connected as specified in (A) Section or (B) Section [NFPA 70:690.64] (a) Supply Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means as permitted in Section (6) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.64(A)] (b) Load Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any the distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including switchboards and panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall comply with (B)(1) through (B)(7). the following: (1) Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect. Each source interconnection shall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means. (2) Bus or Conductor Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for all busbars and conductors. (3) Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of all ground-fault protection equipment. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground-fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connected to the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. (4) Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of all sources. (5) Suitable for Backfeed. Circuit breakers, if where backfed, shall be suitable for such operation. FPN: Circuit breakers that are marked Line and Load have been evaluated only in the direction marked. Circuit breakers without Line and Load have been evaluated in both directions. Circuit breakers shall be used in the direction that they have been marked and listed. (6) Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers backfed from utility-interactive inverters complying with Section shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener normally required by Section (D) of NFPA 70 for such applications. (7) Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of all overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE 50

54 VIII. Storage batteries Installation. Storage batteries shall be installed in accordance with Section through Section (a) General. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] (b) dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (1) Operating Voltage. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than fifty (50) volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have no more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section shall be permitted. (2) Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] FPN: Batteries in solar photovoltaic systems are subject to extensive charge discharge cycles and typically require frequent maintenance, such as checking electrolyte and cleaning connections (C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] (d) battery nonconductive Cases and Conductive racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than that exceed twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within six (6) inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] (e) disconnection of Series battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twenty-four (24) (two) 2 volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the seriesconnected strings into segments of twenty-four (24) cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Nonload-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] (F) battery maintenance disconnecting means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A nonload-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] (G) battery Systems exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (exceeding forty-eight (48) volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met [NFPA 70:690.71(G)]: (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section (3) Main ungrounded battery input/ or output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) Charge Control (a) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by one (1) hour is less than three (3) percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] All aadjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. FPN: Certain battery types such as valve-regulated lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged (b) diversion Charge Controller. A diversion charge controller shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (2) Circuits with Direct-Current Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)]: 51

55 (3) PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2) and the following [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)]: (1a) These systems shall not be required to comply with (B)(2) Section (2). The charge regulation circuits used shall comply with the requirements of Section (2b) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use when where the utility is not present or when where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) battery Interconnections. (remaining text unchanged) IX. Systems over 600 Volts General. Solar photovoltaic systems with a maximum system voltage exceeding over six-hundred (600) volts dc shall comply with Article 490 of NFPA 70 and other requirements applicable to installations rated over in excess of six-hundred (600) volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] definitions. For the purposes of Part IX of this chapter, Section the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows [NFPA 70:690.85]: (remaining text unchanged) SubStantIatIon: The above revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, and units of measurement). The IAPMO s Manual of Style dictates that each chapter (excluding Chapters 1 and 2) shall begin with a general section and a scope section. The term water service was deleted from the UPC during the ROP process to provide consistency throughout the code. Not all plumbing fixtures use water to maintain the fixture in a sanitary condition such as: non-water urinals, floor drains, and floor sinks, therefore definition of insanitary sub paragraph (3) is proposed to be deleted. The proper terminology, as used in the UPC, is water distribution and not water distributing. Nominal pipe size (NPS) based on ASME B36.10 and ASME B Pipe sizing is based on two non-dimensional numbers: a nominal pipe size based on inches and a schedule. In order to not cause confusion and misapplication this term should be deleted. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: F FPn. Explanatory material, such as references to other standards, references to related sections, or information related to an NFPA 70 code rule is included in the form of fine-print notes (FPNs). Fine print notes are informational only and are not enforceable as requirements of this chapter. [NFPA 70:90.5(C)] I Insanitary. A condition that is contrary to sanitary principles or is injurious to health. Conditions to which insanitary shall apply include the following: (1) A trap that does not maintain a proper trap seal. (2) An opening in a drainage system, except where lawful, that is not provided with an approved liquid-sealed trap. (3) A plumbing fixture or other waste-discharging receptor or device that is not supplied with water sufficient to flush and maintain the fixture or receptor in a clean condition. (43) A defective fixture, trap, pipe, or fitting. (54) A trap, except where in this code exempted, directly connected to a drainage system, the seal of which is not protected against siphonage and back-pressure by a vent pipe. (65) A connection, cross-connection, construction, or condition, temporary or permanent, that would permit or make possible by any means whatsoever for an unapproved foreign matter to enter a water distribution system used for domestic purposes. 52

56 (76) The foregoing enumeration of conditions to which the term insanitary shall apply, shall not preclude the application of that term to conditions that are, in fact, insanitary. [UPC:211.0] P Plastic CC1. Plastic materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25.4 mm) or less where tested in nominal inch (1.52 mm) thickness by ASTM D635 or in the thickness intended for use approvals. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used in a solar system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall be in accordance with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Plastic pipe and the fittings used for plastic pipe, other than those for gas, shall meet the requirements of NSF 14. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, fixtures, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. [UPC: ] Pipe, tubing, and Fittings Sizes. Pipe, tubing, and fitting sizes shall be expressed in nominal sizes as referenced in Table for material standards Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipe shall be standard weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe General. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings, except that changes in direction in copper tubing shall be permitted to be made with bends provided that such bends are made with bending equipment that does not deform or create a loss in the cross-sectional area of the tubing Protection. A portion of the solar system installed where it is subjected to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle Listing. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and installation of backflow-prevention assemblies. [UPC: ] Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, and fittings carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table Materials used in the water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply piping shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table [UPC:604.1] PeX. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing listed in accordance with ASTM F877 shall be marked with the standard designation(s) for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Such marking shall not be required for PEX tubing in accordance with ASTM F876. PEX tubing shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this section. [UPC:604.11] Size. Valves up to and including 2 inches (51 mm) in size shall be brass or other approved material. Sizes exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) shall be permitted to have cast-iron or brass bodies. Each gate or ball valve shall be a fullway type with working parts of non-corrosive material. Valves carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table [UPC:605.1] Solvent Cement Plastic Pipe Joints. Plastic pipe and fittings designed to be joined by solvent cementing shall comply with applicable standards referenced in Table ABS pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with solvent cement(s). CPVC pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with listed primer(s) and solvent cement(s). (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) 53

57 CHaPter 10 electrical SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStemS General requirements. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances Solar Photovoltaic Systems. I General Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems [See Figure (a) and Figure (b)]. Solar photovoltaic systems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electrical power production sources or stand-alone, with or without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means required by this chapter, Part III Section are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Part V Section of this chapter. FIGure (a) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS. [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(a)] 54

58 other articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply and, if where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section , Section , Section , and Section of NFPA 70 shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.3] Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with Articles 500 through Article 516 of NFPA Installation (a) Solar Photovoltaic System. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Conductors of different Systems. (remaining text unchanged) FIGure (b) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS In Common SYStem ConFIGuratIonS [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(b)] (C) module Connection arrangement. (remaining text unchanged) (d) equipment. (remaining text unchanged) Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by Article 690 this chapter are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Article 690, Part V Section Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components are optional Ground-Fault Protection. Grounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section (A) through Section (C) to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall confirm be in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.5] Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays with not more than exceeding two paralleled source circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protections. (2) PV arrays installed at other that than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where the equipment grounding conductors are sized in accordance with of NFPA 70 Section

59 (a) Ground-Fault detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall be capable of detecting a ground-fault current, interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall be permitted. If Where a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded (b) Isolating Faulted Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (C) Labels and markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following [NFPA 70:690.5(C)]: WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCk HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED When Where the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries alternating-current (ac) modules (a) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Inverter output Circuits. (remaining text unchanged) (C) disconnecting means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section and Section , shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more ac modules. Additionally, eeach ac module in a multiple ac module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] (d) Ground-Fault detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)] (e) overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with Section 240.5(B)(2) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.6(E)] II. Circuit requirements maximum Voltage (a) maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or output circuit, the maximum photovoltaic system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table This voltage shall be used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40 F (-40 C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)] When Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage as required by Section 110.3(B) of NFPA 70 instead of using Table (b) direct-current utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall conform comply with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)] 56

60 table VoLtaGe CorreCtIonS FaCtorS For CrYStaLLIne and multicrystalline SILICon modules. Correction Factors for ambient temperatures below 25 C (77 F). (multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown below) ambient temperature ( F) FaCtor ambient temperature (C ) 76 to to to to to to to to 5 40 to to 0 31 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to -40 For SI units: t/ C= (t/ F-32)/1.8 Notes: Correction Factors for Ambient Temperatures Below 25 C (77 F). (Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown below) (C) Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits. In one- and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage not exceeding six-hundred (600) volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding six-hundred (600) volts shall comply with this Chapter, Part I Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.7(C)] (d) Circuits over 150 Volts to Ground. In one- and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding one-hundred and fifty (150) volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] FPN: [See Section of NFPA 70 for guarding of live parts, and Section of NFPA 70 for voltage to ground and between conductors.] (e) bipolar Source and output Circuits. For two (2) wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two (2) wire circuit if where all of the following conditions apply [NFPA 70:690.7(E)]: (1) One (1) conductor of each circuit is solidly grounded. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(1)] (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate sub-array. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(2)] (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]: WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER Circuit Sizing and Current (a) Calculation of maximum Circuit Current. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated in accordance with (A)(1) Section (1) through (A)(4) Section (4). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)] FPN: Where the requirements of (A)(1) Section (1) and (B)(1) Section (1) are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. (2) Photovoltaic Output Circuit Currents. The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in (A)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(2)] (4) Stand-Alone Inverter Input Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating when where the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(4)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) 57

61 (b) ampacity and overcurrent device ratings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered to be continuous in accordance with Section (1) and Section (2). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)] (1) Sizing of Conductors and Overcurrent Devices. The circuit conductors and overcurrent devices shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in (A) Section The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with Section 240.4(B) and Section 240.4(C) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)] Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized at 100 percent of its rating. (2) Internal Current Limitation. Overcurrent protection for photovoltaic output circuits with devices that internally limit the current from the photovoltaic output circuit shall be permitted to be rated at less than the value calculated in (B)(1) Section (1). This reduced rating shall be not less than 125 percent of the limited current value. Photovoltaic output circuit conductors shall be sized in accordance with (B)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)] Exception: An overcurrent device in an assembly listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized at 100 percent of its rating (C) Systems with multiple direct-current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall not be be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] (d) Sizing of module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two (2) or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall not be less than the sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)] overcurrent Protection (a) Circuits and equipment. Photovoltaic source circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70 Article 240. Circuits connected to more than one (1) electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] Exception: An overcurrent device shall not be required for circuit conductors sized in accordance with (B) Section and located where one of the following apply: (1a) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2b) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors. FPN: Possible backfeed of current from any a source of supply, including a supply through an inverter into the photovoltaic output circuit and photovoltaic source circuits, is a consideration in determining shall be considered where determining whether adequate overcurrent protection from all sources is provided for conductors and modules (b) Power transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the photovoltaic power source, not less than the short-circuit output current rating of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from that source (C) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one (1) ampere size increments, starting at one 1 ampere up to and including fifteen (15) amperes. Higher standard values above fifteen (15) amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided in Section 240.6(A) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.9(C)] (d) direct-current rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any a dc portion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)] (e) Series overcurrent Protection. In series-connected strings of two (2) or more modules, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)] Stand-alone Systems. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA 70 except as modified by (A), (B), and (C) Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.10] 58

62 (a) Inverter output. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Sizing and Protection. (remaining text unchanged) (C) Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to supply one-hundred and twenty (120) volts to single-phase, three (3) wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no two-hundred and forty (240) volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent [NFPA 70:690.10(C)]: WARNING SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! (d) energy Storage or backup Power System requirements. (remaining text unchanged) III. disconnecting means all Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying conductors of a photovoltaic power source from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device, either ac or dc, shall not be installed in a grounded conductor if where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. [NFPA 70:690.13] Exception: A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system required by Section shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor when where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. The switch or circuit breaker shall indicate the presence of a ground fault. FPN: The grounded conductor may shall be permitted to have a bolted or terminal disconnecting means to allow maintenance or troubleshooting by qualified personnel additional Provisions. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with (A) Section through (D) Section [NFPA 70:690.14] (a) disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] (b) equipment. (remaining text unchanged) (C) requirements for disconnecting means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)]: (1) Location. The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(1)] Exception: Installations that comply with (E) Section shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. (3) Suitable for Use. Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Articles 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(3)] (4) Maximum Number of Disconnects. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six (6) switches or six (6) circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(4)] (5) Grouping. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to comply with (C)(4) Section (4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(5)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (d) utility-interactive Inverters mounted in not-readily-accessible Locations. (3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with (C)(1) Section (1). [NFPA 70:690.14(D)(3)] (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.12(D)(4)] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) 59

63 disconnection of Photovoltaic equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from all ungrounded conductors of all sources. If Where the equipment is energized from more than one (1) source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if where the fuse is energized from both directions and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16] Switch or Circuit breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) complying with all of the following requirements [NFPA 70:690.17]: (1) Located where readily accessible. [NFPA 70:690.17(1)] (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. [NFPA 70:690.17(2)] (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position. [NFPA 70:690.17(3)] (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. [NFPA 70:690.17(4)] When Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION. Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it complies is in accordance with the requirements of Section and is listed and identified for the use Installation and Service of an array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18] FPN: Photovoltaic modules are energized while exposed to light. Installation, replacement, or servicing of array components while a module(s) is irradiated may shall be prohibited expose persons to electric shock IV. Wiring methods methods Permitted (a) Wiring Systems. All rraceway and cable wiring methods included in NFPA 70 and other wiring systems and fittings specifically intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at a maximum system voltages greater than exceeding 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] FPN: Photovoltaic modules operate at elevated temperatures when exposed to high ambient temperatures and to bright sunlight. These temperatures shall be permitted to routinely exceed 70 C (158 F) in many locations. Module interconnection conductors are available with insulation rated for wet locations and a temperature rating of not less than 90 C (194 F). Module interconnection conductors with insulation rated for wet locations and a temperature rating of not less than 194 F (90 C) shall be used for photovoltaic modules operating at temperatures in excess of 158 F (70 C) (b) Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic module interconnections within the photovoltaic array. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)] Exception: Raceways shall be used when where required by (A) Section (C) Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard-service cord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 30 C (86 F), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table [NFPA 70:690.31(C)] 60

64 ambient temperature ( F) table CorreCtIon FaCtorS temperature rating of ConduCtor [nfpa 70: table (C)] For SI units: t/ C = (t/ F-32)/ F (60 C) 167 F (75 C) 194 F (90 C) 221 F (105 C) ambient temperature ( C) (d) Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes sixteen (16) AWG and eighteen (18) AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables meet the ampacity requirements of Section Section of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity and temperature derating factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] (e) direct-current Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits Inside a building. Where direct-current photovoltaic source or output circuits of a utility-interactive inverter from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic system are run inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metallic raceways or enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with (A) Section through (D) Section [NFPA 70:690.31(E)] (F) Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated only with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors that are identified and listed for such use. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)] Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-site assembly, when where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall comply with (A) Section through (E) Section [NFPA 70:690.33] (a) Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] (b) Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] (C) type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] (d) Grounding member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] (e) Interruption of Circuit. (remaining text unchanged) access to boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them can shall be rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system complies is in accordance with (A) Section through (G) Section [NFPA 70:690.35] (a) disconnects. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects complying in accordance with 1002, Part III Section [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] (b) overcurrent Protection. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection complying in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] (C) Ground-Fault Protection. All pphotovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protection device or system that complies is in accordance with (1) through (3) [NFPA 70:690.35(C)]: 61

65 (3) Automatically disconnects all conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (d) Photovoltaic Source Conductors. The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following [NFPA 70:690.35(D)]: (1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables. (2) Conductors installed in raceways, or (3) Conductors listed and identified as Pphotovoltaic (PV) Wwire installed as exposed, single conductors (e) Photovoltaic Power System dc Circuits. The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems complying in accordance with (G) Section [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] (F) Photovoltaic Power Source. The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits may shall be permitted to be exposed during service [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED (G) Inverters or Charge Controllers. (remaining text unchanged) V. Grounding System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one (1) conductor of a two (2) wire system with a photovoltaic system voltage over exceeding fifty (50) volts and the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use other methods that accomplish equivalent system protection in accordance with Section 250.4(A) of NFPA 70 and that utilize equipment listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.41] Exception: Systems complying in accordance with Section Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any a single point on the photovoltaic output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.42] FPN: Locating the grounding connection point as close as practicable to the photovoltaic source better protects the system from voltage surges due to lightning. The grounding connection point shall be located as close as practicable to the photovoltaic source. Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device provided in accordance with Section shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection equipment Grounding. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of module frames, equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section or Section (A) of NFPA 70 regardless of voltage. An equipment-grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to grounded mounting structures. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway or cable, or otherwise run with the PV array circuit conductors when where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43] Size of equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with (A) Section or (B) Section [NFPA 70:690.45] 62

66 (a) General. (remaining text unchanged) (b) Ground-Fault Protection not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance with (A) Section through (C) Section , each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of at least not less than two (2) times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. FPN: The short-circuit current of photovoltaic modules and photovoltaic sources is just slightly above the full-load normal out put rating. In ground-fault conditions, these sources are not able to supply the high levels of short-circuit or ground-fault currents necessary to quickly activate overcurrent devices as in typical ac systems. Protection for equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic systems that are not provided with ground-fault protection is related to size and withstand capability of the equipment grounding conductor, rather that overcurrent device operation array equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules smaller than 6 AWG shall comply with Section (C) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.46] Grounding electrode System (a) alternating-current Systems. If Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section through Section of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] (b) direct-current Systems. If Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 for grounded systems or Section of NFPA 70 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] (C) Systems with alternating-current and direct-current Grounding requirements. Systems with alternating-current and direct-current grounding requirements shall comply with the following items (C)(1) through (C)(8): (2) A bonding conductor between these systems shall be sized as the larger of the dc requirement in accordance with Section , the ac requirements based on the inverter alternating current overcurrent device rating and Section of NFPA 70, and the system bonding requirements of Section of NFPA 70. (3) A conductor that serves as both an equipment grounding conductor and as part of the bond between ac and dc systems for an inverter incorporating dc ground-fault protection shall meet be in accordance with the requirements for equipment bonding jumpers in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 but shall not be subject to the requirements for bonding jumpers in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. A single conductor shall be permitted to be used to perform the multiple functions of dc grounding, ac grounding, and bonding between ac and dc systems. (4) A bonding conductor or equipment grounding conductor that serves multiple inverters shall be sized based on the sum of applicable maximum currents used in item (2). (7) Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be sized to meet in accordance with the requirements of both Section (ac system) and Section (dc system) of NFPA 70. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) (d) additional electrodes for array Grounding. Grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70 at the location of all ground-and-pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays and as close as practicable to the location of roof-mounted photovoltaic arrays. The electrodes shall be connected directly to the array frame(s) or structure. The dc grounding electrode conductor shall be sized according to in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. Additional electrodes are not permitted to be used as a substitute for equipment bonding or equipment grounding conductor requirements. The structure of a ground- or pole-mounted photovoltaic array shall be permitted to be considered a grounding electrode if where it meets is in accordance with the requirements of Section of NFPA 70. Roof-mounted photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted to use the metal frame of a building or structure if where the requirements of Section (A)(2) of NFPA 70 are met. Exception: (1) Array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required where the load served by the array is integral with the array. (2) Additional array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required if where located within six (6) feet ( mm) of the premises wiring electrode Continuity of equipment Grounding Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and the photovoltaic source, and/or photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both, a bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] equipment bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, if where used, shall comply with Section (C) of NFPA

67 VI. marking modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with the following ratings [NFPA 70:690.51]: (1) Open-circuit voltage (2) Operating voltage (3) Maximum permissible system voltage (4) Operating current (5) Short-circuit current (6) Maximum power alternating-current Photovoltaic modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings [NFPA 70:690.52]: (1) Nominal operating ac voltage (2) Nominal operating ac frequency (3) Maximum ac power (4) Maximum ac current (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection direct-current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic power source indicating items (1) through item (5) shall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the disconnecting means for this power source [NFPA 70:690.53]: (1) Rated maximum power-point current (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage (3) Maximum system voltage FPN to (3): [See (A) Section for maximum photovoltaic system voltage.] (4) Short-circuit current FPN to (4): [See (A) Section for calculation of maximum circuit current.] (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (if where installed) FPN: Reflecting systems used for irradiance enhancement may shall be permitted to result in increased levels of output current and power Interactive System Point of Interconnection. All iinteractive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage Photovoltaic Power Systems employing energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energy storage shall also be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any an equalization voltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] Identification of Power Sources (a) Facilities with Stand-alone Systems. Any A structure or building with a photovoltaic power system that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)] (b) Facilities with utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the photovoltaic system disconnecting means, if where not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)] VII. Connection to other Sources Load disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources when where in the off position Identified Interactive equipment. Only iinverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] 64

68 Loss of Interactive System Power. (remaining text unchanged) ampacity of neutral Conductor. If Where a single-phase, two (2) wire inverter output is connected to the neutral conductor and one (1) ungrounded conductor (only) of a three (3) wire system or of a three (3) phase, four (4) wire wyeconnected system, the maximum load connected between the neutral conductor and any one (1) ungrounded conductor plus the inverter output rating shall not exceed the ampacity of the neutral conductor. [NFPA 70:690.62] A conductor used solely for instrumentation, voltage detection, or phase detection, and connected to a single-phase or 3- three phase utility-interactive inverter, shall be permitted to be sized at less than the ampacity of the other current-carrying conductors and shall be sized equal to or larger than the equipment grounding conductor unbalanced Interconnections (a) Single Phase. Single-phase inverters for photovoltaic systems and ac modules in interactive solar photovoltaic systems shall not be connected to three (3) phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will cannot result. [NFPA 70:690.63(A)] (b) three Phase. Three (3) phase inverters and three (3) phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one (1) or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70:690.63(B)] Point of Connection. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be connected as specified in (A) Section or (B) Section [NFPA 70:690.64] (a) Supply Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means as permitted in Section (6) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.64(A)] (b) Load Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any the distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including switchboards and panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall comply with (B)(1) through (B)(7). the following: (1) Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect. Each source interconnection shall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means. (2) Bus or Conductor Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for all busbars and conductors. (3) Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of all ground-fault protection equipment. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground-fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connected to the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. (4) Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of all sources. (5) Suitable for Backfeed. Circuit breakers, if where backfed, shall be suitable for such operation. FPN: Circuit breakers that are marked Line and Load have been evaluated only in the direction marked. Circuit breakers without Line and Load have been evaluated in both directions. Circuit breakers shall be used in the direction that they have been marked and listed. (6) Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers backfed from utility-interactive inverters complying with Section shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener normally required by Section (D) of NFPA 70 for such applications. (7) Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of all overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE 65

69 VIII. Storage batteries Installation. Storage batteries shall be installed in accordance with Section through Section (a) General. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] (b) dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (1) Operating Voltage. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than fifty (50) volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have no more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section shall be permitted. (2) Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] FPN: Batteries in solar photovoltaic systems are subject to extensive charge discharge cycles and typically require frequent maintenance, such as checking electrolyte and cleaning connections (C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] (d) battery nonconductive Cases and Conductive racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than that exceed twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within six (6) inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] (e) disconnection of Series battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twenty-four (24) (two) 2 volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the seriesconnected strings into segments of twenty-four (24) cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Nonload-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] (F) battery maintenance disconnecting means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A nonload-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] (G) battery Systems exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (exceeding forty-eight (48) volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met [NFPA 70:690.71(G)]: (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section (3) Main ungrounded battery input/ or output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) Charge Control (a) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by one (1) hour is less than three (3) percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] All aadjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. FPN: Certain battery types such as valve-regulated lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged (b) diversion Charge Controller. A diversion charge controller shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (2) Circuits with Direct-Current Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)]: 66

70 (3) PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2) and the following [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)]: (1a) These systems shall not be required to comply with (B)(2) Section (2). The charge regulation circuits used shall comply with the requirements of Section (2b) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use when where the utility is not present or when where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) battery Interconnections. (remaining text unchanged) IX. Systems over 600 Volts General. Solar photovoltaic systems with a maximum system voltage exceeding over six-hundred (600) volts dc shall comply with Article 490 of NFPA 70 and other requirements applicable to installations rated over in excess of six-hundred (600) volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] definitions. For the purposes of Part IX of this chapter, Section the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows [NFPA 70:690.85]: CommIttee Statement: Editorial amendments where made by the committee for clarification and for ease of use by the end user. In order to avoid misinterpretation, there is no change (including IAPMO Manual of Style changes) to Chapter 10 since the chapter is entirely extracted from NFPA 70. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. CHaPter 1 administration title, Purpose, and Scope. General title. This document shall be known as the Uniform Solar Energy Code, may be cited as such, and will be referred to herein as this code Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar systems, within this jurisdiction equipment and appliances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cooling; swimming pool heating or process heating Purpose. This code is an ordinance providing minimum requirements and standards for the protection of the public health, safety, and welfare applicability. This code shall apply to the installation of solar thermal heating systems and solar photovoltaic systems unconstitutional General. Where a section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this code is, for a reason, held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this code. The legislative body hereby declares that it would have passed this code, and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses, and phrases are declared unconstitutional Validity Coverage. Where a provision of this code, or the application thereof to a person or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of the code, or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby. 67

71 102.0 applicability Conflicts between Codes. Where the requirements within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with the requirements of the plumbing or mechanical code, this code shall prevail. In instances where the code, applicable standards, or the manufacturer s installation instructions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail application to existing Solar System existing Installation. Solar systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system existing Construction. No provision of this code shall be deemed to require a change in a portion of a solar system or other work regulated by this code in or on an existing building or lot where such work was installed and is maintained in accordance with law in effect prior to the effective date of this code, except where such solar system or other work regulated by this code is determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to be in fact dangerous, unsafe, insanitary, or a nuisance and a menace to life, health, or property maintenance. Solar systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar system to be reinspected maintenance. The solar system of a premises under the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be maintained in a sanitary and safe operating condition by the owner or the owner s agent additions, alterations, or repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall be permitted to be made to a solar system shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar system to be in accordance with the requirements of this code, provided the addition, alteration, or repair is in accordance with that required for a new solar system. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded repairs and alterations. In Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing buildings or premises in which solar systems installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, shall comply with the provisions for new construction, unless such deviations from the provisions of this code are permitted, provided such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction additions, alterations, repairs, and replacement. Additions, alterations, repairs, and replacement of solar systems shall comply with the provisions for new systems except as otherwise provided in Section Health and Safety. Wherever compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance or other dangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner s agent shall install such additional solar facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction Changes in building occupancy. Solar systems that are a part of a building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code that are applicable to the new use or occupancy moved Structures buildings. Solar systems that are part of buildings or structures moved into this jurisdiction shall be in accordance with the provisions of this code for new installations, except as provided for in Section moved Structures. Parts of the solar systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided appendices. The provisions in the appendices are intended to supplement the requirements of this code and shall not be considered part of this code unless formally adopted as such organization and enforcement. duties and Powers of the authority Having Jurisdiction authority Having Jurisdiction. General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be the Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For such purposes, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the powers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations supplemental to this code as deemed necessary in order to clarify the application of the provisions of this code. Such interpretations, rules, and regulations shall be in accordance with the intent and purpose of this code. 68

72 In accordance with the prescribed procedures and with the approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to appoint such number of technical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors or employees as necessary to carry out the functions of the code enforcement agency Liability. The Authority Having Jurisdiction charged with the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith and without malice in the discharge of the Authority Having Jurisdiction s duties, shall not thereby be rendered personally liable for a damage that accrues to persons or property as a result of an act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of duties. A suit brought against the Authority Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act or omission performed in the enforcement of a provision of this code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by this jurisdiction until final termination of the proceedings Plans required applications and Permits. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of plans, specifications, drawings, and such other information as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, prior to the commencement of, and at a time during the progress of, work regulated by this code. The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from preventing construction operations being carried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of other pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificate of approval where issued in error duties and Powers of the authority Having Jurisdiction Cooperation of other officials and officers. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to request the assistance and cooperation of other officials of this jurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance right of entry. Wherever it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or wherever the Authority Having Jurisdiction has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a building or upon a premises a condition or violation of this code that makes the building or premises unsafe, insanitary, dangerous, or hazardous, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to enter the building or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed upon the Authority Having Jurisdiction by this code, provided that where such building or premises is occupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall present credentials to the occupant and request entry. Where such building or premises is unoccupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall first make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the building or premises and request entry. Where entry is refused, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has recourse to every remedy provided by law to secure entry. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have first obtained an inspection warrant or other remedy provided by law to secure entry, no owner, occupant, or person having charge, care, or control of a building or premises shall fail or neglect, after proper a request is made as herein provided, to promptly permit entry herein by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the purpose of inspection and examination pursuant to this code Permits and Inspections Permits required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel a solar system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section , or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems exempt Work. A permit shall not be required for the following: (1) The repairing of leaks in pipes, valves, or components, provided such repairs do not involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes, or components. (2) Replacement of a component part that does not alter its original approval and is in accordance with other applicable requirements of this code. Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall be deemed not to grant authorization for work to be done in violation of the provisions of the code or other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction application for Permit application. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefore in writing on a form furnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for that purpose. Such application shall: (1) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made. (2) Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address, or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work. (3) Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. (4) Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, and other data as required in Section

73 (5) Be signed by the permittee or the permittee s authorized agent. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require evidence to indicate such authority. (6) Give such other data and information as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar system designed by, an engineer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such. Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other data where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance within the code Plan review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section , a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review. The plan review fees for solar system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permit fees. Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table Information on Plans and Specifications. Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it shall be is in accordance with the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the option to accept plans and specifications electronically, in lieu of on cloth or paper, in whatever format it shall require expiration of Plan review time Limitation of application. Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation, plans and other data submitted for review thereafter, shall be returned to the applicant or destroyed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to exceed the time for action by the applicant for a period not to exceed 180 days upon request by the applicant showing that circumstances beyond the control of the applicant have prevented action from being taken. No application shall be extended more than once. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee Permit Issuance Issuance. The application plans, and specifications and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall be reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plans shall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws under their jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work described in an application for permit and the plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are in accordance with the requirements of the code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Section have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue a permit therefore to the applicant approved Plans or Construction documents. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications AP- PROVED. Such approved plans and specifications shall be not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar system before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, or solar system will be granted Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, a violation of the provisions of this code or other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. The issuance of a permit based upon plans, specifications, or other data shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans, specifications, and other data or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of other ordinances of this jurisdiction expiration. A permit issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void where the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or where the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at a time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Before such work is recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one-half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made 70

74 or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such suspensions or abandonment have not exceeded 1 year extensions. A permittee holding an unexpired permit shall be permitted to apply for an extension of the time within which work shall be permitted to commence under that permit where the permittee is unable to commence work within the time required by this section. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to extend the time for action by the permittee for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the permittee showing that circumstances beyond the control of the permittee have prevented action from being taken. No permit shall be extended more than once. In order to renew action on a permit after expiration, the permittee shall pay a new full permit fee Suspension and revocation. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to, in writing, suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information supplied or in violation of other ordinance or regulation of the jurisdiction retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, and computations shall be retained by the Authority Having Jurisdiction until final approval of the work covered therein. One set of approved plans, specifications, computations, and manufacturer s installation instructions shall be kept on the site of the building or work at times during which the work authorized thereby is in progress Fees Permit Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule Table The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction Investigation Fees: Work Commencing Without before a Permit Issuance Special Investigation. Wherever work for which a permit is required by this code has been commenced without first obtaining said permit, a special investigation shall be made before a permit is issued for such work Fees. An investigation fee, in addition to the permit fee, shall be collected whether or not a permit is then or subsequently issued. The investigation fee shall be equal to the amount of the permit fee that is required by this code, where if a permit were to be issued. The payment of such investigation fee shall not exempt a person from compliance with other provisions of this code, nor from a penalty prescribed by law Fee refunds authorization. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of a fees as follows: (1) The amount paid hereunder that was erroneously paid or collected. (2) no Work. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the rrefunding of not more than a percentage, as determined by this jurisdiction where no work has been done under a permit issued in accordance with this code time Limit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not authorize the refunding of a fee paid except upon written application filed by the original permittee not to exceed 180 days after the date of fee payment Inspections and testing General. Solar systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. No solar system or portion thereof shall be covered, or concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. No portion of a solar system shall be concealed until inspected and approved. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Where the installation of a solar system is complete, an additional and final inspection shall be made. Solar systems regulated by this code shall be not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction required Inspection. No solar system or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved Scope. New solar system work and such portions of existing systems as affected by new work, or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar system is in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and other such inspections as necessary. The permittee or the permittee s authorized agent shall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections as follows: (1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and before backfill is put in place. (2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes. (3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the installation Covering or using. No solar system or part thereof, shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it has been tested, inspected, and accepted as prescribed in this code. 71

75 uncovering. Where a solar system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction operation of Solar equipment. The requirements of this section shall be not be considered to prohibit the operation of solar equipment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacement work is completed, and before a portion of such solar system is concealed by a permanent portion of the building other Inspections. In addition to the inspections required by this code, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require other inspections of a solar work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and other laws that are enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by a permit to notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction that such work is ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require that every request for inspection be filed not less than 1 working day before such inspection is desired. Such request shall be permitted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the option of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspections required by this code to provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work advance notice. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by the permit to notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, orally or in writing that said work is ready for inspection. Such notification shall be given not less than 24 hours before the work is to be inspected responsibility. It shall be the duty of the holder of a permit to make sure that the work will stand the test prescribed before giving the notification. The equipment, material, and labor necessary for inspection or tests shall be furnished by the person to whom the permit is issued or by whom inspection is requested reinspections. A reinspection fee shall be permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspection where such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or where required corrections have not been made. This provision is not to be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to be in accordance with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for inspection or reinspection. Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed where the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from plans requiring the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an application therefore in writing upon a form furnished for that purpose and pay the reinspection fee in accordance with Table In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid testing of Systems. Solar systems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction test. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Authority Having Jurisdiction s duly appointed representative test Waived. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar system or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system exceptions. In cases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance with the intent of this code tightness. Joints and connections in the solar system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures required by test defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or solar system of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar system or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code retesting. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work will not pass the test, necessary corrections shall be made, and the work shall be resubmitted for test or inspection approval. Upon the satisfactory completion and final test of the solar system, Where prescribed tests and inspections indicate that the work is in accordance with this code, a certificate of approval shall be issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to the permittee on demand Connection to Service utilities approval energy Connections. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar system or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction other Connections. No person shall make connection from a water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction temporary Connections. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment. 72

76 Violations and Penalties Violations General. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain a solar system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code notice of Correction or Violation. Notices of correction or violation shall be written by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the site of the work or mailed or delivered to the permittee or his authorized representative. Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with such notice or order within 10 days of receipt thereof, shall be considered a violation of this code and shall be subject to the penalties set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. elsewhere in this code for violations Penalties. A person, firm, or corporation violating a provision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable by a fine, imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. Each separate day or portion thereof, during which a violation of this code occurs or continues, shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense Stop orders. Wherever work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to order the work stopped by notice in writing served on persons engaged in the doing or causing such work to be done, and such persons shall forthwith stop work until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to proceed with the work authority to disconnect utilities in emergencies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to disconnect a solar system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property authority to Condemn. Wherever the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar system after receiving such notice. Where such solar system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice board of appeals General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority Having Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals consisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to solar design, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of plumbing such systems and who are not employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business and shall render decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Limitations of authority. The Board of Appeals shall have no authority relative to interpretation of the administrative provisions of this code, nor shall the board be empowered to waive requirements of this code. table SoLar PermIt FeeS (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) SubStantIatIon: The above revisions to Chapter 1 are being proposed based on the following reasons: 1. The above revisions arrange the sections in a more logical order for ease of enforcement and application. 2. The revisions comply with the requirements of the IAPMO Manual of Style, and correlate with similar revisions made in the 2012 UPC, 2012 UMC, and 2012 USPSHTC. 3. For Section (Scope), scoping requirements are filed with a BSR 9 to ANSI and should be included here in order to clarify the intent of the scope. 73

77 4. Section (Applicability) should be deleted as the scoping requirements clarify what is covered in this code and how it is applied. 5. Section (Repairs and Alterations) was incorporated into Section (Additions, Alterations, or Repairs) to cover additions, alterations, or repairs in one location. 6. Section (Maintenance) should be deleted as it is duplicated in Section (Maintenance). 7. Section (Existing Construction) should be deleted as it is duplicated in Section (Existing Installation). 8. Section (Additions, Alterations, Repairs, and Replacement) should be deleted as it is duplicated in Section (Additions, Alterations, or Repairs). 9. Section (Moved Buildings) should be deleted as it is duplicated in Section (Moved Structures). 10. Section (Cooperation of Other Officials and Officers) should be deleted as it is duplicated in Section (General). 11. Section (Required Inspection) should be revised to incorporate language when inspections should be made prior to the installation of the wall or ceiling membrane. Section (Inspection) and Section (Covering or Using) indicate the same text and require that no solar system shall be covered or concealed until tested, inspected and approved. Inspections are necessary to determine that an installation conforms to all code requirements. Periodic inspections are necessary before portions of the system are concealed to determine that such systems and equipment are installed in accordance with the approved construction documents and the applicable code requirements. All inspections that are necessary to provide such verification must be conducted. Generally, the administrative rules of a department may list the required interim inspections. Construction that occurs in steps or phases may necessitate multiple inspections; therefore, an exact number of required inspections cannot be specified. 12. Section (Testing of Systems) should be revised to incorporate all requirements in one section for ease of use. 13. Section (Connection to Service Utilities) should be revised to incorporate all requirements in one section for ease of use. PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment aabsorption refrigeration. A cooling system that uses heat to make a change in the conditions necessary to complete a refrigeration cycle. absorption unit. An absorption refrigeration system that has been factory-assembled and tested prior to its installation. accessible. Where applied to a fixture, connection, appliance, or equipment, accessible means having access thereto, Having access to but which first may require the removal of an access panel, door, or similar obstruction covering the item described. airbreak (drainage). A physical separation which may be a low inlet into the indirect waste receptor from the fixture, appliance, or device indirectly connected. The drain from an appliance or appurtenance that discharges indirectly into another receptor at a point below the flood level rim and above the trap seal. airgap, drainage. The unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest openings from a pipe, plumbing fixture, appliance, or appurtenance conveying waste to the flood-level rim of the receptor. airgap, Water distribution. The unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from a pipe or faucet conveying potable water to the flood-level rim of a tank, vat, or receptor fixture. air-handling unit. A blower or fan used for the purpose of distributing supply air to a room, space, or area. appliance. A device or apparatus that is designed to utilize energy and for which this code provides specific requirements. utilizes a fuel or other forms of energy to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air-conditioning. [NFPA 54: ] This definition also shall include a vented decorative appliance. 74

78 bbuilding Sewer. That part of the horizontal piping of a drainage system that extends from the end of the building drain and that receives the discharge of the building drain and conveys it to a public sewer, private sewer, private sewage disposal system, or other point of disposal. building Supply. The pipe carrying potable water from the water meter or other source of water supply to a building or other point of use or distribution on the lot C- Combustible Construction. For the purpose of this code, combustible construction is a structure in which a member of its structural framework will ignite and burn at a temperature of 1392 F (756 C) or less. Compressor. A specific machine, with or without accessories, for compressing a given refrigerant vapor. Condenser. A vessel or arrangement of piping or tubing in which vaporized refrigerant is liquefied by the removal of heat. Condensing unit. A specific refrigerating machine combination for a given refrigerant, consisting of one or more power-driven compressors, condensers, liquid receivers (when required), and the regularly furnished accessories. Cross-Connection. A connection or arrangement, physical or otherwise, between a potable water supply system and a plumbing fixture or a tank, receptor, equipment, or device through which it may be possible for nonpotable, used, unclean, polluted and contaminated water, or other substances to enter into a part of such potable water system under any condition ddrainage System. Includes the piping within public or private a premise that conveys sewage or other liquid wastes to a legal point of disposal, but does not include the mains of a public sewer system or a public sewage treatment or disposal plant eequipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code F- Fixture branch. A water supply pipe between the fixture supply pipe and the water distribution pipe. Fixture drain. The drain from the trap of a fixture to the junction of that drain with any other drain pipe. Fixture Supply. A water supply pipe connecting the fixture with the fixture branch. Flooded. A fixture is flooded where the liquid therein rises to the flood-level rim. Flood Level. See Flooded H- Heat transfer medium Fluid. The liquid medium used to transfer energy from the solar collectors to the thermal storage or load. Hybrid System. A system comprised of multiple power sources. These power sources shall be permitted to may include photovoltaic, wind, micro-hydro generators, engine-driven generators, and others, but do not include electrical production and distribution network systems. Energy storage systems, such as batteries, do not constitute a power source for the purpose of this definition. [NFPA 70:690.2] I- Ignition Source. Appliances or equipment due to their intended use and operation, are capable of providing sufficient temperature and energy to raise its ignition temperature and capable of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Sources may include appliance or equipment burners, burner igniters or electric switching devices. Indirect Waste Pipe. A waste pipe that does not connect directly with the drainage system, but that discharges into the drainage system through an air break or air gap into a trap, fixture, receptor or interceptor J- Welded Joint or Seam. A joint or seam obtained by the joining of metal parts in the plastic molten state. Joint, Welded. A gastight joint obtained by the joining of metal parts in the plastic molten state. 75

79 P- Plumbing appliance. One of a special class of devices or equipment that is intended to perform a special plumbing function. Its operation, control, or both may be dependent upon one or more energized components, such as motors, controls, heating elements, or pressure or temperature sensing elements. Such device or equipment may operate automatically through one or more of the following actions: a time cycle, a temperature range, a pressure range, a measured volume or weight; or the device or equipment may be manually adjusted or controlled by the user or operator. Plumbing appurtenance. A manufactured device, a prefabricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of component parts that is an adjunct to the basic piping system and plumbing fixtures. An appurtenance demands no additional water supply, nor does it add a discharge load to a fixture or the drainage system. It performs some useful function in the operation, maintenance, servicing, economy, or safety of the plumbing system. Plumbing Fixture. An approved type installed receptacle, device or appliance that is supplied with water or that receives liquid or liquid borne wastes and discharges such wastes into the drainage systems to which it may be directly or indirectly connected. Industrial or commercial tanks, vats and similar processing equipment are not plumbing fixtures, but may be connected to or discharged into approved traps or plumbing fixtures where and as otherwise provided for elsewhere in this code. Private or Private use. Applies to plumbing fixtures in residences and apartments, to private bathrooms in hotels and hospitals, and to restrooms in commercial establishments where the fixtures are intended for the use of a family or an individual. Public or Public use. Applies to plumbing fixtures that are not defined as private or private use. Pump (Heat). Extracts heat from one substance and transfers it to another portion of the same substance or to another substance at a higher temperature for the intended purpose W- Water main (Street main). A water supply pipe for public or community use. SubStantIatIon: Item #1 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The following terms are not used in this code, therefore should be deleted as indicated in the applicability section by not defining terms that are not referenced in this code: absorption refrigeration, absorption unit, air-handling unit, building sewer, building supply, combustible construction, compressor, condenser, condensing unit, fixture branch, fixture drain, fixture supply, flooded, flood level, plumbing fixture, private or private use, public or public use, and water main (street main). 2. The revisions to the definition of accessible are applicable to this code. References made to plumbing fixtures, connection, appliance, or equipment as where applied to are not the only areas where accessible references are made within this code. 3. The revisions to the definition of airbreak are applicable to this code. The term airbreak (drainage) is not used with plumbing fixtures and this code does not define indirect waste receptor. The user should be able to determine the physical separation which would apply to any appliance or appurtenance that discharges into another receptor. The user would not be able to determine as written due to the terminology by not defining indirect waste receptor and a low inlet into an indirect waste. Please note that the term flood-level rim is defined in this code. 4. In the definition airgap, drainage, the term plumbing fixture is not used in this code, therefore should be deleted from this definition. 5. In the definition airgap, water distribution, the term fixture is not used in this code, therefore should be deleted from this definition. The term receptor should be added to this definition as this reference is made for discharging waste to a receptor. 6. The revisions to the definition of appliance are applicable to this code. References made to utilize a fuel or other form of energy to produce light, heat, etc. are not the only areas where the term appliance is made within this code. This definition should be generic in order to encompass all chapters within this code and that utilize energy for all specific areas of use and to the context which it applies. 7. In the definition cross-connection, the term plumbing fixture is not used in this code, therefore should be deleted from this definition. 8. In the definition drainage system, terminology that is not used within this code should be deleted. 9. The definition equipment should be added to this code as the term is used throughout the code when referring to materials, appliances, equipment, or installation thereof of solar systems in order to match the terms within the intent and context of this code. 76

80 10. The definition heat transfer fluid should be revised to heat transfer medium to correlate with terminology used throughout the code, and to be inclusive of all types of approved mediums such as fluids, air, etc. 11. The definition hybrid system should be revised in accordance with the Manual of Style, as Section states, definitions shall not be written in mandatory language. 12. The definition ignition source should be added to this code as Section (Safety Requirements) contains provisions on safety issues related to equipment that generates an ignition source. This definition should be added to this code as a safety issue related to the installation of appliances and equipment in solar systems. 13. The definition indirect waste pipe should be added to this code as it provides clarification that an indirect waste pipe is a viable method of discharging waste from an appliance or equipment into the sanitary drainage system to prevent backflow and possible contamination with the potable water system. Throughout Chapter 4 provisions are provided for the discharge of waste through an air gap, but no mention of how to connect to the drainage system via indirect waste. 14. The definition welded joint or seam should be replaced with joint, welded in order to correlate with other 2012 IAPMO codes and to place all joining methods in one location. 15. The definition plumbing appliance should be revised so that it is applicable to this code. References made to performing a special plumbing function are not the only areas where the term appliances are made within this code. This definition should be generic in order to encompass all chapters within this code that reference an appliance based on the areas of use and to the context which it applies. 16. The definition plumbing appurtenance should be revised so that it is applicable to this code. References made to utilize a fuel or other form of energy to produce light, heat, etc. are not the only areas where the term appliance is made within this code. This definition should be generic in order to encompass all chapters within this code and that utilize energy for all specific areas of use and to the context which it applies. 17. The definition pump (heat) should be added to this code as it is used with solar designs and should be defined in this code in order to clarify the provisions and requirements for such systems. PubLIC Comment 3: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment General Scope. (remaining text unchanged) materials Standards and alternates approvals. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall be in accordance comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, fixtures, equipment, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval marking Piping. Each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly, and device used in a solar system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be acceptable permitted Standards. (remaining text unchanged) existing buildings. (remaining text unchanged) alternate materials and methods of Construction equivalency. Nothing in this code is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Technical documentation shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to approve or disapprove the system, method, or device for the intended purpose. 77

81 However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternate material or method of construction so approved shall be not be considered as in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for a purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction where the submitted data does not prove equivalency testing. (remaining text unchanged) approved Standards. (remaining text unchanged) request by authority Having Jurisdiction. (remaining text unchanged) Flood Hazard areas Protection of Solar Systems and Components. (remaining text unchanged) Walls below buildings in Flood Hazard areas Subject to High Velocity Wave action. (remaining text unchanged) Flood resistant materials. (remaining text unchanged) Structural design Loads General. (remaining text unchanged) Workmanship accepted engineering Practices. (remaining text unchanged) Concealsing Imperfections. It is unlawful to conceal cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials by welding, brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon a paint, wax, tar, solvent cement, or other leak-sealing or repair agent Imperfections burred ends. (remaining text unchanged) Installation Practices. (remaining text unchanged) on-site. (remaining text unchanged) Installation accessible Locations. (remaining text unchanged) direction of Flow. (remaining text unchanged) Changes in direction General. (remaining text unchanged) Improper Location General. Solar piping or equipment shall be not be located as to interfere with the normal use thereof or with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities Protection of Structures Structural Integrity. (remaining text unchanged) Waterproofing of openings. (remaining text unchanged) rat rodentproofing. (remaining text unchanged) Protection against decay and termites. (remaining text unchanged) Hangers and Supports Components of Solar System. Components of a solar system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer s installation instructions, and as required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction Strength material. (remaining text unchanged) Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 315.1(a) 307.3(a) alignment. (remaining text unchanged) excavation underground Installation. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved per in accordance with Section of this code Hanger rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall be no smaller than those shown in Table

82 table HanGer rod SIZe PIPe and tube SIZe (inches) rod SIZe (inches) For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Spacing. Gas piping shall be supported by metal straps or hooks at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table table SuPPort of GaS PIPInG [nfpa 54: table ] (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) trenching, excavation, and backfill trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of a building or structure and paralleling the same shall be not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom, or as approved per in accordance with Section of this code tunneling and driving. (remaining text unchanged) open trenches. (remaining text unchanged) excavations. (remaining text unchanged) Water Pipes. (remaining text unchanged) testing media Piping. The piping of the solar system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer fluid liquid, or as recommended by the manufacturer s instructions except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached all parts of the system Liquid Solar System requirements. (remaining text unchanged) open Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) other open Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Closed Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) Storage tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Sections and Section Pressure type. Storage tanks shall be tested as prescribed in accordance with Section non-pressure type. (remaining text unchanged) disposal of Liquid Waste General. It shall be unlawful for a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of sewage, human excrement, or other liquid wastes, heat transfer medium, or other solar thermal liquids, in a place or manner, except through and by means of an approved drainage system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this code deleterious Wastes Contamination. Waste from a solar system that are is deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway Connections to Plumbing drainage System required General. Plumbing fixtures Receptors, drains, appurtenances, and appliances, used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage, shall be connected to the drainage system of the building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code. 79

83 Location Site. (remaining text unchanged) transfer of ownership. (remaining text unchanged) abandonment General. (remaining text unchanged) Storage tank. (remaining text unchanged) Safety requirements Welding. (remaining text unchanged) Spark or Flame. (remaining text unchanged) Hazardous Heat-transfer materials mediums. Hazardous heat-transfer mediums shall comply with Section and Section approval. (remaining text unchanged) Flash Points. (remaining text unchanged) discharge. (remaining text unchanged) Protection of System Components materials. Solar thermal system components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved for such use. A ssolar system components, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation Corrosion. Solar systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Solar system components in contact with the heat transfer fluid shall be compatible. Metal parts, including screws, bolts, and washers that are exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material mechanical damage. (remaining text unchanged) duct Work General. Solar system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical code Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe General. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipe shall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe other Systems General. (remaining text unchanged) 80

84 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = mm Notes: 1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed of 18 inches (457 mm). table (a) HanGerS and SuPPort materials types of JoIntS HorIZontaL VertICaL Base Cast Lead and Oakum 5 feet, except 10 feet where 10 foot 1, 2, 3 lengths are installed Compression Gasket 2 Brace to not to exceed 40 feet foot ( mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement. 3 Support at each horizontal branch connection. 4 Hangers shall be not be placed on the coupling. 5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction, where first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Every other joint, unless over 4 feet, Base 1, 2, 3 then support each joint Base Cast-Iron Hubless Shielded Coupling Every other joint, unless over 4 feet, 1, 2, 3, 4 then support each joint Copper Tube and Pipe Soldered or Brazed inches and smaller, 6 feet,; 2 inches and larger, 10 feet Steel and Brass Pipe for Water or DWV Steel, Brass, and Tinned Copper Pipe for Gas Threaded or Welded Threaded or Welded 3 4 inch and smaller, 10 feet,; 1 inch and larger, 12 feet 1 2 inch, 6 feet,; 3 4 and 1 inch, 8 feet,; inches and larger, 10 feet Schedule 40 PVC Solvent Cemented Allow for expansion every 30 feet, 3 See Table (b) CPVC Solvent Cemented 1 inch and smaller, 3 feet,; inches and larger, 4 feet and each floor, of not to exceed 15 feet and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet 5 Every other floor, not to exceed 25 feet inch, 6 feet,; 3 4 and 1 inch, 8 feet,; inches every floor level Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. Provide for expansion every 30 feet. Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides Lead Wiped or Burned Continuous support Not to exceed 4 feet Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction PEX Cold Expansion, Insert and Compression 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1¼ inches and larger, 4 feet Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. PEX-AL-PEX Metal Insert and Metal 1 2 inch All sizes Compression 3 } Base and each floor. Provide 4 inch 98 inches mid-story guides. 1 inch PE-AL-PE Metal Insert and Metal 1 2 inch All sizes Compression 3 4 inch } Base and each floor. Provide 98 inches mid-story guides. 1 inch Polypropylene (PP) Fusion weld (socket, butt, saddle, electrofusion) threaded (metal threads only) or mechanical 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; inches and larger, 4 feet ) Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides 81

85 table (b) PVC PIPe HanGerS and SuPPortS* (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) General Scope. The provisions of this chapter cover address the construction, installation, alteration, and repair of solar water heating system piping. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code Protection of Piping, materials, and Structures General. Piping installed for a solar thermal system shall be protected in accordance with Section through Section under or through Walls. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot water liquid piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed Installation under Concrete Slab. Water piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings necessarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall be not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall be not be required to be wrapped. (2) Copper tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper. For the purpose of this section, within the a building shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation expansion and Contraction. (remaining text unchanged) Sleeves. (remaining text unchanged) Exception: Sleeves shall be not be required where openings are drilled or bored Load from building Construction building Loads. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall be not be subject to a load from building construction Protectively Coated Pipe. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic and Copper Piping. (remaining text unchanged) Freeze Protection Solar Fluid Piping. (remaining text unchanged) Water Hammer Protection. (remaining text unchanged) Listing. (remaining text unchanged) Installation. (remaining text unchanged) mechanical devices. Where listed mechanical devices are used, the manufacturer s installation instructions specifications as to location and method of installation shall be followed Identification of a Potable and nonpotable Water System General. (remaining text unchanged) Potable Water. (remaining text unchanged) Color and Information. (remaining text unchanged) 82

86 table minimum LenGtH of CoLor FIeLd and SIZe of LetterS outside diameter of minimum LenGtH of PIPe or CoVerInG CoLor FIeLd minimum SIZe of LetterS (inches) (inches) (inches) 1 2 to to to to Over For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Fixtures. (remaining text unchanged) outlets. (remaining text unchanged) Flow directions General. (remaining text unchanged) unlawful Connections General Prohibited Installation. No installation of solar piping, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter a portion of the potable water system from a pipe, tank, receptacle receptor, or equipment by reason of backsiphonage, by suction, or other cause, either during normal use and operation thereof, or where such pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment is subject to pressure exceeding the operating pressure in the potable water system Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits carrying potable water supplied by a public or private building supply system, and pipes, or conduits, or fixtures containing or carrying water from other source or containing or carrying water that has been used for a purpose whatsoever, or piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard and maintained in accordance with this code Installation backflow Prevention. No device or construction shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to a potable water supply, where such installation or connection provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connection between a distributing system of water for drinking and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated by such device or construction unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard Cross-Connection Control General. (remaining text unchanged) approval of devices or assemblies. Before a device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of backflow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordance with recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices and assemblies shall comply with Table 404.2(a) 405.2(1), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. The minimum airgap to afford backflow protection shall be in accordance with Table 404.2(b) 405.2(2). Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good working condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 83

87 table 404.2(a) 405.2(1) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) table 404.2(b) 405.2(2) FIXtureS minimum airgaps For Water distribution 4 WHere not affected by SIdeWaLLS 1 (inches) WHere affected by SIdeWaLLS 2 (inches) Effective openings 3 not greater than 1 2 of an inch in diameter Effective openings 3 not greater than 3 4 of an inch in diameter Effective openings 3 not greater than 1 inch in diameter 2 3 Effective openings 3 greater than 1 inch in diameter Two times diameter of effective opening Three times diameter of effective opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect airgaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in ffootnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the airgap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Airgaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (85 kpa) General requirements Listing assemblies. (remaining text unchanged) Identification. backflow Prevention Valve. (remaining text unchanged) testing. (remaining text unchanged) access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and repair. Access and clearance shall require be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly and the grade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be provided with a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or maintenance person direct Connections Prohibited. (remaining text unchanged) Hot Water backflow Preventers. Backflow preventers for hot water exceeding 110 F (43.3 C) shall be a type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding 110 F (43.3 C) without rendering a portion of the assembly inoperative manufacturer Installed Integral backflow Preventers. Solar systems with integral backflow preventers or integral airgaps manufactured as an unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer s installation instructions Prohibited Locations. Backflow preventers shall not be located in an area containing fumes that are toxic, poisonous, or corrosive Prohibited Locations. Backflow prevention devices preventers with atmospheric vents or ports shall be not be installed in pits, underground, or submerged locations Cold Climate. (remaining text unchanged) drain Lines. (remaining text unchanged) Specific requirements Heat exchangers. (remaining text unchanged) 84

88 Single-Wall Heat exchangers. (remaining text unchanged) Protections Water Supply Inlets. (remaining text unchanged) Systems with backflow devices. (remaining text unchanged) Chemical Injection. (remaining text unchanged) nonpotable Water Piping. (remaining text unchanged) deck-mounted and equipment mounted Vacuum breakers. Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer s installation instructions, with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim Flood Hazard areas. (remaining text unchanged) materials Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, fittings, solvent cements, thread sealants, solders, and flux used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61. Materials used in the water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply piping shall be in accordance comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table table materials For PIPInG and FIttInGS (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) Copper tube. (remaining text unchanged) Hard-drawn Copper tubing. (remaining text unchanged) Cast-Iron Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) malleable Iron Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) black Steel Pipe and Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) Screwed Fittings material. (remaining text unchanged) Galvanized Steel. (remaining text unchanged) Water Heater Connectors. (remaining text unchanged) Listed Flexible Connectors. (remaining text unchanged) Valves Size. (remaining text unchanged) Control Valves. (remaining text unchanged) accessibility accessible. (remaining text unchanged) Check Valves General. (remaining text unchanged) Pressure-relief Valves. (remaining text unchanged) Interior relief Valves. Relief valves located inside a building shall be provided with a drain, not smaller than the relief valve outlet, of galvanized steel, hard-drawn copper piping and fittings, CPVC, PP, or listed relief valve drain tube with fittings that will not reduce the internal bore of the pipe or tubing (straight lengths as opposed to coils) and shall extend from the valve to the outside of the building, with the end of the pipe not exceeding more than 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground or the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing downward. Such drains shall be permitted to terminate at other approved locations. Relief valve drains shall not terminate in a building s crawl space. No part of such drain pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. The terminal end of the drain pipe shall not be threaded Water temperature tempering Valves. (remaining text unchanged) Vacuum relief Valves Installation. Vacuum relief valves shall be installed at the highest point of the solar system for drain down or drain back systems as required by in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer s installation instructions. 85

89 automatic air Vents General. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar system as required by in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer s installation instructions Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop systems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used to charge or drain the system, shall be of loose key type,; have valve outlets capped,; or have handles removed where the system is operational excessive Water Pressure., Pressure regulators and Pressure-relief Valves excessive Water Pressure General. (remaining text unchanged) General Scope. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar thermal storage. Solar thermal storage includes: storage tanks with or without heat exchangers, heat exchanger tanks, and expansion tanks Flood Hazard areas. (remaining text unchanged) test Pressure for Storage tanks used in Solar Systems General. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068 kpa) Storage tanks or Heat exchanger tank Construction Plans. (remaining text unchanged) Gravity tanks. Each ggravity tanks shall be equipped installed with an overflow opening Internal Pipe Size (IPS) of not less than 2 inches (510 mm) Internal Pipe Size (IPS). The openings shall be aboveground and equipped installed with a screened return bend Prefabricated tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be listed where required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction Pressure-type Storage tank. Each pressure-type water storage tank shall be equipped with a listed combination temperature and pressure relief valve. The temperature setting shall not exceed 210 F (99 C). The pressure setting shall not exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressure of the solar system, or 150 percent of the established normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeled maximum operating pressure of a pressure-type storage tank, whichever is less. The relief valve setting shall not exceed the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Each such combination temperature and pressure relief valve shall be installed at an approved location based upon its listing requirements and the manufacturer s installation instructions Separate Storage tanks. A water-heating device connected to a separate storage tank and having valves between said heater heating device and tank shall have be provided with an approved water pressure-relief valve installed. Discharges from pressure-relief or temperature and pressure-relief valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer materials mediums shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction underground tanks. Tanks shall be permitted to be buried underground where designed and constructed for such burial installation Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and the installation thereof, shall be in accordance comply with minimum requirements for safety from structural failure, mechanical failure, and excessive pressures established by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction in accordance with and nationally recognized standards devices. Devices attached to or within the a tank shall be accessible for repair and replacement tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions materials. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance with Section through Section Construction. (remaining text unchanged) Standards. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards approved by and the Authority Having Jurisdiction Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in-place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior walls shall be double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exterior walls during the required water test. The compressive strength of a concrete tank wall, top and covers, or floor shall be not less than 2500 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (lbf/in 2 ) ( kpa 1.76 x 10 6 kg/m 2 ). Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V Portland Cement) Steel. 86

90 metal tanks. (remaining text unchanged) Filler metal. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic (Pressurized tanks) non-fiberglass Storage tanks. Non-fiberglass storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Division I, Section VIII or equivalent other approved standards Fiber-reinforced Storage tanks. Fiber-reinforced storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X or equivalent other approved standards expansion tanks General. Hot water-heating systems that will not accommodate volumetric fluid expansion shall be provided with an air expansion tank securely fastened to the structure. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing any strain on the connecting piping. Hot water-heating incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be so installed as to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions Systems with open expansion tanks. Systems equipped with an open expansion tank to satisfy thermal water expansion shall be provided with an indoor overflow from the upper portion of the expansion tank in addition to an open vent. The indoor overflow shall be carried within the building to an approved plumbing fixture or to the basement Closed-type Systems. Systems of the closed-type shall have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion that will be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half times the allowable working pressure of the system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (lbf/in 2 ) (207 kpa) shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards approved by and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for pressurized tanks minimum Capacity of Closed-type tank. The minimum capacity of the a closed-type expansion tank shall be determined from in accordance with Table 603.4(a) 604.4(1) and Table 603.4(b) 604.4(2) or from the following formula: Vt = ( t ) Vs Pa - Pa Pf Po (Equation ) Where: Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons. Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gallons. t = Average operating temperature, F. Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H 2 O absolute. Pf = Fill pressure, feet H 2 O absolute. Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H 2 O absolute. table 603.4(a) 604.4(1) expansion tank CaPaCItIeS For GraVItY Hot Water SYStemS (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) For SI units: 1 gallon = L, 1 square foot = m 2 * For systems exceeding 2400 square feet ( m 2 ) of installed equivalent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shall be increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 L) tank capacity per 33 square feet (3.071 m 2 ) of additional equivalent direct radiation. table 603.4(b) 604.4(2) expansion tank CaPaCItIeS For ForCed Hot Water SYStemS (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) 87

91 605.0 dry Storage Systems Waterproofing. The containment structure for dry thermal storage systems shall be constructed in an approved manner to prevent the infiltration of water or moisture detecting Water Intrusion. The containment structure shall be capable of fully containing a spillage or moisture accumulation that will occurs. The structure shall have a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage or moisture accumulation, and shall be fitted with a drainage device to eliminate spillage rock as Storage material. (remaining text unchanged) odor and Particulate Control. Thermal storage materials and containment structures, including an interior protective coatings, shall not impart toxic elements, particulate matter, or odor to air distributed to areas of human occupancy Combustibles Within ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceeding 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceeding 50, where tested as a composite product in accordance with one of the following test methods: ASTM E 84 or UL General Scope. This The provisions of this chapter governs address the construction and installation of solar collectors, including components. The requirements in this chapter cover different types of solar collectors listed as follows: glazed, unglazed airtype, concentrating, and non-concentrating Construction General. Frames and braces exposed to the weather shall be constructed of materials for exterior locations, and protected from corrosion or deterioration, as approved by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction Construction. (remaining text unchanged) Glass. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic. Plastic used in collector construction shall be installed in accordance with its listing and the manufacturer s installation instructions Listing. (remaining text unchanged) air Collectors Combustible and noncombustible material. Materials exposed within air collectors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceeding 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceeding 50, where tested as a composite product in accordance with one of the following test methods: ASTM E 84 or UL testing. (remaining text unchanged) Location Collector Installation General. Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in accordance with the building code. Panel collectors shall be mounted as to minimize the accumulation of debris Instructions. Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions on the roof Installations. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall be not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Solar collectors that are not an integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface above the Ground Installations. (remaining text unchanged) Safety access. Access shall be provided to collectors and components to allow for maintenance and repair in an approved manner. For roof-mounted collectors, a A work space adjacent to collectors to allow for maintenance and repair shall be provided and approved by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction Stagnation Condition. The collector assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant conditions in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications instructions where (high solar flux/and no flow) occurs Waterproofing. Joints between structural supports and buildings or dwellings, including penetrations made by bolts or other means of fastening, shall be installed to prevent water leakage made watertight with approved material. Bolts or other means of fastening the collector or structural supports to the roof shall be sealed from water penetration Flood Hazard areas. (remaining text unchanged) Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials Carbon Steel. Carbon steel mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance with ASME SA

92 Combustible materials. Collectors constructed of combustible materials shall not be located on or adjacent to construction required to be of noncombustible materials or in special fire areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction orientation. (remaining text unchanged) accessibility. Collectors and equipment shall be accessible for maintenance and repair Fire Safety requirements building Components. Collectors that function as building components shall comply be in accordance with the building code above or on the roof. Collectors located above or on roofs, and functioning as building components, shall not reduce the required fire-resistance and fire-retardance classification of the roof covering materials. (remaining text unchanged) General Scope. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air duct work shall be insulated according to this chapter to minimize heat loss. Duct work and piping need shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping, installed in accordance with the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code need not be insulated aboveground installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions, unless the such piping is installed located within the a building Piping required. Pipe and fittings, other than unions, flanges, or valves, shall be insulated. Insulation material shall be suitable approved for continuous operating temperatures of not less than 220 F (104.4 C). (see Tables 802.1(a1) through Table 802.1(d4)) table 802.1(a1) minimum PIPe InSuLatIon (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) Installation. (remaining text unchanged) Insulation. (remaining text unchanged) ducts General. (remaining text unchanged) tanks thickness. Tanks insulation shall have a minimum R-value insulation not less than shown in Table temperature difference. (remaining text unchanged) table minimum tank InSuLatIon (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) 89

93 temp diff. (dt) ( F) 90 InSuLatIon* Calcium table 802.1(b2) Iron PIPe and CoPPer tubing InSuLatIon thickness PIPe SIZe (inches) Iron PIPe SIZe (inches) CoPPer tubing SIZe (nominal) T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Calcium T Silicate H L Fibrous T Glass H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L Fibrous T Glass H L Flexible T Tubing H L For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, C = ( F-32)/1.8 *T = Thickness, inches; HL = Heat loss, btu/hr.

94 IPS (inches) Pipe diameter (inches) Inside Inner radius r 1* For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inches = m 2 table 802.1(c3) universal PIPe InSuLatIon thickness based on radius and IPS 1 2 InCHeS thick* 3 4 InCHeS thick* 1 InCHeS thick* InCHeS thick* 2 InCHeS thick* r 2 ln r 2 a r 2 r 2 ln r 2 a r 2 r 2 ln r 2 a r 2 r 2 ln r 2 a r 2 r 2 ln r 2 a r 2 r1 r 1 r 1 r 1 r *A = Area (m 2 ) (square inches), r 1 = Inside radius (inches) (mm), r 2 = Outside radius (mm) (inches) 91

95 table 802.1(d4) 3, 4, 5 thermal ConduCtIVItY (k) of InduStrIaL InSuLatIon (design VaLueS) (For mean temperatures IndICated) Expressed in Btu per (hour) (square foot) (degree Fahrenheit temperature difference per inch) Form material ComPoSItIon 3 accepted max temp For use, ( F) 1 typical density (lb/ft 3 ) For SI units: C = ( F-32)/1.8, 1 pound per cubic foot = kg/m 3, 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square foot = m 2, 1000 British thermal units per hour = kw Note(s): 1 These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 2 Values are for aged board stock. For change in conductivity with age of refrigerant-blown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification values for materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiased tests. 4 Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time. 5 Thermal conductivity (k) of industrial insulation shall be expressed in Btu/h inch/ft 2 F typical thermal ConduCtIVItY (k) at mean temp ( F) BLOCkS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATION ASBESTOS Laminated asbestos paper Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper 4-ply ply ply MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER % PERCENT MAGNESIA CALCIUM SILICATE CELLULAR GLASS DIATOMACEOUS SILICA MINERAL FIBER Glass, Organic bonded, block and boards Nonpunking binder Pipe insulation, slag or glass Inorganic bonded-block Pipe insultation, slag or glass MINERAL FIBER Resin binder RIGID POLYSTYRENE Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp Extruded Molded beads POLYURETHANE 2, 4 Refrigerant 11 exp RUBBER, Rigid Foamed VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER Wool felt (pipe insulation) INSULATING CEMENTS MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass) With colloidal clay binder With hydraulic setting binder LOOSE FILL Cellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass Perlite (expanded) Silica aerogel Vermiculite (expanded)

96 Note(s): table InSuLatIon of ducts Where ducts are used for both heating and cooling, the minimum insulation shall be as required for the most restrictive condition. 1 Heating Degree Days: (a) Zone I duct LoCatIon below 4500 Degree Days (b) Zone II 4501 Degree Days to 8000 Degree Days (c) Zone III exceeds 8000 Degree Days Vapor barriers shall be installed on supply ducts in spaces vented to the outside in geographic areas where the average July, August, and September mean dew point temperature exceeds 60 F (16 C). Insulation shall be permitted to be omitted on that portion of a duct that is located within a wall or a floor-ceiling space where: (a) Both sides of the space are exposed to conditioned air. (b) The space is not ventilated. (c) The space is not used as a return plenum. (d) The space is not exposed to unconditioned air. Ceilings that form plenums need not be insulated. InSuLatIon types InSuLatIon types HeatInG ZoneS mechanically CooLed 4 1 HeatInG only 4 On roof or on exterior of building C, V 2 and W I II III Attics, and garages and crawl spaces A and V 2 II I III In walls, 3 within floor-ceiling spaces 3 A and V 2 II I III Within the conditioned space, or in basements; return ducts in air plenums The examples of materials listed under each type of insulation is not meant to limit other available thickness and density combinations with the equivalent installed conductance or resistance based on the insulation only. Insulation Types: A = A mmaterials with an installed conductance of 0.48 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 2.1. Examples of materials capable of meeting the above requirements: (a) 1 One inch (25.4 mm), 0.60 pounds per cubic feet (lb/ft 3 ) ( kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass) blanket. (b) 1 2 One-half inch (12.7 mm) 1.5 lb/ft 3 to 3 lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. (c) 1 2 One-half inch (12.7 mm) 3 lb/ft 3 to 10 lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. B = A mmaterials with an installed conductance of 0.24 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 4.2. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: (a) 2 Two inch (51 mm) 0.60 lb/ft 3 ( kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket. (b) 1 One inch (25.4 mm) 1.5 lb/ft 3 to 3 lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. (c) 1 One inch (25.4 mm) 3 lb/ft 3 to 10 lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. C = A mmaterials with an installed conductance 0.16 or the equivalent thermal resistance 6.3. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: (a) 3 Three inch (76 mm) 0.60 lb/ft 3 ( kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber blanket. (b) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm) 1.5 lb/ft 3 to 3 lb/ft 3 (24.3 to 48.6 kg/m 3 ) mineral blanket duct liner. (c) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm) 3 lb/ft 3 to 10 lb/ft 3 (48.6 to kg/m 3 ) mineral fiber board. V = Vapor Bbarrier: Material with a perm rating not exceeding 0.5 perm. Joints to be sealed. W =Approved weatherproof barrier. A and W B and W C and W A A B A A B None required None required Cement slab or within ground None required None required 93

97 appendix C a engineered SoLar SYStemS ac 1.0 Scope General. C 1.1 Intent. The intent of this appendix is to provide clarification of procedures for the design and approval of engineered solar systems, alternate materials, and equipment not specifically covered in other parts of the code. ac application applicability. The provisions of this appendix apply to the design, installation, and inspection of an engineered solar system, alternate materials, and equipment not specifically covered in other parts of the code. ac authority Having Jurisdiction. (remaining text unchanged) ac Conformance. Components, materials, and equipment must conform to shall comply with standards and specifications listed in Table of this code and other national consensus standards applicable to solar systems and materials. ac alternate materials and equipment. Where such standards and specifications are not available, alternate materials and equipment must shall be approved in accordance with Section of this code. ac 2.0 engineered Solar Systems. ac 2.1 definition. For purposes of this appendix, the following definition shall apply: engineered Solar System:. A system designed for a specific building project with drawings and specifications indicating materials to be installed, all as prepared by a person registered or licensed to perform solar design work. ac 2.2 Inspection and Installation. In other than one- and two-family dwellings, the designer of the system is to provide periodic inspection of the installation on a schedule found suitable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Prior to the final approval, the designer must shall verify to the Authority Having Jurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with the approved plans, specifications, and data and such amendments thereto. The designer must shall also certify to the Authority Having Jurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with the applicable engineered design criteria. ac 2.3 owner Information. The designer of the system must shall provide the building owner with information concerning the system, considerations applicable for any subsequent modifications to the system, and maintenance requirements as applicable. ac 3.0 Water Heat exchangers. ac 3.1 Protection of Potable Water System. (remaining text unchanged) ac 3.2 Where Permitted. Single-wall heat exchangers shall be permitted where they satisfy the following requirements: (1) The heat-transfer medium is either potable water or contains nontoxic fluids recognized as safe by the FDA as food grade. (2) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium is maintained at less than the average minimum operating pressure of the potable water system. Exception: Steam complying with Section LA 3.2 (1) above. (3) The equipment is permanently labeled to indicate that only additives recognized as safe by the FDA shall be used in the heat-transfer medium. ac 3.3 other designs. (remaining text unchanged) appendix a useful tables ConVerSIon table InternatIonaL SYStem (SI) units appendix b useful tables SYmboLS SubStantIatIon: Item #1 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons (please note that references made to sections, unless otherwise noted, are based on the 2009 usec): 1. The revisions arrange the sections in a more logical order for ease of enforcement and application. 94

98 2. The revisions, not specifically referenced below, comply with the requirements of the IAPMO Manual of Style, and correlate with similar revisions made in other 2012 IAPMO codes. 3. The revisions to sections where manufacturer s installation instructions or manufacturer s instructions are used correlate with the other 2012 IAPMO codes by properly referencing manufacturer s installation instructions where installation of equipment, appliances, devices, etc. is implied. Where operation, sizing, design, or maintenance are implied, the term manufacturer s instructions should be referenced. 4. In Section (Approvals), the term fixtures should be replaced with equipment as plumbing fixtures are not applicable to the scope of this code. 5. In Section (Marking), the text appliance, equipment, assembly should be added to clarify that all components of a solar system should be marked in an approved manner to indicate the manufacturer to assist in application and enforcement of this code. 6. In Section (Disposal of Liquid Waste), Section (General) should be revised by deleting the text sewage, human excrement, other as the USEC does not address requirements for the disposal of sewage, and therefore such reference should be made to the plumbing code. Additionally, the text heat transfer medium, or other solar thermal liquids should be added to clarify the specific types of waste that are common with a solar energy system. Furthermore, Section (Deleterious Wastes) should be incorporated into Section (Disposal of Liquid Waste) so that all waste disposal requirements are located in one section for ease of use. 7. In Section (Connections to Plumbing System Required), Section (General), the text or sewage should be deleted as the USEC does not address requirements for the disposal of sewage, and therefore such reference should be made to the plumbing code if needed. The text plumbing fixtures should be replaced with receptors as provisions for plumbing fixtures are not addressed within the USEC. Receptors for the collection of indirect wastes would be applicable to the USEC. 8. Section (Screwed Fittings) should be relocated to Chapter 4 (new Section 407.7) with the other material requirements for pipe and fittings for ease of use. 9. Section (Water Hammer Protection) should be relocated to Chapter 4 (new Section ) with the other pipe protection requirements addressed in this code for ease of use. 10. In Section (Media), the term fluid should be replaced with liquid to be consistent in terminology throughout the entire code. 11. Section (Water Temperature) should be relocated to Chapter 4 (new Section 408.7) with the other valve requirements addressed in this code for ease of use. Furthermore, the title of the section should be changed to Tempering Valves as that is the topic addressed within the section. 12. In Section (Hazardous Heat-Transfer Materials), the term materials should be replaced with medium since materials can pertain to solids which are not used as a heat transfer medium. 13. In Section (Corrosion), the 2 nd sentence should be relocated to Section (Materials) where general material requirements are addressed. Furthermore, shall be approved for such use should replace shall be compatible to improve the enforceability of the code language by clarifying that system components shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to prevent system failures caused by components not being listed for use with certain heat transfer mediums (ex: copper piping and chlorinated pool water). 14. In Section (Unlawful Connections), Section (General) should be revised to correlate with similar language found in the 2012 UPC. 15. Section (Approval of Devices or Assemblies) should be revised to correlate with similar language found in the 2012 UPC. 16. Section (Access and Clearance) should be revised to correlate with similar language found in the 2012 UPC. 17. In Section (Under or Through Walls), the text water should be replaced with liquid as there are other types of approved heat transfer mediums besides potable water. 18. Section (Prohibited Locations) should be incorporated into Section (Prohibited Location) so that all prohibited location requirements for backflow preventers are located in one section for ease of use. Furthermore, prevention devices should be replaced with preventers to provide correlation throughout the section. 19. In Section (Separate Storage Tanks), the text heater should be replaced with heating device to provide consistency in terminology throughout the section. The text materials should be replaced with mediums to correlate with terminology used throughout industry standards. 20. Throughout Chapter 6 (Thermal Storage) the text equipped should be replaced with installed to comply with the requirements of the IAPMO Manual of Style. 95

99 21. In Section 601.1(Scope), the terminology in this section needs to be revised in accordance with industry standards by replacing heat exchanger tanks with storage tanks with or without heat exchangers. 22. The title of Section (Storage or Heat Exchanger Tank Construction) should be revised to Storage Tanks as the section does not address heat exchangers. 23. In Section (Underground Tanks), the text burial should be replaced with installation as the current language is redundant within the section. 24. In Sections (Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks) and (Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks), the text equivalent should be replaced with other approved so that the provisions are enforceable in accordance with the IAPMO Manual of Style. 25. In Section (Test Pressure for Tanks Used in Solar Systems), the text storage should be added to the title, and within the section, to clarify the intent of the section. 26. Section (Waterproofing) should be revised so that the provisions are enforceable in accordance with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The text in an approved manner, in Section 605.1, improves the enforceability of the code language by indicating to what basis a containment structure should be constructed to prevent infiltration of water. 27. In Section (Odor and Particulate Control), the text air distributed to should be deleted as the text is unnecessary for enforcement and application. 28. Sections (Combustibles Within Ducts or Plenums) and (Combustible and Noncombustible Material) should be revised to correlate with the 2012 UMC. 29. Section (Scope) should be revised as the terminology used in this section is not specifically referenced in the chapter. Furthermore, the current list could prevent other types of approved collectors from being used. 30. In Section (Combustible Materials), the text special shall be deleted as it is unenforceable language. 31. Section (Accessibility) should be deleted as access requirements for maintenance and repair are already addressed in Section (Safety). 32. Section (Safety) should be revised to remove redundant language and improve the enforceability of the section in accordance with the IAPMO Manual of Style. 33. Section (Waterproofing) should be revised to correlate with similar language found in other 2012 IAPMO codes. Furthermore, the text approved material improves the enforceability of the code language by indicating to what basis material can be used for waterproofing. 34. In Section (Scope), the exception needs to be revised as the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) does not contain provisions for pipe insulation. Therefore, the reference is not accurate. 35. Appendices A and B should not be considered as appendices as they provide reference information that is applicable to all parts of the code. Therefore, Appendix A and B should be relocated after the appendices as Useful Tables to correlate with the 2012 UPC and 2012 USPSHTC. Appendix C should be changed to Appendix A. 36. Section C 1.1 (Intent) should be deleted as the intent and purpose of the appendix is already addressed in Section C 1.2 (Application). 96

100 Item # 3 Comment Seq # 2 USEC 2012 (101.3): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: applicability. This code shall apply to the installation of solar water heating systems and solar photovoltaic systems. (renumber remaining sections) SubStantIatIon: The purpose for the above code provision is to clarify the scope of the Uniform Solar Energy Code. The USEC applies to both solar water heating systems and photovoltaic systems. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: applicability. This code shall apply to the installation of solar water thermal heating systems and solar photovoltaic systems. CommIttee Statement: There are many types of solar heating transfer media. They are not limited to water as air is commonly used as a heating media in solar systems. Therefore, the correct term to be used is solar thermal heating systems. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment General applicability. For the purpose of this code, the following terms have the meaning indicated in this chapter. No attempt is made to define ordinary words, which are used in accordance with their established dictionary meanings, except where a word has been used loosely and it is necessary to define its meaning as used in this code to avoid misunderstanding. The definitions of terms are arranged alphabetically according to the first word of the term Scope. The definitions listed in this chapter shall apply to the terms used in the Uniform Solar Energy Code S- Solar thermal System. A complete assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and utilize this energy for service water heating, pool water heating, space heating and cooling purposes Scope applicability. This chapter governs general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repair of a solar system. 97

101 308.1 Contamination. Waste from a solar thermal system that are deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway Improper Location General. Solar thermal piping or equipment shall be not located as to interfere with the normal use thereof or with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities accessible Locations. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of connection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solar thermal water piping connections of open loop systems Water Hammer Protection. Where quick-acting valves are installed, solar thermal systems shall be provided with water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves media. The piping of the solar thermal system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer fluid, or as recommended by the manufacturer except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached all parts of the system abandonment General. An abandoned solar thermal system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining systems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner Storage tank. An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use in a solar thermal system shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Water temperature. A solar thermal system providing hot water exceeding 140 F (60 C) shall be equipped with a listed tempering valve or temperature-limiting device to limit the temperature of water delivered to the domestic hot water system to a maximum of 140 F (60 C) or less approval. Heat-transfer materials that are hazardous shall not be used in solar energy thermal systems, except with prior approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction materials. A solar thermal system components, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation Corrosion. Solar thermal systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Solar system components in contact with the heat transfer fluid shall be compatible. Metal parts, including screws, bolts, and washers that are exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material duct Work. Solar thermal system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical code Scope applicability. The provisions of this chapter cover the construction, installation, alteration, and repair of solar water heating thermal system piping. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code unlawful Connections General No installation of solar thermal piping, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter a portion of the potable water system from a pipe, tank, receptacle, or equipment by reason of back-siphonage, by suction or other cause manufacturer Installed backflow Preventer. Solar thermal systems with integral backflow preventers or integral airgaps manufactured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer s instructions. 98

102 expansion and Contraction. Piping in connection with a solar thermal system shall be so installed that piping or connections will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. No solar thermal piping, unless designed and listed for such use, shall be directly embedded in concrete or masonry. No structural member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code Solar Fluid Piping. No solar fluid thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, fittings, solvent cements, thread sealants, solders, and flux used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water a solar thermal system shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 applicable standards referenced in Table Materials used in the solar thermal water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply solar thermal piping shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Control Valve. A control valve shall be installed immediately ahead of each water-supplied solar thermal system automatic air Vents General. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system as required by the system design requirements and installation instructions Vacuum relief Valves Installation. Vacuum relief valves shall be installed at the high point of the solar thermal system for drain down or drain back systems as required by the system design requirements and installation instructions under Concrete Slab. Water Solar thermal piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: (remaining text unchanged) Scope applicability. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar thermal storage. Solar thermal storage includes: storage tanks, heat exchanger tanks, and expansion tanks expansion tanks General. Hot water-heating Solar thermal systems that will not accommodate volumetric fluid expansion shall be provided with an air expansion tank securely fastened to the structure. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing any strain on the connecting piping. Hot water-heating Solar thermal systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be so installed as to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions Scope applicability. This chapter governs the construction and installation of solar collectors, including components. The requirements in this chapter cover different types of solar collectors listed as follows: glazed, unglazed air-type, concentrating, and non-concentrating Scope applicability. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air duct work shall be insulated according to this chapter to minimize heat loss. Duct work and piping need not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. (remaining text unchanged) 99

103 901.1 Scope. applicability. This chapter governs the installation and construction of solar water heating thermal systems for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs Scope applicability. This chapter governs the installation, sizing, and marking of pumps used in solar water heating thermal systems. C 3.1 Protection of Potable Water System. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or other solar heating thermal purposes shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. SubStantIatIon: Item #3 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The change from scope to applicability is needed in order to not conflict with the scope requirements in Chapter Section (Scope) should be deleted as Section (General) already states that all of the terms in Chapter 2 apply to the USEC, and therefore is redundant. 3. The text thermal should be added throughout the code to correlate with the proposed definition solar thermal system that is based on industry standards for an assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy for service water heating, pool water heating, and space heating and cooling. 4. In Section (Approval), the text energy should be replaced with thermal since the section only pertains to solar thermal systems, and not photovoltaic systems. 5. In Section (Pipe, Tube, and Fittings), the section should be revised accordingly to clarify that the section addresses solar thermal pipe, tube, fittings, etc. and not water supply and distribution systems that are addressed by the plumbing code, and are outside the scope of the USEC. 6. In Sections (Scope), (General), (Scope), (Scope) and C 3.1 (Protection of Potable Water System), the text water heating should be replaced with thermal as the text may mislead the end user in thinking that the sections are for potable water heating purposes only, when in fact the term solar thermal system is inclusive of space heating and cooling as well. 100

104 Item # 5 Comment Seq # 3 USEC 2012 ( , ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one (1) or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar system designed by, an engineer and/or an architect licensed by the state to practice as such. The submittal of a solar water heating system shall include information listed in Section and Section The submittal of a solar photovoltaic system shall include information listed in Section and Section Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other data if where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance within the code. [UPC: ] Site Plan. A site plan shall be provided for each solar system installation and shall consists of the following: (1) Footprint of the building and north reference point. (2) Location of all structures on site. (3) Street address of the building. (4) Access from street to the building. (5) Location of arrays. (6) Location of disconnects (for photovoltaic system). SubStantIatIon: The proposed new text provides clarification that needs to be included in the site plan for a solar system plan submittal. This requirement will assist Authority Having Jurisdictions during the plan review process. It is the intent of this code language to require site plans that will provide sufficient information to assist plan checkers, inspectors, and other officials in the decision making process regarding permit request. Site plans that meet the requirements of Section should promote greater understanding of the request. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed language should be located in the appendices as a guideline or recommendation to assist the end user. Many jurisdictions will have different requirements for submitting plans and specifications. In addition, location of the utility meter or the point of disconnect should be listed in Section a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment Plans. Plans for tanks shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval, unless listed by an approved listing agency. Such plans shall show dimensions, reinforcing, structural calculations, and such other pertinent data as required. 101

105 SubStantIatIon: Item #5 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. Plan requirements are already addressed in Chapter 1 (Section Plans and Specifications & Section Information on Plans and Specifications), and therefore Section should be deleted as the provisions are redundant. 2. Based on the technical committee s reason for rejecting the original proposal, specific requirements for what is shown on a set of plans and specifications (ex: reinforcing, structural conditions, etc.) should be left up to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Therefore, Section should be deleted. 102

106 Item # 7 Comment Seq # 4 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Solar Photovoltaic Systems. For a solar photovoltaic system, the following shall be included on the plan: (1) Wiring diagram showing the actual power source operating voltages and currents. (2) Location of collector(s). (3) Quantity of collector(s). (4) Location of inverter or dc disconnect. (5) Model and size of inverters. (6) Roof access and roof mounted equipment. (7) Where applicable, for the direct current (dc) side of the photovoltaic system: (a) Number of series connected modules in a photovoltaic source circuit. (b) Number of parallel connected modules or panels photovoltaic source circuits in each array or photovoltaic power source. (c) Number of combiner boxes, control boxes, or photovoltaic power centers for each array, subarray, or photovoltaic power source. (d) Number of photovoltaic output circuits. (e) Photovoltaic source circuit module or panel connection arrangements. (f) Operating and open-circuit voltage of each module or panel. (g) Operating voltage of each array or photovoltaic power source. (h) Operating current of photovoltaic source circuits. (i) Operating current of each array. (j) Maximum array, panel, or module system voltage. (k) Short circuit current of modules or panels. (l) Short circuit current of array and subarrays. (m) Short circuit current of the battery system. (n) Disconnecting means electrical rating. (o) Disconnecting means wiring diagram. (p) Disconnecting means rated short-circuit current per pole. (8) Manufacturer s specification sheets for the inverters, converters, charge controllers, and ac modules, indicating the following ratings: (a) Maximum input ac and dc voltage, and the range of operating voltage(s). (b) Nominal ac output voltage. (c) Nominal dc voltage and operating range for utility interactive or stand-alone systems with charge controller. (d) Maximum input ac and dc current, and maximum input short circuit current. (e) Maximum inverter output short circuit current and duration. (f) Maximum utility source backfeed current (short or open circuit) for utility interactive system with or without charge controller. (g) Maximum continuous ac output current and power. (h) Normal operation temperature range. SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language provides direction that needs to be included in the plan submittal for a solar photovoltaic system to assist the Authority Having Jurisdiction during the plan review process. The following items are required 103

107 to be verified before a permit can be issued. This list provides the minimum requirements that can be found in many jurisdictions. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: Based on committee action taken on Item # 5, which indicates that the proposed language should be located in the appendices as a guideline and recommendation to assist the end user. Many jurisdictions will have different requirements for solar photovoltaic system plans that those listed in this proposal. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Amir Tabakh, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power (LADWP) recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment. appendix e SuPPLementaL CHeCKLISt For SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStemS e 1.0 Plan details. e 1.1 General. The following shall be provided with the plan details of a photovoltaic (PV) system: (1) Scope of the project, including system Joules (kw) rating. (2) Complete single line diagram and utility interconnect. (3) Site plan, including location of system components. (4) Type of system (i.e. alternating-current modules, bipolar, grounded, ungrounded, hybrid, isolated, interactive, stand-alone, etc). (5) Utility service operating voltage or class. (6) Information on the size, type, and insulation ratings (voltage, temperature, etc) of conductors and associated wiring components of the direct current (dc) and alternating current (ac) side of the PV system. (7) Type, size, and material of raceway(s). (8) Roof plan, including roof access and roof mounted equipment. (9) The following information shall be provided for the dc side of the PV system: (a) Number of series connected modules for each PV source circuit. (b) Number of parallel connected module or panel PV source circuits for each array or PV power source. (c) Number of combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers for each array, subarray, or PV power source. (d) Number of PV output circuits. (e) PV source circuit module or panel connection arrangements. (f) Operating and open-circuit voltage for each module or panel. (g) Operating voltage for each array or PV power source. (h) Operating current for each PV source circuit. (i) Operating current for each array. (j) Maximum array, panel, or module system voltage. (k) Short circuit current of modules or panels. (l) Short circuit current of array and subarrays. (m) Short circuit current of battery system. (n) Disconnecting means electrical ratings. (o) Disconnecting means wiring diagram. (p) Disconnecting means rated short-circuit current per pole. 104

108 (10) The manufacturer s instructions shall be provided for the PV modules or panels. The manufacturer s instructions shall include the manufacturer s name, catalog numbers, complete electrical information, required marked acceptable series backfeed fuse protection rating, and installation instructions. (11) The manufacturer s instructions shall be provided for inverters, converters, charge controllers, and ac modules, indicating the following ratings: (a) Maximum input ac and dc voltage, and the range of operating voltage(s). (b) Nominal ac output voltage. (c) Nominal dc voltage and operating range for utility interactive or stand-alone systems with charge controller. (d) Maximum input ac and dc current, and maximum input short circuit current. (e) Maximum inverter output short circuit current and duration. (f) Maximum utility source backfeed current, short or open circuit, for utility interactive system with or without charge controller. (g) Maximum continuous ac output current and power. (h) Normal operation temperature range. (12) Information indicating where the inverter(s) or charge controller(s) contains current limiting devices that limits the output circuit current to the maximum inverter input dc current rating. (13) The manufacturer s wiring details shall be provided for combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers. It shall contain the manufacturer s name, model designation, and listing. (14) The manufacturer s instructions shall be provided for each connector indicating configuration, construction, type, grounding member, and circuit current interruption capability and method. (15) Where the PV system uses a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery. (16) Methods of access to the junction, pull, or outlet boxes behind the modules or panels. e 1.2 Circuits. Circuit requirements shall be indicated in the detail plans in accordance with the following: (1) Circuit conductors and overcurrent protective devices shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum current in accordance with Section (2) Overcurrent protection of output circuits with internal current limiting devices shall be not less than 125 percent of the maximum limited current of the output circuit. The conductors in such an output circuit shall be sized in accordance with Section (3) Common-return conductor of systems with multiple voltages shall be not smaller than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. (4) Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less than the sum of the fuse rating and 125 percent of the short-circuit from the other parallel-connected modules. e 1.3 overcurrent Protection. Circuits connected to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent protective devices that provide overcurrent protection from sources indicated on the plan details. e 1.4 disconnecting means. Disconnecting means shall be provided in the plan details for the following: (1) PV source circuits (isolating switches) (2) Overcurrent devices (3) Blocking diodes (4) Inverters (5) Batteries (6) Charge controllers The PV disconnecting means shall be grouped together and the number of disconnects shall not exceed six. e 1.5 Wiring method. Wires used in a PV system shall be in accordance with Section Ungrounded source and output circuits shall be installed with disconnects, overcurrent protection, ground-fault protection, and inverter or charge controllers and shall be listed for such purpose in accordance with Section Ungrounded sources and circuit conductors shall consist of sheathed multi-conductor cable or shall be located in an approved raceway. e 1.6 Grounding. Grounding shall be indicated in the plan details as follows: (1) Where components of the system are negatively or positively grounded. (2) The dc circuit grounding shall be made at a single point on the PV output circuit. (3) The equipment-grounding conductor for a PV source and PV output circuits for a roof-mounted dc PV array in dwellings shall be sized in accordance with Section

109 (4) Grounding electrode system used for the ac, dc, or combined ac/dc systems. (5) The method used to ensure the removal of equipment from the system that shall not disconnect the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductors and exposed conducting surfaces. (6) The method used to ensure the removal of an utility-interactive inverter or other equipment that shall not disconnect the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and the PV source and the output circuit grounded conductor, or both. e 1.7 Ground Fault Protection. Direct current ground-fault protection for dwellings with roof mounted dc - PV arrays shall be provided on the plan details. e 1.8 Systems over 600 Volts. Plan details for PV systems over 600 volts shall indicate the following: (1) The PV system is in accordance with Section , and other applicable installation requirements. (2) The voltage rating of a battery circuit cable shall be not smaller than the charging or equalizing condition of the battery system. e 1.9 Calculations. Calculations shall be provided for solar PV systems in accordance with the following: (1) The maximum system voltage calculation shall be based on the expected ambient temperature. (2) The maximum system open-voltage calculation shall be based on manufacturer s instructions for PV power source modules made of materials other than crystalline or multi-crystalline silicon. (3) The maximum dc circuit current calculation for each PV source circuit. (4) The maximum dc current calculation for each PV output circuit. (5) The fault current calculation from the utility side to the ac disconnect(s) and inverter(s). (6) Calculations to determine the minimum overcurrent protection device rating for the dc side. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered as continuous. (7) Where conductors are exposed to direct sunlight, the ampacities shall be derated by the correction factors in accordance with NFPA 70. (8) Calculations showing the size of equipment-grounding conductor for the PV source and PV output circuit size shall be not less than 125 percent of the short circuit current from the PV source. (9) Calculations showing the required maximum charging current of the interconnected battery cells. (10) Calculations for the ampacity of the neutral conductor of a 2-wire inverter output connected to the ungrounded conductors of a 3-wire or a 3-phase, 4-wire system. (11) Calculations showing that the total dc leakage current in the dc ground or dc grounded circuits in non-isolated PV systems do not exceed the equipment ground-fault protective device leakage current trip setting. (12) Calculations showing the required current and voltage ratings of dc diversion charge controllers and diversion loads in a circuit. (13) Calculations showing the required conductor ampacity and overcurrent protective device rating for circuits containing dc diversion charge controllers and diversion loads. (14) Calculations showing where expansion fittings are not required for the roof mounted raceways due to thermal expansion or building expansion joints where the raceway is used as an equipment grounding conductor. SubStantIatIon: Item #7 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. The checklist should be added to provide the user guidance on how to install a photovoltaic system correctly. The information contained within the checklist correlates with information contained in Chapter 10 of the USEC and the 2011 edition of NFPA The checklist should help the owner, contractor, or both expedite the plan check and permit process upon submission to the building department. 106

110 Item # 9 Comment Seq # 5 USEC 2012 (201.1, 201.2): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Scope. The definitions listed in this chapter shall apply to the terms used in the Uniform Solar Energy Code terms defined in other documents. Where terms are not defined in this chapter and defined in the building code, mechanical code, and plumbing code, such terms shall have meanings as defined in those codes. SubStantIatIon: The above code addition clarifies what is covered in Chapter 2. Where terminology is not defined in the USEC, and such terminology is defined in other codes (including building, UMC, or UPC), such definitions shall be permitted to be used. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: terms defined in other documents. Where terms are not defined in this chapter and defined in the building code, mechanical code, and plumbing code, electrical code, and fire code; such terms shall have meanings as defined in those codes. CommIttee Statement: The modification clarifies that both electrical and fire code requirements are addressed in the USEC. Therefore, where such terms are not defined in the USEC, the end user should reference the applicable electrical and fire codes. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy systems within this jurisdiction application to existing Solar energy System Health and Safety. Wherever compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or other dangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner s agent shall install such additional solar energy facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction existing Installation. Solar energy systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system Changes in building occupancy. Solar energy systems that are a part of a building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code that are applicable to the new use or occupancy. 107

111 maintenance. Solar energy systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar energy systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system to be reinspected authority to disconnect utilities in emergencies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to disconnect a solar energy system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property authority to Condemn. Wherever the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar energy system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar energy system after receiving such notice. Where such solar energy system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice Violations. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain a solar energy system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code board of appeals General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority Having Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals consisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to solar energy system design, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of plumbing systems and who are not employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business and shall render decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Permits required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section , or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, an engineer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such. (remaining text unchanged) Issuance. The application, plans, and specifications and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall be reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plans shall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws under their jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work described in an application for permit and the plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are in accordance with the requirements of the code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Section have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue a permit therefore to the applicant. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications APPROVED. Such approved plans and specifications shall be not changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar energy system before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information 108

112 and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, or solar energy system will be granted. table SoLar energy SYStem PermIt FeeS Note: These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes. (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) Plan review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section , a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review. The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permit fees. Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table Scope. New solar energy system work and such portions of existing systems as affected by new work, or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar energy system is in accordance with approved plans uncovering. Where a solar energy system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction operation of Solar energy equipment. The requirements of this section shall be not considered to prohibit the operation of solar energy system equipment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacement work is completed, and before a portion of such solar energy system is concealed by a permanent portion of the building testing of Systems. Solar energy systems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction test Waived. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system, or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system tightness. Joints and connections in the solar energy system shall be gas-tight and water-tight for the pressures required by test other Inspections. In addition to the inspections required by this code, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require other inspections of a solar energy system work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code and other laws that are enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy system of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided. 109

113 approval. Upon the satisfactory completion and final test of the solar energy system, a certificate of approval shall be issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to the permittee on demand energy Connections. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar energy system or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction temporary Connections. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar energy system equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment S- Solar energy System. As used in this code, is aa configuration of equipment and components to collect, convey, store, and convert the sun s energy for a purpose General Scope. This chapter governs general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repair of a solar energy system approvals. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall be in accordance with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, fixtures, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval Piping. Each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be acceptable Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the requirements of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table existing buildings. In existing buildings or premises in which solar energy system installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions of this code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safety requirements, as they pertain to solar energy systems, shall be observed Site. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities Installation Practices. Solar energy systems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordance with this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer s installation instructions Components of Solar energy System. Components of a solar energy system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer s installation instructions, and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction open trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy system, or a part thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. 110

114 320.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunction with solar energy systems for the purpose of domestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply with applicable codes Spark or Flame. Solar energy system equipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flammable vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors, controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant mechanical damage. Portions of the a solar energy system installed where subjected to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle. appendix C engineered SoLar energy SYStemS C 1.1 Intent. The intent of this appendix is to provide clarification of procedures for the design and approval of engineered solar energy systems, alternate materials, and equipment not specifically covered in other parts of the code. C 1.2 application. The provisions of this appendix apply to the design, installation, and inspection of an engineered solar energy system, alternate material, and equipment. C 1.3 authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has the right to require descriptive details of an engineered solar energy system, alternate material, or equipment including pertinent technical data to be filed. C 1.4 Conformance. Components, materials, and equipment must conform to standards and specifications listed in Table of this code and other national consensus standards applicable to solar energy systems and materials. C 2.0 engineered Solar energy Systems. C 2.1 definition. engineered Solar energy System. A system designed for a specific building project with drawings and specifications indicating materials to be installed, all as prepared by a person registered or licensed to perform solar energy system design work. SubStantIatIon: Item #9 should be approved as modified as the text energy should be added to solar system throughout the code since the terminology is used within the industry to reference an assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy for service water heating, pool water heating, space heating and cooling, and electrical service. 111

115 Item # 11 Comment Seq # 6 USEC 2012 (206.0, 208.0, 305.0, 305.1, , 305.2, , 405.8, , 705.4): SubmItter: Rebecca Quinn RC Quinn Consulting, Inc. (FEMA) recommendation: Revise text as follows: d design Flood elevation. The elevation of the design flood, including wave height, relative to the datum specified on the community s legally designated flood hazard map. In areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood elevation shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the building s perimeter plus the depth number (in feet) specified on the flood hazard map. In areas designated as Zone AO where a depth number is not specified on the map, the depth number shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm) F Flood Hazard area. The greater of the following two areas: (1) The area within a floodplain subject to a 1 percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. (2) The area designated as a flood hazard area on a community s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated. Flood Hazard area Subject to High Velocity Wave action. Area within the flood hazard area which is subject to high velocity wave action, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard map as Zone V, VO, VE or V Structural design Loads General. Collector arrays, thermal storage containers, and support structure assemblies, including building components and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the Building Code: (1) Dead loads. (2) Live loads. (3) Snow loads. (4) Wind loads. (5) Seismic loads. (6) Flood loads. (6) (7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes Walls below buildings In Flood Hazard areas Subject to High Velocity Wave action. In flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action, solar systems and components, including piping, shall not be mounted on or penetrate walls intended to break away under flood loads Flood Hazard areas. Solar systems shall be located not less than the elevation required by the building code for utilities and attendant equipment. Exception: Solar systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in compliance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code mounted on a building. Where mounted on a building, solar systems shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is highest. Exception: Solar systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in compliance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code Flood Hazard areas. Solar system components installed in flood hazard areas and below the design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials. 112

116 405.8 Flood Hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, piping, devices, heat exchangers, assemblies, fixtures, and components shall comply with Section Flood Hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, tanks and dry storage containment structures, including above-ground and below-ground installations, shall be located not less than the design flood elevation. Exception: Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods Flood Hazard areas. Collectors installed in flood hazard areas shall comply with Section SubStantIatIon: This code change provides consistency with the regulations of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) and the flood resistant provisions of ASCE 24, which is referenced by the NFPA 5000 and building codes. In particular, the NFIP regulations require that service systems, including solar systems, be elevated above the design flood elevation, but also provide an option to elevating. The alternative is set forth in regulation at 44 CFR 60.3(a)(3)(iii) and (iv), which allows service facilities and equipment to be constructed with methods and practices that minimize flood damage and to be designed and/or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding. Local jurisdictions participate in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) are required to adopt flood hazard maps (typically the Flood Insurance Rate Maps produced by the Federal Emergency Management Agency) and to regulate development in flood hazard areas. Participation in the NFIP qualifies communities to receive certain forms of federal disaster assistance and for their citizens to be able to purchase federal flood insurance. To protect citizens and their property, it is important that the codes that govern construction include provisions to minimize damage and exposure to flooding. The proposed changes to the Uniform Solar Energy Code will result in consistency with the NFIP regulations and the flood provisions of the model building codes. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment S- Solar energy System Components. Any appliance, assembly, device, equipment, or piping used in the conversion of solar energy into thermal energy for service water heating, pool water heating, space heating and cooling, and electrical service General. Collector arrays, thermal storage containers, and support structure assemblies Solar energy system components, including building components and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the Bbuilding Ccode: (remaining text unchanged) Flood Hazard areas. Solar energy systems and components shall be located not less than above the elevation required by in accordance with the building code for utilities and attendant equipment mounted on a building. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy systems and components shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higherst. Exception: Solar systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and 113

117 stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in compliance with the floodresistant construction requirements of the building code. Exceptions: (1) Solar energy systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in compliance accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code. (2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all floodrelated and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods Walls below buildings in Flood Hazard areas Subject to High Velocity Wave action. In flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action, solar energy systems and components, including piping, shall comply with Section and shall be not be mounted on or penetrate through walls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code Flood Hazard areas resistant materials. Solar energy system components installed in flood hazard areas and below the design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials Flood Hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, piping, devices, heat exchangers, assemblies, fixtures, and components shall comply with Section Flood Hazard areas. In flood hazard areas, tanks and dry storage containment structures, including aboveground and belowground installations, shall be located not less than the design flood elevation. Exception: Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods Flood Hazard areas. Collectors installed in flood hazard areas shall comply with Section SubStantIatIon: Item #11 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons (please note that references made to sections, unless otherwise noted, are based on the 2009 usec): 1. In Section (General), the text collector arrays, thermal storage containers, and support structure assemblies should be replaced with solar energy system components to correlate with the proposed definition that addresses components for all types of solar systems including water heating, space heating & cooling, and electrical service. Furthermore, the text energy should be added to solar systems and solar system components throughout the code language to provide further correlation with the proposed definition. 2. The revisions to Section (Flood Hazard Areas), Section (Mounted on a Building), Section (Walls Below Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action), and Section (Flood Resistant Materials) are necessary to correlate with the FEMA requirements found in other 2012 IAPMO codes. 3. In Section (Mounted on a Building), the text or located in should be added to address system components installed inside of a building such as storage tanks. Furthermore, the exception to Section should be deleted as it is the same exception already stated for Section (Flood Hazard Areas), and therefore is redundant. 4. The flood hazard area provisions in Chapters 4, 6, & 7 should be incorporated into Section (Flood Hazard Areas) for ease of use, and revised accordingly as a laundry list of components is not necessary with the proposed definition that is based on industry standards. 5. The other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code (USEC) in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 114

118 Item # 14 Comment Seq # 7 USEC 2012 (224.0): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: V Vacuum breaker See Backflow Preventer. [UPC:224.0] Vacuum relief Valve. A device used in a solar water heating system to allow air into the system, and allow the solar panels to drain when the pump is turned off. SubStantIatIon: Requirements for backflow prevention should be referenced to the Uniform Plumbing Code. Vacuum relief valve is defined to provide clarification. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: V Vacuum breaker. See Backflow Preventer. Vacuum relief Valve. A device used in a solar water heating system to allow air into the system, and allow the solar panels collectors to drain when the pump is turned off. CommIttee Statement: The technical committee decided to retain the definition for vacuum breaker since the USEC is a standalone document. In addition, to provide consistency with committee action taken on Item # 13, the term panels is replaced with the term collectors to provide correct terminology used throughout the industry. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment V- Vacuum relief Valve, Vacuum. A device which automatically opens or closes for relieving a vacuum with the system, depending on whether the vacuum is above or below a predetermined value. used in a solar water heating system to allow air into the system, and allow the solar collectors to drain where the pump is turned off. SubStantIatIon: Item #14 should be approved as modified so that the definition for vacuum relief valve is applicable to this code. References made to allow solar collectors to drain are not the only areas where a vacuum relief valve may be used. This definition should be generic in order to encompass all applications within this code and to the context which it applies. 115

119 PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Construction. Panels Collectors shall be designed and constructed as to prevent interior condensation, out-gassing, or other processes that will reduce the transmission properties of the glazing, reduce the efficiency of the insulation, or otherwise adversely affect the performance of the panel collector. SubStantIatIon: Item #14 should be approved as modified as the word collectors should replace the word panels to coincide with the applicability of Chapter 7 that deals with solar thermal system collectors and not photovoltaic panels. 116

120 Item # 20 Comment Seq # 8 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: access from Inside. Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall have a permanent, a foldaway stairway, or a ladder constructed in accordance with Section that leads to a roof or elevated location. Where a foldaway stairway or ladder is used, it shall terminate in an enclosure, scuttle, or trap door constructed in accordance with Section SubStantIatIon: The propose code language provides a safe access requirement to the roof where solar systems are installed on buildings exceeding 15 feet in height. This requirement is consistent with the UMC for access to equipment on the roof. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed text is unnecessary as regular access for servicing solar collectors located on the roof is not needed. In addition, this requirement will be difficult to achieve for renovations and additions. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment attic Installations. An attic space in which solar energy system components are installed shall be accessible through an opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA 54:9.5.1] Length of Passageway. Where the height of the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 mm), the distance from the passageway access to the components shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) measured along the centerline of the passageway. [NFPA 54: ] Width of Passageway. The passageway shall be unobstructed and shall have solid flooring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide from the entrance opening to the components. [NFPA 54: ] Work Platform. A level working platform not less than 30 inches (762 mm) by 30 inches (762 mm) shall be provided in front of the service side of the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.2] Lighting and Convenience outlet. A permanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a lighting fixture shall be installed near the appliance. The switch controlling the lighting fixture shall be located at the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3] Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank is installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leaking storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materials shall be installed beneath the storage tank with not less than 3 4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an approved location. SubStantIatIon: Item #20 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. Provisions for attic installations should be added since it is possible for components or equipment, such as storage tanks, to be installed in an attic space. 117

121 2. The language proposed correlates with similar language used in the 2012 UPC and 2012 UMC for attic installations. 3. Section should be added to the code to protect the structure from a leaking storage tank where installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor assembly. This language will also correlate the 2012 USEC with the water heater requirements of the 2012 UPC. 118

122 Item # 25 Comment Seq # 9 USEC 2012 ( , 319.6, 320.0, 501.0): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Protection of Piping, materials and Structures under or through Walls. (remaining text unchanged) expansion and Contraction. (remaining text unchanged) Sleeves. (remaining text unchanged) Load from building Construction. (remaining text unchanged) Protectively Coated Pipe. (remaining text unchanged) Plastic and Copper Piping. (remaining text unchanged) Protection of Structures Structural Integrity. (remaining text unchanged) Corrosion, erosion, or mechanical damage. Piping subject to corrosion, erosion, or mechanical damage shall be protected in an approved manner. [UPC:313.4] Protection Corrosion. Solar systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Solar system components in contact with the heat transfer fluid shall be compatible. Metal parts, including screws, bolts, and washers that are exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material Protection mechanical damage. Any pportion of the solar system installed where it is may be subjected to mechanical damage shall be suitably guarded against such damage by being installed behind adequate barriers or, when where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle tightness. Joints and connections in the solar system shall be gas-tight and water-tight for the pressures required by test. [UPC: ] tightness General. Joints and connections in the solar systems shall be air-tight, gas-tight, and water-tight for the pressures required by test Solar Fluid Piping. No solar fluid piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. [UPC:313.6] Waterproofing of openings. Joints at the roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be made watertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight. [UPC:313.8] Freeze Protection. Adequate provisions shall be made to protect solar systems from freezing. Where freeze protection is accomplished by manual draining, valves shall be installed to isolate the portions of the system requiring freeze protection and the piping; shall be pitched toward a designated point for draining. A label shall be located on the storage tank that identifies the freeze protection method and the procedure that shall be followed to protect the system. (renumber remaining sections) 119

123 SubStantIatIon: The proposed change is being submitted to eliminate any duplications within the code such as provisions for corrosion and tightness. Installation requirements for piping are relocated from Chapter 3 to a more appropriate location (Chapter 4 - Piping). CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: mechanical damage. Portions of the solar system installed where it is subjected to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle Solar Fluid Piping. No solar fluid piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. CommIttee Statement: The revised text in Section provides clarification by indicating barriers shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The relocation of Section to Section is necessary to maintain provisions for the protection of solar fluid piping from freezing. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Protectively Coated Pipe. Where Pprotectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in accordance with Section an approved manner. SubStantIatIon: Item #25 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The text accordance with Section should be removed since Section does not contain provisions for repairing protectively coated pipe. Therefore, methods used to repair coated pipe should be done in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2. The other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code (USEC) in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 120

124 Item # 26 Comment Seq # 10 USEC 2012 (312.12): SubmItter: Skip Fralick Center for Sustainable Energy [SRCC] recommendation: Revise text as follows: Freeze Protection. Adequate provisions shall be made to protect solar systems from freezing. Where freeze protection is accomplished by manual draining, valves shall be installed to isolate the portions of the system requiring freeze protection and the piping; shall be pitched toward a designated point for draining. A label shall be located on the storage tank that identifies the freeze protection method and the procedure that shall be followed to protect the system. Freeze protection for solar water heating systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Protection from freeze damage under the most severe environmental conditions that is expected in actual use shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids. Exception: Systems that are installed in a location which has no record of an ambient air temperature less than 41 F (5 C). (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit ( Freeze Tolerance Limit ) to the system s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system s freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature. (4) For solar systems where the collector fluid is water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be counted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, even in the event of power failure. The thermal mass of a system shall be permitted to be a limited form of freeze protection. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling of solar system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall have a vertical drop of not less than 1 /4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies to header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector. (6) At the time of installation, a label explaining how the system is protected from freezing and what actions the homeowner shall take, shall be attached to the system. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, this label shall indicate the minimum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended and the procedure to be followed. [SRCC OG 300:6.2.5] SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language clarifies the requirement for freeze protection. Draining the solar collectors is not sufficient to resolve a serious freeze danger. SRCC OG-300 Installation Guidelines has language that addresses automatic freeze protection and protection by draining. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Freeze Protection. Freeze protection for solar water heating systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Protection from freeze damage under the most severe environmental conditions where the ambient temperature is less than 41 F (5 C) that is expected in actual use shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids. Exception: Systems that are installed in a location which has no record of an ambient air temperature less than 41 F (5 C). (remaining text unchanged) CommIttee Statement: The revised text defines what can be considered as the most severe environmental condition for system components containing heat transfer liquids. These revisions will assist in the installation and enforcement of such components. 121

125 a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Freeze Protection. Freeze protection for solar thermal water heating systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41 F (5 C) that is expected in actual use shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner. (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit ( Freeze Tolerance Limit ) to the system s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system s freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature. (4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be counted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, The thermal mass of a system shall be permitted to be a limited form of freeze protection. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling of solar thermal system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall have a vertical drop of be not less than 1 4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies to header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector. Where a means to drain the system is provided a drain valve shall be installed. (6) At the time of installation, an approved label explaining how the system is protected from freezing and what actions the homeowner shall take, indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, this such label shall indicate the minimum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended and the procedure to be followed by the manufacturer s instructions. SubStantIatIon: Item #26 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The text thermal should be added to solar system since the section only applies to solar thermal systems. This change is necessary because the term solar thermal is used throughout the industry when referencing an assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and utilize this energy for service water heating, pool water heating, and space heating and cooling purposes. 2. The text that is expected in actual use in Section (1) does not strengthen the enforceability of the code, and therefore should be removed. Freeze protection shall be provided whether the system is in actual use or whether it is shutdown mode. Furthermore, the text in an approved manner was added since the freeze protection provided shall be done in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3. In Section (4) the text counted as should be removed since it is not enforceable nor does it add clarity to the code. Language pertaining to thermal mass should be revised since the application of thermal mass as a method of freeze protection can only be applied to certain systems, such as a batch system, and therefore it should be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure proper application. 4. Section (5) should be revised since the text have a vertical drop of is not needed as pipe slope is commonly understood to be a vertical measurement in regards to a horizontal length. Furthermore, since this section addresses drainage of the system it is only sensible to include provisions for a drain valve. 5. Section (6) should be revised to improve the enforceability and application of the section by indicating that the label must be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and be attached to the system in a visible location. Furthermore, actions taken by an owner for a system that relies on manual intervention for freeze protection should be done in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions so that any warranties will not be voided. 122

126 Item # 27 Comment Seq # 11 USEC 2012 (312.13, Chapter 11): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Water Hammer Protection. Solar systems wwhere quick-acting valves are installed, solar systems shall be provided with water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves Listing. Water hammer arrestors shall be approved mechanical devices listed in accordance with ASSE 1010 or PDI- WH 201. the applicable standard(s) referenced in Chapter 11 and Installation. Water hammer arrester shall be installed as close as possible to quick-acting valves. [UPC:609.10] CHaPter 11 material StandardS table referenced StandardS Standards for Materials, Equipment, Joints and Connections Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevant portions of all such standards shall apply. Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS PDI-WH Water Hammer Arresters Miscellaneous, Water Supply Component SubStantIatIon: The above revisions reflects the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to reject the code change proposal by this public comment. SubStantIatIon: Item #27 should be rejected since specific requirements in regards to the installation of water hammer arrestors are already addressed in the plumbing code where provisions for quick-acting valves are necessary due to the type of appliances, fixtures, etc. that are addressed within the plumbing code (ex: ice maker lines, clothes washers, faucets, etc.). However, it is not practical to provide the same requirements for water hammer arrestors within the USEC where quick-acting valves are not common. The argument for rejecting Item #28 was flawed as it is a common practice to reference other codes within a standalone document [(ex: Section (Structural Design Loads) and Section (Structural Integrity) of the 2012 USEC reference the building code and Section (Duct Work) of the 2012 USEC references the mechanical code)]. 123

127 Item # 28 Comment Seq # 12 USEC 2012 (312.13, ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Water Hammer Protection. Solar systems where quick-acting valves are installed shall be provided with water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves. Water hammer arrestors shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code. approved mechanical devices in accordance with the applicable standard(s) referenced in Chapter 11 and shall be installed as close as possible to quick-acting valves. [UPC:609.10] mechanical devices. When listed mechanical devices are used, the manufacturer s specifications as to location and method of installation shall be followed. [UPC: ] SubStantIatIon: The installation of water hammer arrestors should be referenced to the plumbing code. Different types of water hammer protection are described in detail in the plumbing code. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The technical committee decided to retain provisions for water hammer arrestors since the USEC is a standalone document. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as submitted by this public comment. SubStantIatIon: Item #28 should be approved as submitted as specific requirements in regards to the installation of water hammer arrestors are already addressed in the plumbing code where provisions for quick-acting valves are necessary due to the type of appliances, fixtures, etc. addressed within the plumbing code (ex: ice maker lines, clothes washers, faucets, etc.). However, it is not practical to provide the same requirements for water hammer arrestors within the USEC where quick-acting valves are not common. The argument for rejecting the original proposal is flawed as it is a common practice to reference other codes within a standalone document [(ex: Section (Structural Design Loads) and Section (Structural Integrity) of the 2012 USEC reference the building code and Section (Duct Work) of the 2012 USEC references the mechanical code)]. 124

128 Item # 29 Comment Seq # 13 USEC 2012 (312.16): SubmItter: Skip Fralick Center for Sustainable Energy [SRCC] recommendation: Add new text as follows: temperature and Pressure. Approved means shall be provided to protect the solar water heating system within the design limits of temperature and pressure. [SRCC OG 300: ] Sizing shall not be the sole means of overheat protection. SubStantIatIon: The above code language is provided to require protection of the collector, heat transfer fluid, and system components against overheating. Overheating of propylene glycol is especially potentially catastrophic. SRCC OG-300 Section is recommended because it requires overheat and overpressure protection while leaving room for innovative solutions. SRCC OG-300 systems are certified to have adequate means of protecting the system from excessive overheat exposure (eg, stagnation). Non-SRCC OG-300 certified systems such as multifamily or commercial systems do not have the protection of SRCC OG-300 certification. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed text is subjective and does not list all methods for overheat protection. For example, a closed-loop system operates at temperatures in excess of 210 F; and if a combination temperature and pressure relief valve is installed that is set at 210 F it would not account for higher temperatures within the solar water heating system. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment Safety devices Pressure and temperature. Solar energy system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures and temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and temperature relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located so that a section cannot be isolated from a relief device. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward Pressure-relief Valve. Those portions of the solar system, having valves capable of isolating heat-generating or transfer equipment, shall be provided with an approved, listed, and sized pressure-relief valve Interior relief Valves. Relief valves located inside a building shall be provided with a drain, not smaller than the relief valve outlet, of galvanized steel, hard-drawn copper piping and fittings, CPVC, PP, or listed relief valve drain tube with fittings that will not reduce the internal bore of the pipe or tubing (straight lengths as opposed to coils) and shall extend from the valve to the outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground or the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing downward. Such drains shall be permitted to terminate at other approved locations. Relief valve drains shall not terminate in a building s crawl space. No part of such drain pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. The terminal end of the drain pipe shall not be threaded. 125

129 314.2 Vacuum relief Valves. The solar energy system components that are subjected to a vacuum while in operation or during shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, and valve outlets are located below the storage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the highest point Vacuum relief Valves Installation. Vacuum relief valves shall be installed at the high point of the solar system for drain down or drain back systems as required by the system design requirements and installation instructions Space Heating. Where a combination potable water heating and space heating system requires water for space heating at temperatures higher than 140 F (60 C), a thermostatic mixing valve that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be provided to limit the water supplied to the potable hot water distribution system to a temperature of 140 F (60 C) or less Water temperature. A solar system providing hot water exceeding 140 F (60 C) shall be equipped with a listed tempering valve or temperature-limiting device to limit the temperature of water delivered to the domestic hot water system to a maximum of 140 F (60 C) or less. (renumber remaining sections accordingly) SubStantIatIon: Item #29 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. Sections (Water Temperature), (Pressure-Relief Valve), (Interior Relief Valves), and (Vacuum Relief Valves) should be deleted and replaced with Section through Section to provide basic safety device requirements, based on industry standards, that are specific to a solar energy system and located within the general requirements chapter of the code. 2. Currently, Sections and are based on requirements found in the Uniform Plumbing Code which are not intended for the operating temperatures and pressures common within a solar energy system. Therefore, Section (Pressure and Temperature) is needed to provide specific safety provisions that are applicable to a solar energy system where temperatures and pressures exceed the limitations of the solar energy system design. 3. Vacuum relief valves are necessary for when a system employs a method of freeze protection that drains the liquid heat transfer medium from components exposed to freezing, and therefore resulting in significant partial vacuums in the system (as currently required in Section Vacuum Relief Valves). However, there are other system designs that require vacuum relief as well, and therefore Section (Vacuum Relief Valves) should be added. For example, solar system designs that depend on the vaporization of a liquid heat transfer medium, resulting in possible partial vacuums that are caused by condensation of the transfer medium. Such systems can also rely on a constant partial vacuum to lower the boiling point of the liquid transfer medium. Furthermore, systems subject to pressures below atmospheric pressures must be able to withstand the pressure without damage, and therefore vacuum relief devices would be required where such systems are not designed for negative pressures. 4. Since only a combination potable water heating and space heating system presents a risk of scalding in a water distribution system, Section (Space Heating) is necessary to provide specific safety provisions to address such a risk as opposed to the nonspecific requirements currently found in Section (Water Temperature). ASSE 1017 is the appropriate standard for thermostatic mixing valves used to control water temperature, at the hot water source, in potable hot water systems. PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment Pressure type Storage tanks. Each ppressure-type water storage tanks shall be equipped installed with a listed combination temperature and pressure relief valve. The temperature setting shall not exceed 210 F (99 C). The pressure setting shall not exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressure of the solar thermal system, or 150 percent of the established normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeled maximum operating pressure of a pressuretype storage tank, whichever is less. The relief valve setting shall not exceed the recommendations of the equipment manufac- 126

130 turer. Each such combination temperature and pressure relief valve shall be installed at an approved location based upon its listing requirements and the manufacturer s instructions. All storage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a water heater shall be provided with a vacuum relief valve at the top of the tank that will operate up to a maximum water pressure of 200 psi (1380 kpa) and up to a maximum temperature of 250ºF (121ºC) to prevent siphoning of any water heater or storage tank. The size of such vacuum relief valves shall have a minimum rated capacity for the equipment served. This section shall not apply to pressurized captive air diaphragm/bladder tanks. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding more than 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward Separate Storage tanks. A water-heating device connected to a separate storage tank and having valves between said heater and tank shall be provided with an approved water pressure relief valve. For installations with separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and temperature relief valve or combination thereof shall be installed on both the water heater and storage tank. There shall not be a check valve or shutoff valve between a relief valve and the heater or tank served. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding more than 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. Discharges from pressure relief or temperature and pressure-relief such valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer materials mediums shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (renumber remaining sections accordingly) SubStantIatIon: Item #29 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. Section (Pressure Type Storage Tank) and Section (Separate Storage Tank) should be moved to Chapter 6 with the other storage tank requirements for ease of use. 2. Section should be revised to include specific safety provisions for vacuum relief valves, and the discharge of such devices, that are relevant to storage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a water heater. It is critical for systems subject to pressures below atmospheric pressures to be able to withstand such pressures without damage, and therefore vacuum relief devices are necessary if the systems are not designed for negative pressures that could develop within them. Furthermore, the text thermal should be added to solar system since the section only applies to solar thermal systems. The term solar thermal is used throughout the industry when referencing an assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and utilize this energy for service water heating and space heating and cooling. 3. Section should be revised to include specific safety provisions for pressure and temperature relief valves, and the discharge of such devices, that are relevant to storage tanks and water heaters. Furthermore, the text materials should be replaced with mediums to correlate with terminology used throughout industry standards. 127

131 Item # 30 Comment Seq # 14 USEC 2012 (313.1, Table 3-2, Table 313.1(b)): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 3-2. [UPC:314.1] 313.1(a) and Table 313.1(b). table (a) HanGerS and SuPPortS materials types of JoIntS HorIZontaL VertICaL Schedule 40 PVC Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet (1219 mm). Allow for expansion Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. and ABS DWV every 30 feet (9144 mm) 3,6 See Table 313.1(b) Provide for expansion every 30 feet (9144 mm) 6 (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) table 313.1(b) PVC PIPe HanGerS and SuPPortS* nominal PIPe SIZe maximum SPaCInG of SuPPortS nps (feet) (inches) For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = mm *Support at each horizontal branch connection. SubStantIatIon: This new table provides maximum spacing for clips or hangers when PVC pipe is used. PVC pipework shall be supported by clips or hangers at intervals not exceeding those shown in Table 313.1(b). The supports shall permit expansion movement without imposing undue strain on pipework, valves, or fittings. For PVC pipe, the provision for expansion shall allow for the temperature ranges that will be encountered in normal service, using a coefficient of expansion of 7x10-5 / C. Polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) is made in NPS sizes. The information related to PVC outside pipe diameter (OD) and wall thickness can be obtained from reference tables in ASME standards B 36.10M and B 36.19M. Typical weight and dimensions of PVC pipe for schedule 40, based on ASTM D1785 (Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) plastic pipe), are shown as follows: 128

132 PVC PIPe SCHeduLe 40 nominal PIPe SIZe (inches) outside diameter minimum WaLL thickness nominal InSIde diameter (inches) (inches) (inches) WeIGHt (lb/ft) Specific gravity of water at 15 C is 8.33 lbs/gal or lb/in 3. Specific gravity of ethylene glycol at 15 C is 9.29 lbs/gal or 0.04 lb/in 3. Since ethylene glycol is heavier than water, therefore its specific gravity will be used for calculation. Example calculation to verify maximum horizontal spacing shown in Table 313.1(b): NPS -3/4 inch, schedule 40, inside diameter = inch, inside radius = inch, maximum horizontal spacing = 2.3 feet. Volume of fluid for 2.3 feet of pipe section is calculated as follows: V = π r 2 l (Equation for volume of cylindrical shape) = π (0.412 ) 2 (27.6 ) = in 3 Weight of fluid inside pipe: W = in 3 x 0.04 lb/in 3 = lb Total weight = weight of pipe + weight of fluid Wt = (0.23 lb/ft X 2.3 ft) lb = lb Based on MSS SP , Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; the maximum safe load rating of 3/8 carbon steel threaded hanger rod is 730 lb. Therefore the proposed 2.3 feet horizontal spacing is safe. The following table shows the total weight of each pipe length based on maximum spacing of supports listed from Table 313.1(b): nps InSIde diameter (in inches) InSIde radius (in inches) (in feet) PIPe LenGtH (in inches) VoLume (in cubic inches) WeIGHt of PIPe (in pound per foot) total WeIGHt of PIPe SeCtIon (in pounds)

133 CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 313.1(a) and Table 313.1(b). CommIttee Statement: The modification to Section is to clarify that Table 313.1(b) applies to PVC pipe only. Whereas Table 313.1(a) applies to all approved materials. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Strength. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe and its contents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers and supports with direct contact with piping shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization Components of Solar System. Components of a solar system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer s installation instructions, and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction on a level concrete slab or other approved material extending not less than 3 inches (76 mm) above grade or in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. Exception: Collectors shall be supported in accordance with Section Spacing. Gas piping shall be supported by metal straps or hooks at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table SteeL PIPe, nominal SIZe of PIPe (inches) table SuPPort of GaS PIPInG [nfpa 54: table ] nominal SIZe of SPaCInG tubing SmootHoF SuPPortS WaLL (feet) (inches o.d.) or or SPaCInG of SuP- PortS (feet) or larger (horizontal) or larger (vertical) or larger (horizontal) every floor level 1 or larger (vertical) 8 every floor level For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = mm 130

134 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm Notes: 1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed of 18 inches (457 mm). table 313.1(a) HanGerS and SuPPort materials types of JoIntS HorIZontaL VertICaL Base Cast Lead and Oakum 5 feet, except 10 feet where 10 1, 2, 3 foot lengths are installed 2 Brace to not exceed 40 feet ( mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement. 3 Support at each horizontal branch connection. 4 Hangers shall be not placed on the coupling. Compression Gasket Every other joint, unless over 4 Base 1, 2, 3 feet, then support each joint Base Cast-Iron Hubless Shielded Coupling Every other joint, unless over 4 1, 2, 3, 4 feet, then support each joint Copper Tube and Pipe Soldered or Brazed inch and smaller, 6 feet, 2 inch and larger, 10 feet Steel and Brass Pipe for Water or DWV Steel, Brass, and Tinned Copper Pipe for Gas Threaded or Welded 3 4 inch and smaller, 10 feet, 1 inch and larger, 12 feet Threaded or Welded 1 2 inch, 6 feet, 3 4 and 1 inch, 8 feet, inch and larger, 10 feet Schedule 40 PVC Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet. Allow for expansion every 30 feet, 3 See Table 315.1(b) CPVC Solvent Cemented 1 inch and smaller, 3 feet, inch and larger, 4 feet and each floor, of 15 feet and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet and each floor, not to exceed 15 feet Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet 5 Every other floor, not to exceed 25 feet inch, 6 feet, 3 4 and 1 inch, 8 feet, inch every floor level Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. Provide for expansion every 30 feet Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides Lead Wiped or Burned Continuous support Not to exceed 4 feet Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction PEX PEX-AL-PEX PE-AL-PE Polypropylene (PP) Cold Expansion, Insert and Compression Metal Insert and Metal Compression Metal Insert and Metal Compression Fusion weld (socket, butt, saddle, electrofusion) threaded (metal threads only) or mechanical 32 inches Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. 1 2 inch 3 } All sizes Base and each floor. 4 inch 98 Provide mid-story guides. 1 inch inches 1 2 inch 3 } 4 inch 1 inch 5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction, where first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. All sizes 98 inches 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; inches and larger, 4 feet ) Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides. Base and each floor. Provide mid-story guides 131

135 table 313.1(b) PVC PIPe HanGerS and SuPPortS* nominal PIPe SIZe nps (inches) maximum SPaCInG of SuPPortS (feet) For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm *Support at each horizontal branch connection. SubStantIatIon: Item #30 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. In Section (Strength), the proposed language is necessary as hangers and supports should be compatible with the piping being supported to prevent corrosion or damage of the hanger or support that could result in pipe damage. 2. In Section (Components of Solar System), above grade support requirements should be added for all solar system components to ensure proper application and enforcement that is consistent with other 2012 IAPMO codes. Currently the USEC only provides such requirements for collectors. The exception to Section is necessary as collectors are to be supported not less than 6 inches above grade in accordance with Section Section (Spacing) and Table should be removed since gas piping provisions are addressed in the UPC and the UMC. Gas piping requirements are outside the scope of the USEC, and therefore should not be included in this code. 4. In Table 313.1(a), the text DWV should be removed from steel and brass pipe for water or DWV since the USEC does not contain provisions for drainage pipe or materials. 5. In Table 313.1(a), the text steel, brass, and tinned copper pipe for gas should be removed from the table since gas pipe provisions are not addressed within the USEC. 6. The other revisions made to Table 313.1(a) should be done to correlate the USEC, with the same provisions found in the 2012 UPC. 7. Table 313.1(b) should be removed since the values will not correlate with the values in the 2012 UPC for spacing of supports for PVC pipe. Furthermore, the proponent used the combined weight of the fluid with the weight of the pipe to obtain the maximum spacing of supports. However, the proponent did not take into consideration the material properties of PVC such as the modulus of elasticity and the moment of inertia, which are needed for such calculation. Therefore, the data obtained to generate Table 313.1(b) is flawed and should not be used as a method of obtaining the required spacing of supports for PVC pipe. 132

136 Item # 31 Comment Seq # 15 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: Bob Eugene Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. recommendation: Revise text as follows: Flash Points. The flash point of heat transfer materials shall be: Vented inside. Not less than 50 F (10 28 C) above the design maximum operating temperature and as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of the liquid in the system Vented outside. Not less than 50 F (10 28 C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation temperature minus 200 F ( C) of the liquid in the system. The collector, collector manifold, and manifold relief valve shall not discharge directly or indirectly into the building or toward an open flame or other source of ignition. (renumber remaining sections) SubStantIatIon: The proposed change is provided to revise the Celsius equivalents to the Fahrenheit temperature deltas rather than to absolute temperatures. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment C- Combustible Liquid. A liquid having a flash point at or above 100 F (38 C). Combustible liquids shall be divided into the following classifications: Class II liquids having a flash point above 100 F (38 C) and below 140 F (60 C). Class IIIA liquids having a flash point at or above 140 F (60 C) and below 200 F (93 C). Class IIIB liquids having a flash point at or above 200 F (93 C). The classifications of combustible liquids do not include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids F- Flammable Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point below 100 F (38 C), and has a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 psi (276 kpa) at 100 F (38 C). Flammable liquids shall be known as Class I liquids and shall be divided into the following classifications: Class IA liquids having a flash point below 73 F (23 C) and a boiling point below 100 F (38 C). Class IB liquids having a flash point below 73 F (23 C) and a boiling point at or above 100 F (38 C). Class IC liquids having a flash point at or above 73 F (23 C) and below 100 F (38 C). Flammable may be defined as one of the following: 133

137 (1) A liquid which has a flash point equal to or less than 100 F (38 C) as defined by procedures described in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Section (2) A gas for which a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume, with air, forms a flammable mixture at atmospheric pressure or the flammable range with air at atmospheric pressure exceeding 12 percent in width regardless of the lower limits. Testing methods described in Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Section shall be used. (3) A solid that is likely to cause fires due to friction, retain heat from processing, or that can be ignited under normal temperature conditions and where ignited burns so as to create a serious threat to public health and safety. Normal temperature conditions mean temperatures normally encountered in the handling, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous wastes. (4) A gas, liquid, or sludge, that ignites spontaneously in dry or moist air equal to or less than 130 F (54 C) or upon exposure to water. (5) A strong oxidizer. Flash Point. The minimum temperature corrected to a pressure of 14.7 psi (101 kpa) at which a test flame causes the vapors of a portion of the sample to ignite under the conditions specified by the test procedures and apparatus. The flash point of a liquid shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 56, ASTM D 93, or ASTM D at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form a ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid within the vessel, as specified by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as follows: The flash point of a liquid having a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds or exceeding 100 F (38 C), and a flash point less than 200 F (93 C), shall be determined in accordance with the ASTM D 56. The flash point of a liquid having a viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds or exceeding 100 F (38 C) or a flash point equal to or exceeding 200 F (93 C), shall be determined in accordance with the ASTM D 93. SubStantIatIon: Item #31 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The definition for combustible liquid should be added to the code to coincede with the revised definitions of flammable liquid and flash point as defined in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910 and Flammable and combustible liquids need to be updated and added for safety issues related to this code. 2. The revisions to the definition of flammable are necessary to comply with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910 and A definition for flammable liquid is needed for safety issues related to this code. 3. The revisions to the definition of flash point are necessary to comply with updates made through the ASTM standards process. The correct referenced standards are included and are the test procedures for determining flash points of liquids. The applicability of the respective test method is dependent on the viscosity of the test liquid and the expected flash point. PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment approval. Heat-transfer materials mediums that are hazardous shall not be used in solar energy systems, except with prior approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction Flash Points. The flash point of a heat-transfer materials medium shall be: Vented Inside (1) Not less than 50 F (28 C) above the design maximum nonoperating temperature and as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of the liquid medium in the system Vented outside (2) Not less than 50 F (28 C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation temperature minus 200 F ( 111 C) of the liquid medium in the system. (3) Heat transfer medium shall be non-flammable discharge. The collector, collector manifold, and manifold relief valve shall not discharge directly or indirectly into the building or toward an open flame or other source of ignition. 134

138 SubStantIatIon: Item #31 should be modified based on the following reasons: 1. The term materials should be replaced with medium since materials can pertain to solids which are not used as a heat transfer medium. 2. The term liquid was changed to medium because other mediums, like air, can be used for heat transfer. Leaving the term liquid would exclude other approved mediums used throughout the industry. 3. The term operating should be changed to nonoperating since the requirement establishes a safety margin by setting the flash point temperature for the worst case temperature that could be reached in the system, which is the nonoperating (no-flow) temperature. 4. Adding non-flammable as a requirement for heat transfer medium will prohibit the use of flammable heat transfer mediums. The relatively high flash points of combustible liquids allow them to be used in Section (Vented Outside). However, flammable liquids have a lower flash point and could create a hazard at the possible temperatures within a solar thermal system. 5. The requirements of Section (Discharge) are already addressed in Section (Disposal of Liquid Waste) that pertains to the safe disposal of solar energy system wastes. 6. The other revisions bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code (USEC) in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (ex: general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 135

139 Item # 35 Comment Seq # 16 USEC 2012 (401.2, 402.2, 403.2, 405.3, 405.4, 405.6, 405.7, 406.1, ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Connection Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one (1) to exist between pipes or conduits carrying potable water supplied by any a public or private water service building supply system, and any pipes, conduits, or fixtures containing or carrying water from any other source or containing or carrying water that has been used for any a purpose whatsoever, or any piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or any substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard and maintained in accordance with this code. [UPC:602.2] Color and Information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, wraps, and materials compatible with the piping. Non-potable water systems shall have a yellow background with black uppercase lettering, with the words CAUTION: NON-POTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINk. Each non-potable system shall be identified to designate the liquid being conveyed, and the direction of normal flow shall be clearly shown. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall conform to comply with Table The background color and required information shall be indicated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level. [UPC: ] approval of devices or assemblies. Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good working condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester. If found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. [UPC:603.1] (portions of text not shown remain unchanged) Systems with backflow devices. Where systems have a backflow device installed downstream from a potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following: (1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB). (2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assembly (PVB). (3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB). (4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow preventer prevention assembly (RP). [UPC: ] Chemical Injection. Where systems include a chemical injector or any provisions for chemical injection, the potable water supply shall be protected by the following: (1) Reduced-pressure principle backflow preventer prevention assembly (RP). [UPC: ] Prohibited Location. (remaining text unchanged) deck-mounted and equipment mounted Vacuum breakers. (remaining text unchanged) 136

140 406.1 Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, and fittings, solvent cements, thread sealants, solders, and flux carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall meet be in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table Materials used in the water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply piping shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table [UPC:604.1] Hard-drawn Copper tubing. Hard-drawn copper tubing for water supply and distribution in addition to the required incised marking, shall be marked in accordance with ASTM B 88, Seamless Copper Water Tube as referenced in Table The colors shall be: Type k, green; Type L, blue; and Type M, red. [UPC:604.3] SubStantIatIon: The above revisions is provided to bring the language into conformance with the language contained in the Uniform Plumbing Code. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. CHaPter 4 PIPInG and CroSS-ConneCtIon ControL Scope. The provisions of this chapter cover the construction, installation, alteration, and repair protection of solar water heating system piping and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code General. Cross-connection control shall be provided between the potable water system and the solar thermal system in accordance with the provisions of this chapter Section through Section (remaining text unchanged) direct Connection Prohibited. Direct connections between potable water piping and sewer-connected wastes shall be not permitted to exist under any condition with or without backflow protection. Where potable water is discharged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved airgap of two pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) nonpotable Water Piping. In cases where it is impractical to correct individual cross-connections on the domestic waterline, the line supplying such outlets shall be considered a nonpotable water line. No drinking or domestic water outlets shall be connected to the nonpotable waterline. Portions of the nonpotable waterline shall be exposed, and exposed portions shall be identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each outlet on the nonpotable waterline that is permitted to be used for drinking or domestic purposes shall be posted: CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINk. SubStantIatIon: Item #35 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The chapter title should be revised to emphasize cross-connection control since more than a third of the chapter has provisions for preventing cross-contamination of the potable water supply. 137

141 2. In Section 401.1, the text repair should be replaced with the text protection since Chapter 4 does not contain provisions for the repair of solar thermal piping. The text and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination should be added to provide clarity to the code since Sections through contain provisions for the protection of the potable water supply from contamination. 3. Section should be modified as requirements that are specific to possible cross-connections between the potable water supply and the solar thermal system are necessary to safeguard public health and safety. Furthermore, the text the provisions of this chapter should be replaced with reference to the specific sections that contain provisions for devices used for cross-connection control for ease of use. 4. Section should be modified as provisions for sewer wastes are addressed in the UPC, and are not part of the scope of the USEC that addresses waste specific to a solar thermal system. 5. Section should be deleted as provisions for cross connections between the potable water supply and nonpotable water piping are addressed in the UPC. The USEC should only address possible cross connections between the potable water system and the solar thermal system. PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Identification of a Potable and nonpotable Water Piping Systems General. In buildings where a potable water system and nonpotable water or solar thermal systems, or both, are installed, each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Section through Section Color and Information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, wraps, and materials compatible with the piping and in accordance with Section through Section Potable Water. Potable water systems shall be identified with a Ggreen background with white lettering. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table nonpotable Water. Nonpotable water systems shall have a yellow background with black uppercase lettering, with the words CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINk. Each nonpotable system shall be identified to designate the liquid being conveyed, and the direction of normal flow shall be clearly shown. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table be identified in accordance with the plumbing code Heat transfer medium. Solar thermal piping shall be identified with an orange background with black uppercase lettering, with the words CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINk. Each solar thermal system shall be identified to designate the medium being conveyed. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table outlets. Each outlet on the nonpotable waterline solar thermal piping system that is used for special purposes shall be posted with black uppercase lettering as follows: CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINk Location of Piping Identification. The background color and required information shall be indicated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level Fixtures. Where vacuum breakers or backflow preventers are installed with fixtures listed in Table , identification of the discharge side shall be permitted to be omitted Flow directions General. Solar thermal ssystems shall have flow directions indicated on system components and piping or shall have flow directions indicated on a diagrammatic representation of the system as installed, and permanently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visible location. SubStantIatIon: Item #35 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Section (General) was revised to include solar thermal systems. A solar thermal system is a term that is used in the industry when referencing a system that transfers the sun s energy via an approved medium, such as glycol. Since provisions for identification of piping for potable and nonpotable are addressed; provisions for identification of piping in a solar thermal system should also be addressed. 138

142 2. Section (Potable Water) should include identification requirements for potable water piping in accordance with the UPC to provide the user with guidance in regards to marking and identification. 3. Section (Nonpotable Water) should be modified as the current language in this section is in conflict with the 2012 UPC for nonpotable water systems. Furthermore, nonpotable provisions are outside the scope of the USEC as this chapter should be focused on protection of the potable water supply from possible contamination from the solar thermal system. 4. Section (Heat Transfer Medium) should be added to provide requirements for the identification of piping containing heat transfer mediums. This is important since there will be cases where all three mediums are present (potable water, nonpotable water, and heat transfer medium). Since heat transfer medium can be composed of any approved solution, such as silicone oils that can be toxic, it is important that the piping is identified to avoid any possible cross connections between the potable water supply and the solar thermal system. Furthermore, Section (Outlets) should be combined with Section since both sections contain provisions for the identification of piping containing heat transfer medium, and the language should be revised since outlets containing heat transfer medium can possibly be confused with potable water outlets. 5. Section (Fixtures) should be deleted since it is not part of the USEC scope. Fixtures such as lavatories, sinks, water closets, etc. are already addressed in the UPC. 6. Section (Flow Directions) should be relocated to Section since it identifies the flow direction of the heat transfer medium within the solar thermal system. 139

143 Item # 38 Comment Seq # 17 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: Paul Outram SunEarth Inc. recommendation: Revise text as follows: Single-Wall Heat exchangers. Indirect-fired water heater Solar water heating systems that incorporate a singlewall heat exchanger shall meet all of the following requirements: (2) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids having a toxicity rating or Class of 1 recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). (3) Bear a label with the word Caution, followed by the following statements: (a) The heat-transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid having a toxic rating or Class of 1 as listed in Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products, 5th edition recognized as safe by the FDA. (remaining text not shown unchanged) SubStantIatIon: The current use of Gosselin rating 1 define non-toxic fluids is open to interpretation. No commercially available nontoxic heat transfer products are listed in the stated reference Clinical Toxicology of commercial Products, 5th edition. Furthermore, propylene glycol, the primary ingredient of most non-toxic heat transfer fluids, does not have a clearly listed Gosselin toxicity rating, being listed as Toxicity Rating: 2. Using generally recognized as safe (GRAS) as recognized by the FDA is a more accessible and clearer basis on which to define non-toxic fluids. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Single-Wall Heat exchangers. Solar water heating systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet all of the following requirements: (2) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade. (remaining text not shown unchanged) CommIttee Statement: The revised code language provides improvements to the code by clarifying that fluids used as a heat transfer medium are to be recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment 1: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment H- Heat exchanger bundle. A configuration of pipe or tube installed in a heat exchanger or storage tank. A device that transfers heat from one medium to another. 140

144 SubStantIatIon: Item #38 should be approved as modified so that the definition for heat exchanger bundle is applicable to this code. References made to such configuration are not the only areas addressed within this code. This definition should be generic in order to encompass all chapters within this code and to the intent and context in which it applies. PubLIC Comment 2: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or solar thermal heating systems shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers used in indirect-fired water heaters shall meet the requirements of Section Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat-transfer medium by providing a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere Single-Wall Heat exchangers. Solar water thermal heating systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet all of the following requirements: (1) Connected to a low-pressure hot water boiler limited to a maximum of 30 pound-force per square inch gauge (psig) (207 kpa) by an approved safety or relief valve. (21) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade. (32) Bear a label with the word Caution, followed by the following statements: (a) The heat-transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA. (b) The operating pressure of the heat-transfer medium shall be limited to a maximum of 30 psig (207 kpa) by an approved safety or relief valve heat exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable water supply. (43) The word Caution and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than of an inch (3.0 mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than of an inch (1.2 mm). Lowercase letters shall be not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification SubStantIatIon: Item #38 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Solar thermal heating should be used instead of solar water heating. The term water may lead the user to think that the corresponding sections are strictly for water heating purposes only. Besides heating water, solar thermal heating systems cover broader ranges of uses, such as space heating and cooling. 2. In Section 405.1(Heat Exchangers), should be modified as indirect fired water heaters are not addressed within the scope of the USEC. 3. In Section (1)(Single-Wall Heat Exchangers), whether a boiler is present should not be a determining factor to whether a single-wall heat exchanger should be permitted. What matters is the toxicity rating of the heat transfer medium. If potable water or a fluid with a toxicity class of 1 is used, a single-wall heat exchanger should be permitted. 4. The reference to 30 psig being a maximum pressure is in conflict with the maximum operating pressure of 80 psi permitted by the UPC, and therefore should be revised as shown in Section (2)(b). 5. The other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code (USEC) in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 141

145 Item # 41 Comment Seq # 18 USEC 2012 (406.1, 406.5, , , 406.6, , , 406.8, 408.1, 408.4): SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd Plumbing & Drainage Institute recommendation: Revise text as follows: Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, and fittings, solvent cements, thread sealants, solders, and flux carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall meet be in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table (remaining text unchanged) PeX. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing conforming to ASTM F877 shall be marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Such marking shall not be required for PEX tubing conforming to only ASTM F876. PEX tubing shall be installed in compliance with the provisions of this section. [UPC:604.11] PeX Fittings. Fittings used with PEX tubing shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standards for the fittings referenced in Table [UPC: ] Water Heater Connections. PEX tubing shall not be installed within the first eighteen (18) inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater. [UPC: ] PeX-aL-PeX and Pe-aL-Pe. Crosslinked polyethylene-aluminum-crosslinked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) and polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) composite pipe shall be marked with the applicable standard referenced in Table 11-1 for which the piping has been listed or approved. PEX-AL-PEX and PE-AL-PE piping shall be installed in compliance with the provisions of this section. [UPC:604.13] PeX-aL-PeX and Pe-aL-Pe Fittings. Fittings used with PEX-AL-PEX and PE-AL-PE piping shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standard for the fittings referenced in Table [UPC: ] Water Heater Connectionsors. Flexible metallic water heater connectors or reinforced flexible water heater connectors connecting water heating to the piping system shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Copper or stainless steel flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, or PE-AL-PE, or PE-RT tubing shall not be installed within the first eighteen (18) inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater. [UPC: ] Flexible Corrugated Connectors. Flexible corrugated connectors of copper or stainless steel shall be limited to the following connector lengths: Water Heater Connectors Twenty-four (24) inches (610 mm). [UPC:604.12] excessive Water Pressure. Where static water pressure in the water supply piping is exceeding eighty (80) poundsforce per square inch (psi) (552 kpa), an approved-type pressure regulator preceded by an adequate a strainer shall be installed and the static pressure reduced to eighty (80) pounds per square inch psi (552 kpa) or less. Pressure regulator(s) equal to or exceeding one and one-half (1 1 2) inches (38 mm) shall not require a strainer. Such regulator(s) shall control the pressure to all water outlets in the building unless otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each such regulator and strainer shall be accessibly located above ground or in a vault equipped with a properly sized and sloped bore-sighted drain to daylight, shall be protected from freezing, and shall have the strainer readily accessible for cleaning without removing the regulator or strainer body or disconnecting the supply piping. Pipe size determinations shall be based on 80 percent of the reduced pressure. An approved expansion tank shall be installed in the cold water distribution piping downstream of each such regulator to prevent excessive pressure from developing due to thermal expansion and to maintain the pressure setting of the regulator. Expansion tanks used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be in accordance with NSF 61. The expansion tank shall be properly sized and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and listing. Systems designed by registered engineers shall be permitted to use approved pressure relief valves in lieu of expansion tanks provided such relief valves have a maximum pressure relief setting of one-hundred (100) pounds per square inch psi (689 kpa) or less. [UPC:608.2] 142

146 Interior relief Valves. Relief valves located inside a building shall be provided with a drain, not smaller than the relief valve outlet, of galvanized steel, hard-drawn copper piping and fittings, CPVC, PP, or listed relief valve drain tube with fittings that will not reduce the internal bore of the pipe or tubing (straight lengths as opposed to coils) and shall extend from the valve to the outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding two (2) feet (610 mm) nor less than six (6) inches (152 mm) above the ground or the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing downward. Such drains shall be permitted to terminate at other approved locations. Relief valve drains shall not terminate in a building s crawl space. No part of such drain pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. The terminal end of the drain pipe shall not be threaded. [UPC:608.5] SubStantIatIon: The above revision is provided to bring the language into conformance with the language contained in the Uniform Plumbing Code. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Water Heater Storage tank Connectors. Flexible metallic water heater storage tank connectors or reinforced flexible water heater storage tank connectors connecting a water heater storage tank to the piping system shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Copper or stainless steel flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RT tubing shall not be installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a water heater storage tank Listed Flexible Connectors. Listed flexible copper water connectors shall be installed in readily accessible locations, unless otherwise listed Valves Size General. Valves shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Valves shall be approved for the installation with the piping materials to be installed. up to and including 2 inches (51 mm) in size shall be brass or other approved material. Sizes exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) shall be permitted to have cast-iron or brass bodies. Each gate or ball valve shall be a fullway type with working parts of non-corrosive material. Valves carrying water used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 as referenced in Table Fullway Valves. A fullway valve shall be installed in the following locations: (1) On the water supply to a solar thermal system. (2) On the water supply pipe to a gravity or pressurized water tank and on the discharge piping from the tank. (3) On the water supply pipe to a water heater Shutoff Valves. Shutoff valves shall be installed at the collector supply and return lines including drain valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed in the following locations: (1) On collector supply and return lines. (2) On a pressure vessel. (3) On the supply line to each appliance or equipment. (4) On the supply and return side of the heat exchanger. This shall not apply where the heat exchanger is integral with a boiler or is a component of a packaged unit and is capable of being isolated from the system. (5) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank accessibility accessible. Required fullway or shutoff or control valves shall be accessible Control Valves. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. An approved electric control valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation 143

147 of automatic control valves shall comply with the manufacturer s instructions. Control valves shall comply with the requirements of Section or Section Control Valve. A control valve shall be installed immediately ahead of each water-supplied solar system manual Control. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems automatic Control. An approved electric control and motorized three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automatic control valves shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Check Valves General. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping where the system design is capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array Check Valve. A check valve shall be installed on the collector return line. (renumber remaining sections accordingly) Water Pressure, Pressure regulators and Pressure-relief Valves excessive Water Pressure. Where static water pressure in the water supply piping is exceeding 80 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (552 kpa), an approved-type pressure regulator preceded by a strainer shall be installed and the static pressure reduced to 80 psi (552 kpa) or less. Pressure regulator(s) equal to or exceeding inches (38 mm) shall not require a strainer. Such regulator(s) shall control the pressure to water outlets in the building unless otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each such regulator and strainer shall be accessibly located above ground or in a vault equipped with a sized and sloped bore-sighted drain to daylight, shall be protected from freezing, and shall have the strainer readily accessible for cleaning without removing the regulator or strainer body or disconnecting the supply piping. Pipe size determinations shall be based on 80 percent of the reduced pressure. An approved expansion tank shall be installed in the cold water distribution piping downstream of each such regulator to prevent excessive pressure from developing due to thermal expansion and to maintain the pressure setting of the regulator. Expansion tanks used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be in accordance with NSF 61. The expansion tank shall be sized and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and listing. Systems designed by registered engineers shall be permitted to use approved pressure relief valves in lieu of expansion tanks provided such relief valves have a maximum pressure relief setting of 100 psi (689 kpa) or less. SubStantIatIon: Item #41 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The text water heater in Section (Water Heater Connectors) should be replace with the text storage tank since water heater requirements are not addressed by the USEC, but the UPC. 2. The text copper water in Section (Listed Flexible Connectors) should be removed since it could eliminate other types of flexible connectors that may be approved for use in a solar thermal system. 3. In Section (General), the same valve provisions that are found in the UPC are contained within this section of the USEC and the section is based on valves that have been tested for the pressures and temperatures that are common in a potable water distribution system, but not necessarily for the operating temperatures, pressures, and types of fluids that are common in a solar energy system. Therefore, Section should be revised to clarify to the end user that valves must be of the same material as the pipe or of a compatible material to avoid chemical or corrosive action. Furthermore, clarification is necessary as valves should be approved for the types of fluids used, and the operating temperatures and pressures encountered in a solar energy system. 4. Section (Fullway Valves) and Section (Shutoff Valves) should be added to clarify the appropriate type of valve to use based on the application to ensure proper installation and enforcement of the code. A fullway valve (gate or ball) is designed to be used where obstruction of flow is not desired; whereas a shutoff valve should be used for isolating parts of a system for service or maintenance. 5. Section (Control Valve), Section (Control Valves), Section (Manual Control), and Section (Automatic Control) should be incorporated into a single section for ease of use. Additionally, the provisions in Section (Control Valve) should apply to a fullway valve, and not a control valve based on industry standards. Furthermore, control valves should not be required in a minimum code as such devices are not necessary for safeguarding public health and safety where fullway and shutoff valves are installed. However, where control valves are utilized, provisions for the proper installation of manual and automatic control valves should be provided in the code (Refer to Section Control Valves). 144

148 6. Section (Check Valves) should be relocated to Section (Valves) with the other valve requirements for ease of use. Furthermore, Section (Check Valve) should be deleted as provisions for preventing reverse thermosiphoning into the collector array are already addressed in Section (Check Valves). 7. Section (Water Pressure, Pressure Regulators and Pressure-Relief Valves) and Section (Excessive Water Pressure) should be deleted since controlling excessive water pressure in a building water supply system is addressed in the UPC, and outside the scope of the USEC. Excessive pressure within a solar loop is addressed by the use of expansion tanks as referenced in Section (Expansion Tanks). 145

149 Item # 44 Comment Seq # 19 USEC 2012 (Table 4-2, Table 4-3, ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: device, assembly, or method 1 table (a) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods degree degree of HaZard degree applicable StandardS PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) back- SIPHonaG back- PreSSure back- SIPHonaG back- PreSSure InStaLLatIon 2,3 e e Air gap ASME A X X See Table (b) in this chapter. Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances Atmospheric-type vacuum breaker (consists of a body, checking member and atmospheric port) Antisiphon fill valve (ballcocks) for gravity water closet flush tanks and urinal tanks Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, hose bibbs, frost resistant, automatic draining type Backflow preventer for Carbonated Beverage Dispensers (two independent check valves with a vent to the atmosphere) Spill-Resistant Pressure-Type Backflow Prevention Assembly Vacuum Breaker (single check valve with air inlet vent and means of field testing) Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly (two (2) independent check valves and means of field testing) Pressure Vacuum Breaker Backflow Prevention Assembly (loaded air inlet valve, internally loaded check valve and means of field testing) ASME A X X ASSE 1001 or CSA B ASSE 1002 or CSA B ASSE 1019 or CSA B X X X X X X ASSE 1022 X ASSE 1056 X X ASSE 1015; AWWA C510; CSA B 64.5 or CSA B ; ASSE 1048 ASSE 1020 or CSA B X X X X Air gap fitting is a device with an internal air gap and typical installation includes plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances. The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. Upright position. No valve down stream. Minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 4,5 Installation on gravity water closet flush tank and urinal tanks with the fill valve installed with the critical level not less than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) above the opening of the overflow pipe. 4,5 Installation includes wall hydrants and hose bibbs. Such devices are not for use under continuous pressure conditions (means of shut-off downstream of device is prohibited). 4,5 Installation includes carbonated beverage machines or dispensers. These devices operate under intermittent or continuous pressure conditions. Upright position. Minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 5 Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot 12 inch (305mm) clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. Upright position. May have valves downstream. Minimum of twelve (12) inches (305 mm) above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. May discharge water. 146

150 device, assembly, or method 1 Reduced Pressure Principle Back-flow Prevention Assembly (two in dependently acting loaded check valves, a differential pressure relief valve and means of field testing) For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. table (a) (continued) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods degree degree of HaZard degree applicable StandardS ASSE 1047; ASSE 1013; AWWA C511; CSA B64.4 or CSA B Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than twelve (12) hours in any a twenty-four (24) hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure X X X X InStaLLatIon 2,3 Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Requires one (1) foot (305 mm) 12 inch minimum clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ladder for test and repair. May discharge water. FIXtureS Effective openings 3 not greater than one-half ( 1 2) of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter table (b) minimum airgaps For Water distribution 4 WHen not affected by SIdeWaLLS 1 WHen WHere affected by SIdeWaLL 2 (inches) (mm) (inches) (mm) 1 (25.4) (38) Effective openings 3 not greater than threequarters ( 3 4) of an inch (20 mm) in diameter Effective openings 3 not greater than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) in diameter Effective openings 3 greater than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) in diameter (38) (57) 2 (51) 3 (76) Two (2) times diameter of effective opening Three (3) times diameter of effective opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect airgaps when where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three (3) times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four (4) times the effective opening for two (2) intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in Note 1 footnote above. The effect of three (3) or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the airgap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. If Where two (2) or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Airgaps less than one (1) inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved only as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of zero (0) to twenty-five (25) inches (635 mm) of mercury (85kPa). UPC:Table Prohibited Locations. Backflow prevention devices with atmospheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits, underground, or submerged locations. SubStantIatIon: The proposed terminology is being submitted to provide consistency within the body of the code. Table 4-3 presents backflow prevention assemblies with nomenclature different than those specific sections of the code wherein these same backflow prevention assemblies are defined or described. This can be a significant cause of confusion for the 147

151 users of the code. This recommendation will make the terminology of Table 4-3 consistent with the applicable requirements throughout Chapter 4. The text is provided to bring the language into conformance with the language contained in the Uniform Plumbing Code. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. device, assembly, or method 1 Airgap Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances Atmospheric vacuum breaker (consists of a body, checking member and atmospheric port) Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, hose bibbs, frost resistant, automatic draining type Spill-Resistant Pressure Vacuum Breaker (single check valve with air inlet vent and means of field testing) Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly (two independent check valves and means of field testing) Pressure Vacuum Breaker Backflow Prevention Assembly (loaded air inlet valve, internally loaded check valve and means of field testing) table 403.2(a) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods degree degree of HaZard degree applicable StandardS ASME A ASME A ASSE 1001 or CSA B ASSE 1019 or CSA B PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure InStaLLatIon 2,3 X X See Table (b) in this chapter. X X Air gap fitting is a device with an internal air gap and typical installation includes plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances. The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. X X Upright position. No valve downstream. Minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 4,5 X X Installation includes wall hydrants and hose bibbs. Such devices are not for use under continuous pressure conditions (means of shut-off downstream of device is prohibited). 4,5 ASSE 1056 X X Upright position. Minimum of 612 inches or listed distance above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. 5 ASSE 1015; AWWA C510; CSA B 64.5 or CSA B ; ASSE 1048 ASSE 1020 or CSA B X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions, and not less than a Requires 12 inch clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform or ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. X X Upright position. May have valves downstream. Minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) above all downstream piping and flood-level rim of receptor. May discharge water. 148

152 device, assembly, or method 1 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly (two independently acting loaded check valves, a differential pressure relief valve and means of field testing) table 403.2(a) backflow PreVentIon devices, assemblies and methods (continued) degree degree of HaZard degree applicable StandardS ASSE 1013; AWWA C511; CSA B64.4 or CSA B64.4.1; ASSE 1047 PoLLutIon (LoW HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe back- PreSSure ContamInatIon (HIGH HaZard) back- SIPHonaGe For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. 2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section back- PreSSure InStaLLatIon 2,3 X X X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions, and not less than a Requires 12 inch clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform/ ladder for test and repair. May discharge water. SubStantIatIon: Item #44 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Under air gap fittings, plumbing fixtures was struck out of the table because the USEC does not address plumbing fixtures (ex., sinks, lavatories, water closets, etc.) that are covered under the scope of the UPC. 2. For double check valve assemblies and reduced pressure principle assemblies, where the manufacturer requires greater than a 1 foot clearance, their instructions need to be referenced and used since they are more stringent than the code requirements as required by Section (Conflicts Between Codes) of this code. 3. ASSE 1047 and ASSE 1048 should be deleted from the table as backflow prevention devices listed to these standards are not rated high enough to account for the possible temperatures in a solar thermal system. 149

153 Item # 46 Comment Seq # 20 USEC 2012 (Table 4-4): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise table as follows: table materials referenced Standard table For PIPInG and FIttInGS material building SuPPLY PIPe Water distribution referenced Standard(S) referenced Standard(S) and FIttInGS PIPe and FIttInGS PIPe FIttInGS Asbestos-Cement X 1* ASTM C 296, AWWA C400 Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 Copper X X ASTM B 42, ASTM B 75, ASTM B 88, ASTM B 251, ASTM B 302, ASTM B 447 CPVC X X ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 441, ASTM F * For building supply or cold-water applications. [UPC: TABLE ] ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.26 ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 437, ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, ASTM F 1970 Ductile-Iron X X AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C110, AWWA C153 Galvanized Steel X X ASTM A 53 Malleable Iron X X ASME B16.3 PE X 1* ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737, ASTM D 2609, ASTM D 2683, ASTM D 3035, AWWA C901, CSA B137.1 ASTM D 3261, ASTM F 1055, CSA B137.1 PE-AL-PE X X ASTM F 1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F 1282, ASTM F 1974, CSA B137.9 PE-RT X X ASTM F 2769 ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2098, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, PEX X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSA B137.5, AWWA C904* ASTM F 2769 ASTM F 877, ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 1960, ASTM F 1961, ASTM F 2080, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, CSA B137.5 PEX-AL-PEX X X ASTM F 1281, CSA B137.10, ASTM F 2262 ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 1974, ASTM F 2434, CSA B PP X X ASTM F 2389, CSA B ASTM F 2389, CSA B PVC X 1* ASTM D 1785, ASTM D 2241, ASTM D 2464, ASTM D 2466, AWWA C900 ASTM D 2467, ASTM F 1970 Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A 312 SubStantIatIon: The above code language is provided to bring the language into conformance with the language contained in the Uniform Plumbing Code. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates 150

154 recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment materials Pipe, tube, and Fittings. Pipe, tube, fittings, solvent cements, thread sealants, solders, and flux used in potable water systems intended to supply drinking water shall be listed in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61. Materials used in the water supply system, except valves and similar devices, shall be of a like material, except where otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Materials for building water piping and building supply piping shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Piping materials. Piping materials shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table and be acceptable for use based on the intended purpose. Materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Pipe fittings and valves shall be approved for the piping systems, and shall be compatible with, or shall be of the same material as the pipe or tubing. Exterior piping shall be protected from corrosion, degradation, and shall be resistant to UV radiation. material building SuPPLY PIPe and FIttInGS table materials For PIPInG and FIttInGS Water distribution SoLar thermal PIPe and FIttInGS referenced Standard(S) PIPe referenced Standard(S) FIttInGS Asbestos-Cement X* 1 ASTM C 296, AWWA C400 Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 Copper X X 2 ASTM B 42, ASTM B 75, ASTM B 88, ASTM B 251, ASTM B 302, ASTM B 447 CPVC X X ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 441, ASTM F 442 ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.26 ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 437, ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, ASTM F 1970 Ductile Iron X X 3 AWWA C151 AWWA C110, AWWA C153, ASME B16.4 Galvanized Steel X X 5 ASTM A 53 Malleable Iron X X 4 ASME B16.3 PE X* 1 ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737, ASTM D 3035, AWWA C901, CSA B137.1 ASTM D 2609, ASTM D 2683, ASTM D 3261, ASTM F 1055, CSA B137.1 PE-AL-PE X X ASTM F 1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F 1282, ASTM F 1974, CSA B137.9 PE-RT X X ASTM F 2769 ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2098, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, ASTM F 2769 PEX X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSA B137.5, AWWA C904* PEX-AL-PEX X X ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 2262, CSA B ASSE 1061, ASTM F 877, ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 1960, ASTM F 1961, ASTM F 2080, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, CSA B137.5 ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 1974, ASTM F 2434, CSA B PP X X ASTM F 2389, CSA B ASTM F 2389, CSA B PVC X* 1 ASTM D 1785, ASTM D 2241, AWWA C900 ASTM D 2464, ASTM D 2466, ASTM D 2467, ASTM F 1970 Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A

155 Notes: 1 * For Bbuilding Ssupply or cold-water applications Copper tube for water solar thermal piping shall have a weight of not less than Type L. Exception: Type M copper tubing shall be permitted to be used for water solar thermal piping where piping is aboveground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures Cast iron fittings up to and including 2 inches (51 mm) in size, where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized Malleable iron water fittings shall be galvanized Galvanized steel shall not be used in solar water heating thermal systems where in contact with glycol heat transfer fluid Hard-drawn Copper tubing. Hard-drawn copper tubing for water supply and distribution in addition to the required incised marking, shall be marked in accordance with ASTM B 88. The colors shall be: Type k, green; Type L, blue; and Type M, red black Steel Pipe and Fittings. Black steel pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be used in industrialized systems where make-up water is not used or in space heating, cooling, or both systems as allowed by the mechanical code. SubStantIatIon: Item #46 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The list of materials and standards currently found in Table of the USEC is found in the UPC. Thus, Table is based on materials that have been tested for the pressures and temperatures that are common in a potable water distribution system, but not necessarily for the operating temperatures, pressures, and types of fluids that are common in a solar energy system. Therefore, Section should be revised to clarify to the end user that the materials in Table may be used if approved for the fluids used, and the operating temperatures and pressures encountered in a solar energy system. 2. The text water distribution in Table should be changed to solar thermal since the USEC should only address solar thermal pipe and fittings. Water supply and distribution pipe and fittings are addressed in the UPC. 3. AWWA C400 was removed from the table because the referenced standard was discontinued by the promulgator without replacement. 4. ASSE 1061 was added to the table to correlate with the 2012 UPC upon which this table is based. 5. In Sections and 407.7, the text solar thermal should be used instead of water piping or water heating as the current text may lead the end user to think that the corresponding sections are strictly for potable water heating purposes. Besides heating potable water, solar thermal systems cover broader ranges of uses, such as space heating and cooling. 6. Section should be deleted as copper tubing for water supply and distribution are outside the scope of the USEC. 7. Section should be deleted as black steel pipe and fitting requirements are not addressed in Table 407.1, and therefore should not be referenced in the USEC. Furthermore, such piping is already addressed in the UPC where all system piping requirements, except solar thermal, are provided. 8. The other revisions are being proposed in accordance with the IAPMO Manual of Style as Table should be referenced for all material requirements for pipe and fittings for ease of use. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 152

156 Item # 47 Comment Seq # 21 USEC 2012 (Chapter 5, Chapter 11): SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd Plumbing & Drainage Institute recommendation: Revise text as follows: General Scope. This chapter shall govern the types of joints and connections permitted in solar systems tightness General. Joints and connections in the solar systems shall be air-tight and water-tight for the pressures required by test types of Joints threaded Joints. Threads on iron pipe size (IPS) pipe and fittings shall be standard taper pipe threads in accordance with standards listed in Table Threads on tubing shall be approved types. Threads on plastic pipe shall be factory cut or molded. Threaded plastic pipe shall be Schedule 80 minimum wall thickness. Tubing threads shall conform to fine tubing thread standards. When a pipe joint material is used, it shall be applied only on male threads, and such materials shall be approved types, insoluble in water and nontoxic. Cleanout plugs and caps shall be lubricated with water-insoluble, nonhardening material or tape. Thread tape or thread lubricants and sealants specifically intended for use with plastics shall be used on plastic threads. Conventional pipe thread compounds, putty, linseed-oil-based products, and unknown lubricants and sealants shall not be used on plastic threads. [UPC: ] Soldered Joints. Joints in copper tubing shall be made by the appropriate use of approved copper or copper alloy fittings. Surfaces to be joined by soldering shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. The joints shall be properly fluxed with an approved-type flux and made up with approved solder. Solder and fluxes shall be manufactured to approved standards. Solders and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds two-tenths (0.02) of one (1) percent shall be prohibited in piping systems used to convey potable water. [UPC: ] Flared Joints. Flared joints for soft copper tubing shall be made with fittings meeting approved standards. The tubing shall be reamed to the full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool. [UPC: , ] mechanically Formed tee Fittings. Mechanically extracted collars shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a height not less than three (3) times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch tube shall be notched to conform with the inner curve of the run tube and shall have two (2) dimple/depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch tube into the collar is of sufficient depth for brazing and that the branch tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line tube. Dimple/depth stops shall be in line with the run of the tube. The second dimple shall be one-quarter ( 1 4) inch (6.4 mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Joints shall be brazed in accordance with Section Soldered joints shall not be allowed. [UPC: ] Flexible Compression Factory-Fabricated Joints. When pipe is joined by means of flexible compression joints, such joints shall conform to approved standards and shall not be considered as slip joints. [UPC: ] Solvent Cement Plastic Pipe Joints. Plastic pipe and fittings designed to be joined by solvent cementing shall comply with applicable standards referenced in Table ABS pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with solvent cement(s). CPVC pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and then joined with listed primer(s) and solvent cement(s). exception: Listed solvent cements that do not require the use of primer shall be permitted for use with CPVC pipe and fittings, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, one-half ( 1 2) inch (15 mm) through two (2) inches (51 mm) in diameter. PVC pipe and fittings shall be cleaned and joined with primer(s) and solvent cement(s). A solvent cement transition joint between ABS and PVC building drain and building sewer shall be made using a listed transition solvent cement. [UPC: ] brazing and Welding. Brazing and welding shall conform to the applicable standard(s) in Table [UPC: ] Pressure-Lock-type Connection. This is a mechanical connection that depends on an internal retention device to prevent pipe or tubing separation. Connection is made by inserting the pipe or tubing into the fitting to a prescribed depth. [UPC: ] 153

157 502.9 Pressed Fitting. This is a mechanical connection for joining copper tubing that uses a crimping tool to affix the O- ring seal copper or copper alloy fitting to the tubing. The tubing shall be inserted into the fitting, and the crimp shall be made using the tool recommended by the manufacturer. [UPC: ] Push-Fit Fitting. This is a mechanical connection for joining copper, PEX and CPVC tubing. The connection is hand assembled by pushing the tubing into the fitting. The connection seals with an O ring Heat-Fusion Weld Joints. This type of joint is used in Polypropylene (PP) systems to connect pipe to fittings or pipe lengths directly to one another (butt-fusion). This method of joining pipe to fittings includes socket-fusion, electro-fusion, and saddle-fusion. This method of welding involves the application of heat and pressure to the polypropylene components, allowing the PP to fuse together forming a bond between the pipe and fitting Special Joints Copper tube to Screw Pipe Joints. Joints from copper tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter fittings. The joint between the copper tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size screw joint. Solder shall conform to the requirements of Section Brazed joints shall conform to the requirements of Section Flared joints shall conform to the requirements of Section Pressed joints shall conform to the requirements of [UPC: ] Plastic Pipe to other materials. When connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, only approved types of fittings and adapters designed for the specific transition intended shall be used. [UPC: ] asbestos Cement Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for asbestos cement pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed underground only and shall be of the same composition as the pipe and sealed with an approved elastomeric gasket or joined by a listed compression type coupling, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with ASTM D The coupling grooves, pipe ends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elastomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the machined end of the pipe. Lubricant shall not be applied to the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer brass Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brass pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Section through Section brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brass pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000 F (538 C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and shall be of the compression, pressed, or grooved type using an approved elastomeric gasket to form a seal threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic Copper Pipe, tubing and Joints. Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be in accordance with Section through Section brazed Joints. Brazed joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000 F (538 C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting Flared Joints. Flared joints for soft copper water tubing shall be permitted to be installed aboveground and underground shall be made with fittings that are in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate tubing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall include those listed in Section through Section mechanically Formed tee Fittings. Mechanically formed tee fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall have extracted collars that shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surface to form a collar having a height not less than three times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to conform to the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch pipe or tube into the collar is of a depth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does 154

158 not obstruct the flow in the main line pipe or tube. Dimple depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. The second dimple shall be 1 4 of an inch (6.4 mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Soldered joints shall not be permitted Pressed Fittings. Pressed fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall be installed aboveground only and shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended by the manufacturer Push Fit Fittings. Removable and non-removable push fit fittings for copper tubing or pipe that employ quick assembly push fit connectors shall be installed aboveground only and shall be in accordance with ASSE Push fit fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and gripping mechanism has engaged on the pipe Soldered Joints. Soldered joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made in accordance with ASTM B 828 with the following sequence of joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring, cutting, reaming, cleaning, fluxing, assembly and support, heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to the full inside diameter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Surfaces to be joined shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing, fittings; shall be in accordance with ASTM B 813; and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fitting and remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be supported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the joint. Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flame perpendicular to the pipe or tubing using acetylene or an LP gas. Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The flame shall be moved to the fitting cup and alternate between the pipe or tubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTM B 32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces until capillary action draws the molten solder into the cup. Solder and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds 0.2 percent shall be prohibited in piping systems conveying potable water. Joint surfaces shall not be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residue shall be cleaned threaded Joints. Threaded joints for copper pipe shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. CPVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be in accordance with Section through Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings that employ a quick assembly push fit connector shall be in accordance with ASSE Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F 493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTM F 656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F 493 that does not require the use of primers, and is yellow in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 2846, 1 2 of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to the depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. Solvent cement joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. Threads shall comply with ASME B A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound shall be applied to male threads, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with CPVC male threads only ductile Iron Pipe and Joints. Ductile iron pipe and fitting joining methods shall be in accordance with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints for ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed underground only and shall consist of a bell that is cast integrally with the pipe or fitting and provided with an exterior flange having bolt holes and a socket with annular recesses for the sealing gasket and the plain end of the pipe or fitting. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe. 155

159 Push-on Joints. Push-on joints for ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed underground only except that aboveground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Push-on joints shall consist of a single elastomeric gasket that shall be assembled by positioning the elastomeric gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and forcing the plain end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. The plain end shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form a positive seal and shall be designed so that the elastomeric gasket shall be locked in place against displacement. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe Galvanized Steel Pipe and Joints. Galvanized steel pipe and fitting joining methods shall be in accordance with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and shall be made with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and made with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic Pe Plastic Pipe/tubing and Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be in accordance with Section and Section Heat Fusion Joints. Heat fusion joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be assembled using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heat methods in accordance with ASTM D butt Fusion Joints. Butt fusion joints shall be made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. Butt fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions electro-fusion Joints. Electro-fusion joints shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion. Electro-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Socket Fusion Joints. Socket fusion joints shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. Socket fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall include insert and mechanical compression fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting the pipe square, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps shall be placed over the end of the pipe. Fittings shall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of the pipe. The end of pipe shall be placed over the barbed insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14 rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be permitted for use in joining PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be not less than 30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diameters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Pe-aL-Pe Plastic Pipe/tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PE plastic pipe or tubing and fittings joining methods shall be in accordance with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only except that underground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Mechanical joints shall be either of the metal insert fittings with a split ring and compression nut (compression joint) or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1974 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Crimp insert fittings shall be joined to the pipe by the placing the copper crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimp ring is 1 8 of an inch (3.2 mm) to 1 4 of an inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring and tool perpendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped more than once Compression Joints. Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be joined through the compression of a split ring, by a compression nut around the circumference of the pipe. The compression nut and split ring shall be placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. Position and compress the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the insert fitting. 156

160 503.9 Pe-rt. Polyethylene of raised temperature (PE-RT) tubing shall be listed and installed in accordance with ASTM F Fittings. Fittings for PE-RT tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PE-RT tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall comply with Section through Section Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Clamp Insert Fittings. Clamp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F Crimp Insert Fittings. Crimp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2159, or ASTM F PeX Plastic tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fittings joining methods shall be in accordance with Section through Section Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table PEX tubing in accordance with ASTM F 876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing Hot and Cold Water distribution Systems. Tubing and connections shall be listed as a system in accordance with ASTM F mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PEX tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall comply with Section through Section Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Clamp Insert Fittings. Clamp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F Cold expansion Fittings. Cold expansion fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1960 or ASTM F Crimp Insert Fittings. Crimp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2159, or ASTM F Push Fit Fittings. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings that employ a quick assembly push fit connector shall comply with ASSE PeX-aL-PeX Plastic tubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be in accordance with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only except that underground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Mechanical joints shall include mechanical and compression type fittings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accordance with ASTM F 1974 or ASTM F Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe by the compression of a crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into annular spaces formed by ribs on the fitting. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Compression Joints. Compression joints shall include compression insert fittings and shall be joined to PEX- AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a split ring or compression nut around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs on the fitting Polypropylene (PP). PP piping shall be marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) listed in Table for which the piping has been approved. PP piping and fittings shall be installed in accordance with Section and Section Heat-fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusion outlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F 2389 or CSA B mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions PVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall comply with Sections through Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed underground only unless otherwise approved and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall be designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of the mechanical or push on joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstand without deformation or collapse; the compressive force exerted where the fitting is tightened. The push on joint shall have a minimum wall thickness of the bell at any point between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with ASTM D 3139, and be of such size and shape as to provide a compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a positive seal Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other foreign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F 656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cements in ac- 157

161 cordance with ASTM D 2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. Solvent cement joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. Threads shall comply with ASME B A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound shall be applied to male threads, compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the PVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used with PVC male threads only Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and designed for their intended use and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall include compression, flanged, grooved, press, and threaded Welded Joints. Welded joints shall be permitted aboveground or underground and shall be either fusion or resistance welded based on the selection of the base metal. Chemical composition of the filler metal shall be in accordance with AWS A5.9 based on the alloy content of the piping material Slip Joints. In water piping, slip joints shall be permitted to be used only on the exposed fixture supply dielectric unions. Dielectric unions where installed at points of connection where there is a dissimilarity of metals shall be in accordance with ASSE Joints between Various materials. Joints between various materials shall be in accordance with Section through Section Copper Pipe or tubing to thread Pipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded and the fittings shall be made with a standard pipe size screw joint Plastic Pipe to other materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapter fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used aboveground only Stainless Steel to other materials. Where connecting stainless steel pipe to other types of piping, mechanical joints of the compression type, dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079 and designed for the specific transition intended shall be used aboveground only. (renumber remaining sections) CHaPter 11 material StandardS table referenced StandardS Standards for Materials, Equipment, Joints and Connections Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevant portions of all such standards shall apply. Standard referenced Standard title application number SeCtIonS ASTM D Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals Joints ASTM F * Stainless Steel Clamps for Securing SDR9 Cross-Linked Polyethylene Joints (PEX) Tubing to Metal Insert and Plastic Insert Fittings ASSE * Push-Fit Fittings Fittings , , ASSE Dielectric Pipe Unions Joints , AWS A * Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints AWWA C * Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Joints , (same as ANSI A 21.11) CSA B Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Pipe, Plastic

162 SubStantIatIon: The above code language is provided to bring the language into conformance with the language contained in the Uniform Plumbing Code. The proposed deletion of language is due to the harmonization of the new proposed language contained in Section for joining methods based on the pipe and fitting material referenced in Table 4-4. This code change is being submitted to include polypropylene (PP) as an acceptable material for solar piping systems. Polypropylene (PP) material provides a cost-effective alternative for use in solar systems. The solar industry must be allowed to make use of materials which provide the long-term performance necessary, reductions in installation time and costs, and offer environmentally sound alternatives to support green and sustainable construction. PP materials meeting the proposed requirements have demonstrated successful use in hot and cold water piping, radiant heating systems, chemical process piping, swimming pool circulation, geothermal systems, compressed air piping, and irrigation applications. In addition to being a very versatile material offering time and material savings, PP is environmentally friendly in terms of initial manufacturing, raw material usage, and energy consumption. PP can be recycled thereby eliminating scrap from the landfill, meets the health effects criteria of NSF 61 without any special conditions or exemptions, and has a long history of use in these applications. The fusion-welding process eliminates the need for any additional chemicals or materials in the joints, improving indoor air quality and providing zero emissions. The reference standard proposed for addition to the USEC, CSA B137.11, require a heavy wall thickness for piping used in hot-and-cold water distribution. This heavy wall thickness reduces the amount of insulation required on the piping and provides improved thermal performance as well as significantly reduced noise from water hammer and water flow. The fittings must be compatible with the pipe to which they are connected, resulting in a joint/fitting that does not reduce the waterway dimension, and in some cases the fittings may have a larger waterway than the pipe. Polypropylene (PP) has been used extensively in these applications in over 70 countries throughout Europe, Eastern Europe, Russia, Middle Eastern and Far East countries for over 30 years. It has also been used successfully across the U.S. and Canada for hot-and-cold water distribution systems since Due to its resistance to fatigue failures, PP has been specified as the material of choice in shipbuilding firms around the world. Some examples of plumbing and hydronic installations include hotels, hospitals, stadiums, water parks, cruise ships, churches, office buildings and apartment buildings. The proposed revision includes requirements for dimensions, materials, long-term strength at 73 F and 180 F, performance tests, thermal stability, fitness-for-purpose, chlorine resistance and long-term durability, and compliance with NSF/ANSI 61. The PP piping has been listed by IAPMO and NSF as conforming to these requirements. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment General Scope applicability. This chapter shall govern the types of joints and connections permitted in solar thermal systems tightness General. Joints and connections in the solar thermal systems shall be airtight, gastight, and watertight for the pressures required by tests types of Joints asbestos Cement Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for asbestos cement pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed underground only and shall be of the same composition as the pipe and sealed with an approved elastomeric gasket or joined by a listed compression type coupling, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with ASTM D The coupling grooves, pipe ends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elastomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the machined end of the pipe. Lubricant shall be not be applied to the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. 159

163 503.2 brass Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brass pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section through Section brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brass pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000 F (538 C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and shall be of the compression, pressed, or grooved type using an approved elastomeric gasket to form a seal threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic Copper Pipe, tubing and Joints. Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section through Section brazed Joints. Brazed joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000 F (538 C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting Flared Joints. Flared joints for soft copper water tubing shall be permitted to be installed aboveground and underground and shall be made with fittings that are in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate tubing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall include, but are not limited to, compression, flanged, grooved, pressed, and push fit fittings those listed in Section through Section mechanically Formed tee Fittings. Mechanically formed tee fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall have extracted collars that shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surface to form a collar having a height not less than three times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to conform to the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch pipe or tube into the collar is of a depth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line pipe or tube. Dimple depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. The second dimple shall be 1 4 of an inch (6.4 mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Soldered joints shall be not be permitted Pressed Fittings. Pressed fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall be installed aboveground only and shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended by the manufacturer Push Fit Fittings. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings for copper tubing or pipe that employ quick assembly push fit connectors shall be installed aboveground only and shall be in accordance with ASSE Push fit fittings for copper pipe or tubing shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and gripping mechanism has engaged on the pipe Soldered Joints. Soldered joints between copper pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be made in accordance with ASTM B 828 with the following sequence of joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring, cutting, reaming, cleaning, fluxing, assembly and support, heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to the full inside diameter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Surfaces to be joined shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing, and fittings; and shall be in accordance with ASTM B 813;, and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fitting and remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be supported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the joint. Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flame perpendicular to the pipe or tubing using acetylene or an LP gas. Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The 160

164 flame shall be moved to the fitting cup and alternate between the pipe or tubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTM B 32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces until capillary action draws the molten solder into the cup. Solder and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds 0.2 percent shall be prohibited in piping systems conveying potable water. Joint surfaces shall be not be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residue shall be cleaned threaded Joints. Threaded joints for copper pipe shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. CPVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section through Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings that employ a quick assembly push fit connector shall be in accordance with ASSE Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F 493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTM F 656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F 493 that does not require the use of primers, and is yellow or red in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 2846, 1 2 of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to the depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. Solvent cement joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. Threads shall comply with ASME B A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting shall be applied to male threads, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with CPVC plastic male threads only ductile Iron Pipe and Joints. Ductile iron pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints for ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed underground only and shall consist of a bell that is cast integrally with the pipe or fitting and provided with an exterior flange having bolt holes and a socket with annular recesses for the sealing gasket and the plain end of the pipe or fitting. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe Push-on Joints. Push-on joints for ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed underground only except that aboveground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Push-on joints shall consist of a single elastomeric gasket that shall be assembled by positioning the elastomeric gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and forcing the plain end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. The plain end shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form a positive seal and shall be designed so that the elastomeric gasket shall be locked in place against displacement. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe Galvanized Steel Pipe and Joints. Galvanized steel pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and shall be made with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and made with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASME B Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic Pe Plastic Pipe/tubing and Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be assembled in accordance with Section through Section using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heat methods in accordance with ASTM D

165 butt-fusion Joints. Butt-fusion joints shall be made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. Butt fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions electro-fusion Joints. Electro-fusion joints shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion. Electro-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Socket-Fusion Joints. Socket-fusion joints shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. Socket fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall include insert and mechanical compression fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting the pipe square, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps shall be placed over the end of the pipe. Fittings shall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of the pipe. The end of pipe shall be placed over the barbed insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14 rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be permitted for use in joining PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be not less than 30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. Bends shall be not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diameters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Pe-aL-Pe Plastic Pipe/tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PE plastic pipe or tubing and fittings joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only except that underground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Mechanical joints shall be either of the metal insert fittings with a split ring and compression nut (compression joint) or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1974 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Crimp insert fittings shall be joined to the pipe by the placing the copper crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimp ring is 1 8 of an inch (3.2 mm) to 1 4 of an inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring and tool perpendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped more than once Compression Joints. Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be joined through the compression of a split ring, by a compression nut around the circumference of the pipe. The compression nut and split ring shall be placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. Position and compress the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the insert fitting Pe-rt. Polyethylene of raised temperature (PE-RT) tubing shall be marked listed and installed with the appropriate standard designation(s) listed in Table for which the tubing has been approved. PE-RT tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. in accordance with ASTM F Pe-rt Fittings. Metal insert Ffittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance for PE-RT tubing shall comply with the applicable standards for fittings referenced in Table mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PE-RT tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall comply with Section through Section Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Clamp Insert Fittings. Clamp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F Crimp Insert Fittings. Crimp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2159, or ASTM F PeX Plastic tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fittings joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section through and Section Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table PEX tubing in accordance with ASTM F 876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing Hot and Cold Water distribution Systems. Tubing and connections shall be listed as a system in accordance with ASTM F

166 mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PEX tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only and shall comply with Section through Section Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions Clamp Insert Fittings. Clamp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F Cold expansion Fittings. Cold expansion fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1960 or ASTM F Crimp Insert Fittings. Crimp insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2159, or ASTM F Push Fit Fittings. Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings that employ a quick assembly push fit connector shall comply with ASSE PeX-aL-PeX Plastic tubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX tubing and fittings shall be installed aboveground only except that underground is permitted where installed in strict compliance with the manufacturer s instructions. Mechanical joints shall include mechanical and compression type fittings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accordance with ASTM F 1974 or ASTM F Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe by the compression of a crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into annular spaces formed by ribs on the fitting. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Compression Joints. Compression joints shall include compression insert fittings and shall be joined to PEX- AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a split ring or compression nut around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs on the fitting Polypropylene (PP) Piping and Joints. PP piping pipe and fittings shall be marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) listed in Table for which the piping has been approved. PP piping and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and through Section Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusion outlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F 2389 or CSA B mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions threaded Joints. PP pipe shall not be threaded. PP transition fittings for connection to other piping materials shall only be threaded by use of brass or stainless steel inserts molded into the fitting PVC Plastic Pipe and Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Sections through Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed underground only unless otherwise approved and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall be designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of the mechanical or push-on joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstand without deformation or collapse; the compressive force exerted where the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shall have a minimum wall thickness of the bell at any point between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with ASTM D 3139, and be of such size and shape as to provide a compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a positive seal Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be permitted to be installed aboveground or underground and shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other foreign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F 656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D 2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. Solvent cement joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be installed aboveground only and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. Threads shall comply with ASME B A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound shall be applied to male threads, that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the PVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used with PVC plastic male threads only. 163

167 Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section and Section mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed aboveground only and designed for their intended use and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. Such joints shall include compression, flanged, grooved, pressed, and threaded Welded Joints. Welded joints shall be permitted aboveground or underground and shall be either fusion or resistance welded based on the selection of the base metal. Chemical composition of the filler metal shall be in accordance with AWS A5.9 based on the alloy content of the piping material Slip Joints. In water piping, slip joints shall be permitted to be used only on the exposed fixture supply dielectric unions. Dielectric unions where installed at points of connection where there is a dissimilarity of metals shall be in accordance with ASSE Joints between Various materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and shall comply with Section through Section Copper Pipe or tubing to threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be installed aboveground only and shall be made by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fittings shall be made with a standard pipe size screw threaded joint Plastic Pipe to other materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapter or transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used aboveground only Stainless Steel to other materials. Where connecting stainless steel pipe to other types of piping, mechanical joints of the compression type, dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079 and designed for the specific transition intended shall be used aboveground only expansion Joints. Listed expansion joints shall be accessible and shall be permitted to be used where necessary to provide for expansion and contraction of the pipes unions. Unions shall be installed in a solar thermal system, not to exceed more than 12 inches (305 mm) of regulating equipment, water heating, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment that requires service by removal or replacement in a manner that will facilitate its ready removal other Joints. Joints for approved materials other than listed above shall comply with approved applicable standards. SubStantIatIon: Item #47 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. In Section 501.1, the change from scope to applicability is needed in order to not conflict with the scope requirements in Chapter All of the above revisions correlate with the exact proposals approved for the 2012 UPC. 3. Language should be added to clarify that all materials and methods used to form pipe joints, along with location, should be in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. This language is important since the manufacturer s installation instructions include reference to the applicable standards and approved testing. Furthermore, restricting the location of a specific pipe joint within the code may conflict with approved testing conducted by the manufacturer for current and future products. 4. For copper, Sections and chamfered should be added to correlate with requirements found in applicable industry standards. 5. For CPVC, in Section , the text red should be added to comply with ASTM F 493. In Section , the text that is compatible with the pipe and fitting should be added to clarify that the thread sealant compound shall be approved for the CPVC pipe and fittings. Additionally, the text shall be applied to male threads should be moved to the end of the 5 th sentence since the requirements in the sentence apply to the thread sealant compound and not the male threads. Furthermore, in the last sentence CPVC male threads needs to be changed to plastic male threads to comply with the requirements of ASTM F For polypropylene, Section has been added as threaded joints are an approved type of joint connection that should be recognized in the code. 7. For PVC, in Section , the text shall be applied to male threads should be moved to the end of the 5 th sentence since the requirements in the sentence apply to the thread sealant compound and not the male threads. Additionally, in the last sentence PVC male threads needs to be changed to plastic male threads to comply with the requirements of ASTM D

168 8. For joints of various materials, in Section , the term screw should be replaced with threaded which is the correct terminology used in ASME B Additionally in Section , the text or transition should be added to correlate with the 2012 UPC. 9. In Section (Scope), Section (General) and Section (Unions), the text solar system should be revised to solar thermal system since the section only applies to solar thermal systems. This change is necessary because the term solar thermal system is used throughout the industry when referencing an assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and utilize this energy for service water heating, pool water heating, and space heating and cooling purposes. 10. Section (Other Joints) is not necessary as other type of joints not addressed in this chapter would need to be approved in accordance with Section (Alternate Methods and Methods of Construction Equivalency). 11. The other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code (USEC) in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 165

169 Item # 50 Comment Seq # 22 USEC 2012 (602.0, 602.1): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Installation Locations. Storage tanks, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks shall be stored in an enclosed space with a heating design temperature of not less than 65 F (18 C). (renumber remaining sections) SubStantIatIon: The above code language provides requirements for solar storage tanks to be located in a tempered space. The heating design temperature is a temperature used to determine building cooling and heating loads based on one of the following methods: (1) ASHRAE handbook, Equipment Volume, Applications Volume, and Fundamentals Volume. (2) The SMACNA Residential Comfort System Installation Standards Manual. (3) The ACCA Manual J. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed text is overly restrictive; puts too much burden on the industry and limits the use of new technologies. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment expansion tanks Where required General. An expansion tank shall be installed in a Hot water-heating solar thermal systems where a pressure reducing valve, backflow prevention device, check valve or other device is installed on a water supply system utilizing storage or tankless water heating equipment as a means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion. that will not accommodate volumetric fluid expansion shall be provided with an air expansion tank securely fastened to the structure. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type and securely fastened to the structure. Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing any strain on the connecting piping. Hot water-heating Solar thermal systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be so installed as to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions Systems with open expansion tanks. Open type expansion tanks shall be located a minimum of 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point of the system. Such tanks shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow with a minimum diameter of one-half the size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter shall be installed at the top of 166

170 the tank. The overflow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system. Systems equipped with an open expansion tank to satisfy thermal water expansion shall be provided with an indoor overflow from the upper portion of the expansion tank in addition to an open vent. The indoor overflow shall be carried within the building to an approved plumbing fixture or to the basement. SubStantIatIon: Item #50 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. Sections and should be revised as hot water heating systems are closed systems that are completely filled with water and purged of entrapped and dissolved gases to the greatest extent possible. When the water in such a system is heated, it will expand and, because it is a closed system, quickly cause hydrostatic pressure that can be relieved only by system failure or the opening of the safety relief valve. Because relief valves are intended to open only in the event of an emergency, the continuous opening of a relief valve to accommodate expansion is not acceptable. Expansion tanks are used to absorb harmlessly the additional system water volume caused by expansion, thus avoiding relief valve opening and preventing wide variations in system pressure. Expansion tanks are either sealed vessels or open tank reservoirs. Open tank reservoirs are, of course, not pressurized except for the static elevation head they impose on the equipment served. Closed expansion tanks, however, are pressurized vessels. Because they are subjected to the same pressures as the system, closed expansion tanks must have a pressure rating greater than or equal to the maximum heating system operating pressure. Closed expansion tanks contain a cushion of air that compresses as water expands into the tank. The pressure in a hot water system will increase several pounds per square inch as the temperature increases. However, the compression of the air in a properly sized expansion tank will prevent the pressure from exceeding the maximum system operating pressure. An undersized expansion tank would not prevent the system pressure from reaching the relief valve opening pressure. Open-type expansion tanks are nothing more than elevated reservoirs holding the expanded hot water at atmospheric pressure. An adequately sized open-type tank would have the capacity to hold, without overflowing and admitting air into the system, the maximum volume of water that would expand from the system at the maximum operating temperature. Because this type of expansion tank is open to the atmosphere, it must be located at an elevation above the highest system components and OSHA recommends 3 feet as this will produce a slight head pressure which assists in the purging of air. Open-type expansion tanks are utilized in heating and/or chilled water-cooling systems as a buffer for the thermal expansion and contraction of the heated or cooled water. Open-type expansion tanks must be located at the highest point of each circulating zone to maintain a flooded system. Special controls are used to maintain the proper water level within the tank. In addition, the design of open expansion tanks shall include an overflow and vent from the upper portion of the tank. 2. The text hot water-heating should be replaced with solar thermal systems as the text may mislead the end user in thinking that the sections are for potable water heating purposes only when in fact the term solar thermal system includes the heating of water for space heating and cooling purposes as well. 167

171 Item # 54 Comment Seq # 23 USEC 2012 (701.2): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: mounting. Panels shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in compliance accordance with the building code. Panel collectors shall be mounted as to prevent the accumulation of debris. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Panels that are not an integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface. SubStantIatIon: All solar manufacturers recommend solar system owners to wash their solar panels as needed. In addition, this text provides requirements to prevent any accumulation of debris during the installation of solar collector. Debris can be tree leaves, dust, dirt, and other material that solar panels encounter in the outdoors. Typical solar systems are solid state technology, there is not moving parts in the system. Therefore, the initial mounting of the solar collector is very critical in order to harvest maximum power. Research conducted by Solar Electric Power Association (SEPA) suggests that solar panel power output can decrease up to 10 percent from the accumulation of debris. The efficiency of solar panels can drop up to 20 percent in areas where bird waste, air pollution, or dust from farming operations are found. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: mounting. Panels shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in accordance with the building code. Panel collectors shall be mounted as to prevent minimize the accumulation of debris. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Panels that are not an integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface. CommIttee Statement: The modification to Section clarifies the intent by replacing the term prevent with minimize. It is difficult to prevent accumulation of debris on solar collectors without having an adverse affect on the functionality of the collectors. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment orientation. Collectors shall be located and oriented in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions to optimize the sun s energy, consistent with the intended purpose of the system General. Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in accordance with the building code accordance with Section Panel ccollectors shall be mounted as to 168

172 minimize the accumulation of debris. Connecting pipes shall not be used to provide support for a solar collector. Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions Wall mounted. Solar collectors that are mounted on a wall shall be secured and fastened in an approved manner in accordance with Section SubStantIatIon: Item #54 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The text to optimize the sun s energy, consistent with the intended purpose of the system in Section should be removed since such language is not enforceable in accordance with the IAPMO Manual of Style as it does not provide specific requirements in regards to measurements, locations, materials, etc. 2. The text a manner to resist wind, snow, or seismic loadings in accordance with the building code in Section should be replaced with accordance with Section since provisions for structural loads are already addressed in Chapter 3, and therefore do not need to be repeated in this section. 3. The text panel in Section should be replaced with collectors to coincide with the applicability of this chapter which deals with solar thermal and not photovoltaic applications. 4. Language should be added to Section to prevent solar collectors from being supported by the connecting pipes. Such an installation practice could result in damage to the collector, piping, or both. 5. Section should be added since Chapter 7 does not contain provisions for the installation of wall mounted collectors to ensure proper installation and inspection. 169

173 Item # 56 Comment Seq # 24 USEC 2012 (701.5): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Glass. Glass cover plates used in collector construction shall be tempered. SubStantIatIon: The above revision provides clarity that the cover plate of a solar collector shall be tempered, and not a tubular shape glass collector. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The term cover plate is not defined, and therefore the provisions cannot be applied or enforced. A glass collector can be a flat plate with or without glazing. The proposed text needs to be more specific and list different types of glass collectors. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Glass. Glass used in collector construction shall be tempered. Exception: Tubular shape glass collectors. SubStantIatIon: Item #56 should be approved as modified as an exception to Section is needed since tubular shape solar collectors are not made of tempered glass, and therefore the provisions of this section would not be applicable. 170

174 Item # 57 Comment Seq # 25 USEC 2012 (701.8, 701.9): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listing agency in accordance with SRCC OG 100 or equivalent standard testing. Collectors shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE 93 and ISO 9806 (volumes 1 through 3). SubStantIatIon: The above code language adds approved standards to the body of the code that are already listed in Chapter 11. The Uniform Solar Energy Code should recognize these testing standards. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listing agency in accordance with SRCC OG 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard testing. Collectors shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE 93 and ISO 9806 (volumes 1 through 3). CommIttee Statement: The modification to add UL 1279 to Section is necessary since the standard is already referenced in Chapter 11. The testing requirement for solar collectors in Section is already addressed in the listing, and therefore Section is not necessary. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Listing. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance comply with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listing agency in accordance with SRCC OG 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard. SubStantIatIon: Item #57 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Section should be revised to correlate with the 2012 UPC upon which the text is based. Furthermore, the text be listed in accordance is unnecessary as Section already states that all assemblies shall be listed or labeled by a listing agency in accordance with approved standards. 2. The listing requirements are already addressed in Section of the USEC, and therefore Section is redundant. 171

175 Item # 58 Comment Seq # 26 USEC 2012 (701.9): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Labeling. Collector manufacturers shall provide a permanent and visible label. The label shall be attached to the collectors with the following information: (1) The manufacturer s name and address. (2) The model and serial number. (3) Year the collector was manufactured. (4) Weight of collector. (5) Length, width, and thickness of collector. (6) Maximum operating pressure. (7) Maximum volume of heat transfer media. (8) Stagnation temperature. (9) The symbol of an approved agency certifying the collector is in accordance with recognized standards. SubStantIatIon: The above code language provides requirements for the labeling of a solar collector. Proposed language specifies who is required to provide this labeling. The change will assist the Authority Having Jurisdiction during the inspection process and third party agencies in conducting tests of solar collectors. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed language is already covered by the listing standard, and therefore Section is not needed. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Rand Ackroyd, Rand Technical Consulting recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment Labeling. Collectors shall be marked and labeled in accordance with UL 969. SubStantIatIon: Item #58 should be approved since UL 969 outlines the industry requirements for safety marking and labeling of a solar collector. Furthermore, this section will ensure the proper enforcement and application of marking and labeling requirements based on the correct standard. 172

176 Item # 70 Comment Seq # 27 USEC 2012 (804.3): SubmItter: Bob Eugene Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. recommendation: Revise text as follows: Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of material suitable for the operating temperature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame spread index not greater than exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke-developed index not greater than exceeding fifty (50) when where tested in accordance with NFPA 255, Method of Test of Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; or in accordance with ASTM E 84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; or in accordance with the provisions of UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. (remaining text unchanged) SubStantIatIon: The purpose of this code proposal is to remove a standard from the 2009 USEC. NFPA 255 has been withdrawn without replacement. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Insulation. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes shall be of material approved capable of withstanding for the operating temperature of the system. The insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame spread index not to exceeding 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceeding 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or in accordance with the provisions of UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231 shall be used. Alternately, mmaterials used for pipe coverings and insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lapseal adhesives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of not exceeding 1080 mega joule per hour (MJ/hr) 1.02 x 10 6 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (300 kw h), a maximum total heat release of British thermal units (Btu) (50 MJ), a maximum total smoke release of 5382 square feet (500 m 2 ) and shall not generate flames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more above the top of the vertical portion of the apparatus at a time during the test where tested in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be below less than 250ºF (121ºC). SubStantIatIon: Item #70 should be approved as modified to correlate language in the 2012 USEC with language in the 2012 UMC in regards to insulation of hot water pipes. 173

177 Item # 73 Comment Seq # 28 USEC 2012 (Table 8-4): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: table 8-4 thermal ConduCtIVItY (K) of InduStrIaL InSuLatIon (design VaLueS) (For mean temperature IndICated) * These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum.when Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer s recommendations. ** Values are for aged board stock. For change in conductivity with age of refrigerant-blown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter 19. (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) SubStantIatIon: The proposed revision eliminates commentary language from the Uniform Solar Energy Code. Reference to other documents in regards to thermal conductivity should not be in the code. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposal removes a necessary reference that directs the end user to the correct information within, Introduction to Materials Science & Engineering. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. table 8-4 thermal ConduCtIVItY (K) of InduStrIaL InSuLatIon (design VaLueS) (For mean temperature IndICated) * These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. When operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer s recommendations. ** Values are for aged board stock. For change in conductivity with age of refrigerant-blown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter 19. (portions of table not shown remain unchanged) SubStantIatIon: Item #73 should be approved as modified by deleting the text For change in conductivity with age of refrigerantblown expanded urethane, see section on Thermal Conductivity, Chapter 19 from Table 8-4 since such a reference to refrigerant blown expanded urethane is not appropriate as there are other types of approved blowing agents besides refrigerants (such as pentane, water, and ecomate) that are not identified. 174

178 Item # 74 Comment Seq # 29 USEC 2012 (Chapter 9): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: Chapter 9 duct WorK SoLar SYStemS For SWImmInG PooL Installation duct Work. Solar system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Uniform Mmechanical Ccode General Scope. This chapter governs the installation and construction of solar water heating systems for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs Collectors Configurations. Where multiple solar collectors are installed, they shall be connected in parallel. The flow of heating media shall be balanced and uniformed throughout the collectors, as shown in Figure FIGure ParaLLeL ConFIGuratIon SubStantIatIon: The proposed revision relocates reference to solar system duct work to Chapter 3 where it belongs. This change creates a new chapter that deals with solar water heating systems for pools, spas, and hot tubs. This change also provides correct arrangement for optimal performance of solar collector, as shown in Figure CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Collectors Configurations. Where multiple solar collectors are installed, they shall be connected in parallel. The flow of heating media shall be balanced and uniformed throughout the collectors, as shown in Figure

179 delete FIGure FIGure ParaLLeL ConFIGuratIon CommIttee Statement: The modification deletes the figure for a solar collector since there are other methods that may be utilized to achieve optimal performance for a solar water heating system. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. CHaPter 9 SoLar SYStemS For SWImmInG PooLS, SPaS, and Hot tubs General Scope. (remaining text unchanged) Installation. The installation and construction of a solar thermal system for a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions and be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. SubStantIatIon: Item #74 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The revised chapter title is necessary as the entire scope of the code already deals with solar systems, and therefore language that references solar systems in the title is redundant. Furthermore, spas and hot tubs should be added to the title as the chapter applies to both units along with swimming pools. 2. Section (Installation) should be added to this chapter to ensure proper installation or construction of solar thermal systems used for the heating of a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub. 176

180 Item # 76 Comment Seq # 30 USEC 2012 (902.2, , ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: balancing Valves. Balancing valves shall be permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution where the location of multiple solar collectors makes it impractical Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of bronze body and with brass ball. SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language allows the use of balancing valves to obtain uniform flow distribution throughout multiple solar collectors. The balancing valves are provided to allow the collectors to be flow balanced. The ball valves are required to enable the collectors to be disconnected for maintenance or repair. These sections are not applicable to systems of only one collector, where balance of flow is not an issue. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: balancing Valves. Balancing valves shall be permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution where the location of multiple solar collectors makes it impractical Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of bronze body and with brass ball, plastic, or other types compatible with swimming pool chemistry. CommIttee Statement: The modifications permit other approved materials for valves that are available within the industry. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment balancing Valves. Balancing valves shall be permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of a bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types compatible with swimming pool chemistry the heat transfer medium bbalancing Valves. A valve that regulates the flow rate of liquid, to achieve uniform distribution, throughout multiple collectors. 177

181 SubStantIatIon: Item #76 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Balancing valves can be used for any solar energy application where a group of collectors are present, and the valves are compatible with the heat transfer medium within the solar loop. Therefore, provisions for balancing valves should be relocated to Chapter 4 with the other types of valves prescribed in this code for ease of use. 2. A definition for balancing valves is needed since provisions are contained within the USEC. The proposed definition is based on industry standards. 178

182 Item # 77 Comment Seq # 31 USEC 2012 ( , ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors marking. Final settings shall be marked on each of the installed balancing valves. SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language permits the use of balancing valves for multiple solar collectors. Where multiple solar collectors are mounted in different configurations, the only method to achieve uniform flow through collectors is by installing a calibrated balancing valve at the outlet of each collector group or array. It is critical to mark final settings on each installed valve for future works. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors marking. Final settings shall be marked on each of the installed balancing valves. CommIttee Statement: Based on action taken on Item # 76, the modification permits other approved materials for valves that are available within the industry. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment marking. Final settings shall be marked on each of the installed balancing valves in an approved manner. SubStantIatIon: Item #77 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Balancing valve requirements should be relocated to Chapter 4 with the other valve provisions contained in this code for ease of use. 2. The final setting that is marked on each balancing valve should be done in a manner that is approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction which is generally based on the manufacturer s instructions and industry standards. 3. Other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 179

183 Item # 78 Comment Seq # 32 USEC 2012 (903.0, 903.1): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop. Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating system with a heat exchanger Location. A filter shall be located upstream of a pump used in a solar system. SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language provides requirements for a filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar circuit as a typical solar swimming pool heating system does not use any heating media or heat exchanger. The water from the swimming pool circulates through the solar panel. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Water Chemistry General. Where water from a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub is heated by way of circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 903.2, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section and Section Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance with Table Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop. Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating system with a heat exchanger Location. A filter shall be located upstream of a pump used to direct water to in a solar system collectors C- Calcium Hardness. A measure of dissolved calcium compounds and mineral content of water. It is measured as calcium carbonate (CaCO 3 ) L- Langelier Saturation Index. A formula used to measure water balance or mineral saturation control of pool, spa, or hot tub water. Total alkalinity, calcium hardness, ph, water temperature, and total dissolved solids are measured, given a factor, and calculated to determine whether water has a tendency to be corrosive or scale forming PpH. The log of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentration of a solution, and a measure of the acidity or alkalinity of the water. It is determined by the concentration of hydrogen ions in a specific volume of water. 180

184 ttotal alkalinity. The sum of all alkaline minerals in the water that is primarily in bicarbonate form, but also as sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium carbonates, and hydroxides. It is a measure of the water s ability to resist changes in ph. total dissolved Solids (tds). A measure (by electrical conductivity) of the amount of soluble matter that is present in the water. For SI Units: 1 part per million = 1 mg/l table Water CHemIStrY Parameter acceptable range Calcium hardness parts per million (ppm) Langelier Saturation Index 0 (+ or acceptable) ph TDS < 1500 ppm Total alkalinity ppm SubStantIatIon: Item #78 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. In order for a solar thermal system to function properly while heating a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub, the chemistry of the water has to be such that mineral deposits and scale do not develop within the solar loop. For this to be accomplished the parameters of calcium hardness, ph, TDS, and total alkalinity, while utilizing the Langelier Saturation Index, have to be in accordance with the acceptable ranges indicated in Table The ranges found in Table 903.2, and the definitions, are based on current industry standards. Further information on the table and definitions can be found at (Pool Tips). 2. Section (Location) should be revised to clarify the type of circulating pump upon which this section applies. A filter for a pump used for the circulation of pool, spa, or hot tub water needs to be located downstream or after the pump as the pump is needed to force water through the filter medium. Such pumps typically have strainers to prevent large particles from damaging the pump impeller. However, a filter for a pump used only for the circulation of water through a group of solar collectors needs to be located upstream or before the pump to prevent debris from damaging the impeller of the pump as such pumps do not generally have strainers installed. Furthermore, the text system should be replaced with collectors to correlate with the provisions in Section (General). 3. Other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 181

185 Item # 79 Comment Seq # 33 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Valves Shutoff Valve. Shutoff valves shall be installed at the collector supply and return lines Check Valve. A check valve shall be installed on the collector return line Control Valves. Control valves shall comply with the requirements of Section or Section manual Control. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems automatic Control. An approved electric control and motorized three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automatic control valves shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. SubStantIatIon: The above code language provides requirements for different types of valves used in solar water heating systems. Shutoff valves can be used as isolation valves and installed in the collector piping so that the pool can operate while the collectors are being serviced. A check valve is required to make sure no water is left in the collectors for servicing or during winter season. A check valve also permits manual isolation of the solar system from the pool or spa filtration system. Three-way valve in manual systems can be used to divert water while the filter pump is on if the pool becomes too warm or during extended cloudy weather. During a threat of freezing conditions, it can also divert water by shutting off the pool pump, allowing the collectors to drain. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Shutoff Valve. Shutoff valves shall be installed at the collector supply and return lines including drain valves. CommIttee Statement: The modification adds a requirement for the installation of shutoff valves installed in drain valves. One of the methods to protect a solar water heating system from freezing is by draining the heating media from the system, thereby requiring a shutoff valve. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment above the Ground. Solar collectors installed at ground level shall be installed not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground level. Solar collectors installed at ground level shall be protected from unauthorized access by an approved barrier Valves. barrier requirements General. Where collectors are installed at ground level, such collectors shall be protected from accidental contact in accordance with Section

186 Shutoff Valve. Shutoff valves shall be installed at the collector supply and return lines including drain valves Check Valve. A check valve shall be installed on the collector return line Control Valves. Control valves shall comply with the requirements of Section or Section manual Control. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems automatic Control. An approved electric control and motorized three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automatic control valves shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. (renumber remaining sections accordingly) SubStantIatIon: Item #79 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Swimming pools generally require more solar collectors to heat water, due to the volume, than those used for heating water within a building. Therefore, with a limited amount of roof space to install collectors, it is common for collectors to be installed on both the roof and ground. In order to prevent accidental contact with collectors, there needs to be provisions within Chapter 7 (Collectors), specifically Section (Above the Ground), and Chapter 9 to protect the public when collectors are located at ground level. 2. The valve requirements in Section (Valves) through Section (Automatic Control) should be relocated to Chapter 4 with the other types of valves addressed in this code for ease of use. 3. Other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 183

187 Item # 82 Comment Seq # 34 USEC 2012 (906.0, 906.1): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add text as follows: Corrosion resistant Copper. Solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool water. SubStantIatIon: The proposed code language prohibits the use of copper in solar pool, spa, and hot tub heating. Chlorine used for swimming pool water shall not be used directly with copper piping or tubing. Solar collectors made of copper will corrode where in contact with swimming pool water with a mixture of chlorine. If copper based collectors are being used, a heat exchanger must be provided to separate the pool water from the fluid in the solar circuit. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Corrosion resistant Copper. Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool water. CommIttee Statement: The modification clarifies the type of solar collector that should not be used with chlorine. A majority of unglazed metal collectors for swimming pools, with copper components, are approved for contact with chlorine. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Dr. Alison Osinski, Aquatic Consulting Services recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment Corrosion resistant Copper. Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water. SubStantIatIon: Item #82 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. In the exception to Section (Copper), both spa and hot tub should be added to be consistent with terminology used throughout the chapter. 2. Other revisions are being proposed to bring the Uniform Solar Energy Code in line with the IAPMO Manual of Style. The IAPMO Manual of Style was approved for use by the Standards Council in December of The purpose of this manual is to provide guidelines for how to layout a code document (i.e. general provisions, administration, technical style, editorial style, units of measurement, etc.). 184

188 Item # 84 Comment Seq # 35 USEC 2012 (1002.2): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: other articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply. and, if where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in , , , and of NFPA 70 shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.3] Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with Articles 500 through 516 of NFPA 70. SubStantIatIon: The proposed language provides additional requirements for protecting a parallel circuit. The language was extracted directly from the 2008 National Electrical Code to assist the end user. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposal removes necessary reference sections within NFPA 70 that direct the end user to the correct information for protecting a parallel circuit. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Denise Beach, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment F- FPn. Explanatory material, such as references to other standards, references to related sections, or information related to an NFPA 70 code rule is included in the form of fine-print notes (FPNs). Fine print notes are informational only and are not enforceable as requirements of this chapter. [NFPA 70:90.5(C)] I- Inverter. Equipment that is used to change voltage level or waveform, or both, of electrical energy. Commonly, an inverter [also known as a power conditioning unit (PCU) or power conversion system (PCS)] is a device that changes DC input to an AC output. Inverters shall may also be permitted to function as battery chargers that use alternating current from another source and convert it into direct current for charging batteries. [NFPA 70:690.2] mmonopole Subarray. A PV subarray that has two conductors in the output circuit, one positive and one negative. Two monopole PV subarrays are used to form a bipolar PV array. [NFPA 70:690.2] P- Photovoltaic System Voltage. The direct current (DC) voltage of any photovoltaic source or photovoltaic output circuit. For multiwire installations, the photovoltaic system voltage is the highest voltage between any two DC conductors. [NFPA 70:690.2] 185

189 S- Subarray. An electrical subset of a PV array. [NFPA 70:690.2] CHaPter 10 electrical General requirements electrical Wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances. The omission from this chapter of any material, method of construction provided for in the referenced standard NFPA 70 shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of such material or method of construction. Resort should be had to the edition of NFPA 70 adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction applicability Solar Photovoltaic Systems. I. General Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems. [See Figure (1) and Figure (2).] Solar photovoltaic systems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electrical power production sources or standalone, with or without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] other articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply. and, if Where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section through Section , , , and of NFPA 70 shall apply. Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with the applicable portions of Articles 500 through 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3] output Characteristics. The output of a generator or other electric power production source operating in parallel with an electrical supply system shall be compatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency of the system to which it is connected. [NFPA 70: ] Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current rating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of fault currents from all interconnected power sources for the interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment on interactive systems. [NFPA 70: ] Ground-Fault Protection. Where ground-fault protection is used, the output of an interactive system shall be connected to the supply side of the ground-fault protection. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is groundfault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. [NFPA 70: ] Synchronous Generators. Synchronous generators in a parallel system shall be provided with the necessary equipment to establish and maintain a synchronous condition. [NFPA 70: ] 186

190 Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means required by this chapter, Part III Section are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Part V Section of this chapter. FIGure (1) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS. [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(a)] Notes: 1. These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photo voltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2. Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by Article 690 Section are not shown. 3. System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Article 690, Part V Section Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components are optional. FIGure (2) IdentIFICatIon of SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem ComPonentS In Common SYStem ConFIGuratIonS. [nfpa 70: FIGure 690.1(b)] Installation. (a) Solar Photovoltaic System. A solar Photovoltaic systems shall be permitted to supply a building or other structure in addition to any service(s) of another other electricity supply system(s). [NFPA 70:690.4(A)] (b) Conductors of different Systems Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits shall not be contained in the same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction box, or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or branch circuits of other non-pv systems, unless the conductors of the different systems are separated by a partition or are connected together. The means of identification shall be permitted by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means. Photovoltaic system conductors shall be identified and grouped as follows: [NFPA 70:690.4(B)] (1) Photovoltaic source circuits shall be identified at all points of termination, connection, and splices. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)(1)] (2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input and output circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)(2)] (3) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment, the conductors of each system shall be identified at termination, connection, and splice points. Exception: Where the identification of the conductors is evident by spacing or arrangement, further identification is not required. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)(3)] (4) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box or raceway with a removable cover(s), the ac and dc conductors of each system shall be grouped separately by wire ties or similar means not less than once, and then shall be grouped at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). 187

191 Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway unique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious. [NFPA 70: 690.4(B)(4)] (C) module Connection arrangement. The connections to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor to another other photovoltaic PV source circuits. Sets of modules interconnected as systems rated at 50 volts or less, with or without blocking diodes, and having a single overcurrent device shall be considered as a single-source circuit. Supplementary overcurrent devices used for the exclusive protection of the photovoltaic modules are not considered as overcurrent devices for the purpose of this section. [NFPA70:690.4(C)] (d) equipment. Inverters, motor generators, photovoltaic modules, photovoltaic panels, ac photovoltaic modules, source-circuit combiners, and charge controllers intended for use in photovoltaic power systems shall be identified and listed for the application. [NFPA 70:690.4(D)] (e) Wiring and Connection. The equipment and systems in Section through Section and all associated wiring and interconnections shall be installed only by qualified persons. For purposes of this chapter a qualified person is defined as one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved. [NFPA70:690.4(E)] Circuit routing. Photovoltaic source and PV output conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of a building or structure, shall be routed along building structural members such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns where the location of those structural members are determined by observation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate, or membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by PV modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits shall be clearly marked. [NFPA70:690.4(F)] bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum, without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages of the two monopole subarrays exceeds the rating of the conductors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays in a bipolar PV system shall be physically separated, and the electrical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall be installed in separate raceways until connected to the inverter. The disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devices for each monopole subarray output shall be in separate enclosures. Conductors from each separate monopole subarray shall be routed in the same raceway. Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum voltage between circuits and containing a physical barrier separating the disconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall be permitted to be used instead of disconnecting means in separate enclosures. [NFPA70:690.4(G)] multiple Inverters. A PV system shall be permitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters installed in or on a single building or structure. Where the inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance with Section shall be installed at each dc PV system disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting means, and at the main service disconnecting means showing the location of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in the building. Exception: A directory shall not be required where inverters and PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the main service disconnecting means. [NFPA70:690.4(H)] Ground-Fault Protection General. Grounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection meeting the requirements of in accordance with Section through Section (A) through (C) to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall confirm comply with Section Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays with not more than two paralleled source circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protections. (2) PV Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where the each equipment grounding conductors are is sized in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.5] (a) Ground-Fault detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall be capable of detecting a ground-fault current, interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall be permitted. If a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA 70:690.5(A)] (b) Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods: 188

192 (1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically disconnected. (2) The inverter of or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)] (C) Labels and markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following: WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCk HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED When Where the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)] marking. The Warning labels required in Section (C) , Section (E)1005.5(3), Section (C) Section (F) , and Section (B)(7) shall be in accordance with UL Format. The marking requirements in Section shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Red background. (2) White lettering. (3) Not less than 3 8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (4) Capital letters. (5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material alternating-current (ac) modules (a) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. The requirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaic source circuits shall not apply to ac modules. The photovoltaic source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall be considered as internal wiring of an ac module. [NFPA 70:690.6(A)] (b) Inverter output Circuit. The output of an ac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.6(B)] (C) disconnecting means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section and Section and , shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more ac modules. Additionally, each ac module in a multiple ac module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] (d) Ground-Fault detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)] (e) overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with the following 240.5(B)(2) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.6(E)]: (1) 20-ampere circuits 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet ( mm) of run length. (2) 20-ampere circuits 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet ( mm) of run length. (3) 20-ampere circuits Not less than 14 AWG. (4) 30-ampere circuits Not less than 14 AWG. (5) 40-ampere circuits Not less than 12 AWG. (6) 50-ampere circuits Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA 70: 240.5(B)(2)] II. Circuit requirements maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. (a) maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or output circuit, the maximum photovoltaic system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table This voltage shall be 189

193 used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40 F (-40 C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions. When Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage as required by 110.3(B) of NFPA 70 in accordance with Section instead of using Table [NFPA 70:690.7(A)] table VoLtaGe CorreCtIonS FaCtorS For CrYStaLLIne and multicrystalline SILICon modules. CorreCtIon FaCtorS For ambient temperatures below 25 C (77 F). (multiply the rated open CIrCuIt VoLtaGe by the appropriate For SI units: ºC=(ºF-32)/1.8 CorreCtIon FaCtor SHoWn below) ambient ambient FaCtor temperature ( F) temperature (C ) 76 to to to to to to to to 5 40 to to 0 31 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to (b) direct-current utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall conform comply with Section through Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)] occupancy Limitation. In dwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, and similar occupancies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, nominal, between conductors that supply the terminals of the following: (1) Luminaires. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, nominal, or less than 1 4 hp. [NFPA 70:210.6(A)] one Hundred twenty Volts between Conductors. Circuits not exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their voltage ratings. (2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)] two Hundred Seventy Seven Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting diodetype luminaires. (2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown autotransformer that is an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the branch circuit. (3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell lampholders. (4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied within their voltage ratings. (5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)] Six Hundred Volts between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: 190

194 (1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires where the luminaires are mounted in accordance with one of the following: (a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on poles or similar structures for the illumination of outdoor areas such as highways, roads, bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots. (b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on other structures such as tunnels. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment other than luminaires. (3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated ballast that provides isolation between the dc power source and the lamp circuit and protection from electric shock when changing lamps. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] Exception: In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] over 600 Volts between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply utilization equipment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)] (C) Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage not exceeding six-hundred (600) volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding six-hundred (600) volts shall comply with Section this Chapter, Part IX. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)] (d) Circuits over 150 Volts to Ground. In one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding one-hundred and fifty (150) volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] (e) bipolar Source and output Circuits. For two (2) wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two (2) wire circuit if all of the following conditions apply [NFPA 70:690.7(E)]: (1) One (1) conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is solidly grounded. Exception: T.he operation of ground fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to interrupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolar array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(1)] (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(2)] (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows: WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)] Live Parts Guarded against accidental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by approved enclosures or by any of the following means: (1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified persons. (2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that only qualified persons have access to the space within reach of the live parts. Any openings in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to come into accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with them. (3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified persons. (4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the floor or other working surface. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)] Prevent Physical damage. In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)] Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)] 191

195 Circuit Sizing and Current (a) Calculation of maximum Circuit Current. Where the requirements of Section (1) and Section (1) are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated as follows: in accordance with (A)(1) through (A)(4). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)] (1) Photovoltaic Source Circuit Currents. The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125 percent. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(1)] (2) Photovoltaic Output Circuit Currents. The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in Section (1) (A)(1). [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(2)] (3) Inverter Output Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(3)] (4) Stand-Alone Inverter Input Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating when the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)(4)] (b) ampacity and overcurrent device ratings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered to be continuous. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)] (1) Sizing of Conductors and Overcurrent Devices. The circuit conductors and overcurrent devices shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in (A). The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with 240.4(B) and (C) of NFPA 70. Overcurrent devices, where required, shall be rated in accordance with the following: [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)] (1) Carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in Section [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)] Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)] (2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section and the temperature rating associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be selected and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowest temperature rating of a connected termination, conductor, or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, corrections, or both. [[NFPA 70: (C), 690.8(B)(1)(b)] (3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104 o F (40 o C), the manufacturer s temperature correction factors shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)] (4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)]. Circuit conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of currents listed below as follows [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]: (a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in Section without any additional correction factors for conditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)] (b) The maximum current calculated in Section after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)] (c) The conductor selected, after application of conditions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent protective device, where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)] overcurrent devices rated 800 amperes or Less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating (above the ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are met: [NFPA 70: 240.4(B)] (1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads. [NFPA 70: 240.4(B)(1)] (2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments). [NFPA 70: 240.4(B)(2)] (3) The next higher standard rating selected does not exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(B)(3)] overcurrent devices exceeding 800 amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the ampacity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in Section (1) [NFPA 70: 240.4(C)] Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by Section (1) through Section (7) after correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. [NFPA:70:240.4(D)] (1) 18 AWG Copper. Seven amperes, provided all the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 192

196 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. [NFPA:70:240.4(D)(1)] (2) 16 AWG Copper. Ten amperes, provided all the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. [NFPA:70:240.4(D)(2)] (3) 14 AWG Copper. Fifteen amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(D)(3)] (4) 12 AWG Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum. Fifteen amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(D)(4)] (5) 12 AWG Copper. Twenty amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(D)(5)] (6) 10 AWG Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum. Twenty five amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(D)(6)] (7) 10 AWG Copper. Thirty amperes. [NFPA 70: 240.4(D)(7)] (2) Internal Current Limitation. Overcurrent protection for photovoltaic output circuits with devices that internally limit the current from the photovoltaic output circuit shall be permitted to be rated at less than the value calculated in (B)(1). This reduced rating shall be not less than 125 percent of the limited current value. Photovoltaic output circuit conductors shall be sized in accordance with (B)(1). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)] Exception: An overcurrent device in an assembly listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be utilized at 100 percent of its rating (C) Systems with multiple direct-current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall not be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] (d) Sizing of module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two (2) or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall not be not less than the sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)] overcurrent Protection (a) Circuits and equipment. Photovoltaic source circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Article 240, of NFPA 70. Circuits connected to more than one (1) electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources. Exceptions: An overcurrent device shall not be required for PV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accordance with Section and located where one of the following applies apply: (1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or the maximum overcurrent protective device size specified on the PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] (b) Power transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Article of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the photovoltaic power source utility-interactive inverter output, not less than the short-circuit rated continuous output current rating of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from that source the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] (C) Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one (1) ampere size increments, starting at one 1 ampere up to and including fifteen (15) amperes. Higher standard values exceeding above fifteen (15) amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows: in 240.6(A) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.9(C)] 193

197 (1) The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)] (d) direct-current rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any dc portion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)] (e) Series overcurrent Protection. In PV source circuits, series-connected strings of two (2) or more modules, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the interconnecting conductors. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)] Stand-alone Systems General. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA 70 except as modified by (A), (B), and (C) Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.10] (a) Inverter output. The ac output from a stand-alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the building or structure disconnecting means at current levels less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. The inverter output rating or the rating of an alternate energy source shall be equal to or greater than the load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the system. Calculated general lighting loads shall not be considered as a single load. [NFPA 70:690.10(A)] (b) Sizing and Protection. The circuit conductors between the inverter output and the building or structure disconnecting means shall be sized based on the output rating of the inverter. These conductors shall be protected from overcurrents in accordance with Article 240 of NFPA 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)] (C) Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to supply one-hundred and twenty (120) volts to single-phase, three (3) wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no two-hundred and forty (240) volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent: WARNING SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! [NFPA 70:690.10(C)] (d) energy Storage or backup Power System requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)] back-fed Circuit breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone inverter output in either stand-alone or utility-interactive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section Section (D) of NFPA 70. Circuit breakers that are marked line and load shall not be backfed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)] back-fed devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug assemblies that are backfed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70: (D)] arc-Fault Circuit Protection (direct Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits or both, on or penetrating a building operating at a PV system maximum voltage of 80 volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protection means shall comply with the following requirements [NFPA 70:690.11]: (1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, connection, module, or other system component in the dc PV source and output circuits. [NFPA 70: (1)] (2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the following: [NFPA 70: (2)] (a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the fault circuit where the fault is detected. [NFPA 70: (2)(a)] (b) System components within the arcing circuit. [NFPA 70: (2)(b)] (3) The system shall require that the disabled or disconnected equipment be manually restarted. [NFPA 70: (3)] (4) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a visual indication that the circuit interrupter has operated. This indication shall not reset automatically. [NFPA 70: (4)] 194

198 III disconnecting means all Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying dc conductors of a photovoltaic system power source from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall either ac or dc, shall not be installed in a grounded conductor if where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. [NFPA 70:690.13] Exceptions: (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system required by Section , or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruption system required by Section , shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. The switch or circuit breaker shall indicate the presence of a ground fault. [NFPA 70:690.13(1)] (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where the following conditions are met. [NFPA 70:690.13(2)] (a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance. [NFPA 70:690.13(2)(1)] (b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.13(2)(2)] (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that is present during operation, including ground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13(2)(3)] Photovoltaic disconnecting additional Provisions. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section (A) through (D) through Section [NFPA 70:690.14] (a) disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] (b) equipment. Equipment such as photovoltaic source circuit isolating switches, overcurrent devices, and blocking diodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic side of the photovoltaic disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.14(B)] (C) requirements for disconnecting means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows: [NFPA 70:690.14(C)] (1) The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. Exception: Installations that comply with Section (E) shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(1)] (2) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a photovoltaic system disconnect. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(2)] (3) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Articles 500 through 517 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(3)] (4) Maximum Number of Disconnects. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six (6) switches or six (6) circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(4)] (5) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to comply with Section (4) (C)(4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)(5)] (d) utility-interactive Inverters mounted in not-readily-accessible Locations. Utility-interactive inverters shall be permitted to be mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not readily accessible. These installations shall comply with the following Section (1) through Section (4) [NFPA 70:690.14(D)]: (1) A direct-current photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)(1)] (2) An alternating-current disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)(2)] (3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with Section (1) (C)(1). [NFPA 70:690.14(D)(3)] (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.12(D)(4)] disconnection of Photovoltaic equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from all ungrounded conductors of all sources. If the equipment is energized from more than one (1) source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one (1) or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] 195

199 disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if the fuse is energized from both directions and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must be serviced that are isolated from energized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or integral with fuse holder and shall comply with Section Where the disconnecting means are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from the overcurrent device, a directory showing the location of each disconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device location. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be marked Do not open under load. [NFPA 70:690.16(B)] Switch or Circuit breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) complying with all of the following requirements [NFPA 70:690.17]: (1) Located where readily accessible. [NFPA 70:690.17(1)] (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. [NFPA 70:690.17(2)] (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position. [NFPA 70:690.17(3)] (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment When Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION. Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it complies with the requirements of Section and is listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.17(4)] Installation and Service of an array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18] IV. Wiring methods methods Permitted (a) Wiring methods Permitted Systems General. All raceway and cable wiring methods included in NFPA 70, this chapter, and other wiring systems and fittings specifically intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at maximum system voltages exceeding greater than 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] (b) Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic module interconnections within the photovoltaic array. Exception: Raceways shall be used when required by Section (A). [NFPA 70:690.31(B)] (C) Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Article of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86 F (30 C), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table [NFPA 70:690.31(C)] (d) Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes sixteen (16) AWG and eighteen (18) AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables meet the ampacity requirements of Section Article of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity adjustment and correction and temperature derating factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] (e) direct-current Photovoltaic Source and output Circuits Inside a building. Where direct-current dc photovoltaic source or output circuits of a utility-interactive inverter from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic systems are installed run inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metallic metal raceways, type mc metal-clad cable that 196

200 complies with Section (10) of NFPA 70 or metal enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with Section , Section and Section (A) through (D). The wiring methods shall comply with the additional installation requirements in Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.31(E)] beneath roofs. Installation of wiring methods shall not exceed 10 inches (254 mm) from the roof decking or sheathing except where directly below the roof surface covered by PV modules and associated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendicular to the roof penetration point to supports not exceeding 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(1)] Flexible Wiring methods. Where flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size ¾ of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm) or Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV power circuit conductors is installed across ceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less than the height of the raceway or cable. Where installed exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equipment, these wiring methods shall closely follow the building surface or be protected from physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(2)] marking or Labeling required. The following wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shall be marked with the wording Photovoltaic Power Source by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved permanent markings as follows: (1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods. (2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes. (3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(3)(1-3)] markings and Labeling methods and Locations. The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. Photovoltaic power circuit labels shall appear on the section of the wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where installed. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(4)] (F) Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated only with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section that are identified and listed for such use. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)] terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be secured without damaging the conductors and shall be made by means of pressure connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to flexible leads. Connection by means of wire-binding screws or studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall be permitted for not more than 10 AWG conductors. Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used to connect aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA 70:110.14(A)] Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-site assembly, when listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall comply with Section (A) through Section (E). [NFPA 70:690.33] (a) Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] (b) Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] (C) type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] (d) Grounding member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] (e) Interruption of Circuit. Connectors shall comply with be one of the following: either (1) or (2): (1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to the operator. (2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and marked Do Not Disconnect Under Load or Not for Current Interrupting. [NFPA 70:690.33(E)] access to boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them is can be rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system complies with Section through Section (A) through (G). [NFPA 70:690.35] 197

201 (a) disconnects. All photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects complying with Section , Part III. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] (b) overcurrent Protection. All photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection complying with Section [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] (C) Ground-Fault Protection. All photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protection device or system that complies with all of the following (1) through (3): (1) Detects a ground fault. (2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred. (3) Automatically disconnects all conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)] Conductors. (d) The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following: (1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables (2) Conductors installed in raceways, or (3) Conductors listed and identified as Photovoltaic (PV) Wire installed as exposed, single conductors. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)] direct-current Circuits. (e) The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems complying with Section (G). [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] Warning. (F) The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits are may be exposed during service: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCk HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED [NFPA 70:690.35(F)] Inverters or Charge Controllers. (G) The inverters or charge controllers used in systems with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 70:690.35(G)] ambient temperature ( F) For SI units: ºC = (ºF - 32)/1.8 table CorreCtIon FaCtorS temperature rating of ConduCtor [nfpa 70: table (C)] 140 F (60 C) 167 F (75 C) 194 F (90 C) 221 F (105 C) ambient temperature ( C) V. Grounding System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one (1) conductor of a two (2) wire system with a photovoltaic system voltage exceeding fifty (50) volts and the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use other methods that provide accomplish equivalent system protection in accordance with Section through Section (A) of NFPA 70 and that utilize equipment listed and identified for the use. Exception: Systems complying with Section [NFPA 70:690.41] electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4 (A)(1)] 198

202 Grounding of electrical equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on these materials. [NFPA 70:250.4 (A)(2)] bonding of electrical equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4 (A)(3)] bonding of electrically Conductive materials and other equipment. Normally non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials that become energized shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4 (A)(4)] effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive material that become energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance circuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrent device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the maximum ground-fault current likely to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a ground fault occurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4 (A)(5)] Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any single point on the photovoltaic output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.42] Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in accordance with Section shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection equipment Grounding. Equipment grounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section through Section [NFPA 70:690.43] General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section or Section , or (A) of NFPA 70 regardless of voltage. [NFPA 70:690.43(A)] equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring methods (Fixed) Grounding. Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit conductor as permitted by Section , non current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures, if grounded, shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the following methods: (1) By connecting to any of the equipment grounding conductors permitted by Section [NFPA 70: (A)] (2) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conductors. Exceptions: (1) As provided in Section , the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. (2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70: (B)] equipment Considered Grounded. Non-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be considered grounded where electrical equipment secured to and in electrical contact with a metal rack or structure provided for its support and connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the means indicated in Section The structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. [NFPA 70: (A)] equipment Grounding Conductor required. An equipment grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with the following conditions of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]: (1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and subject to contact by persons. (2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated. (3) Where in electrical contact with metal. (4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location. (5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an equipment grounding conductor. (6) Where equipment operates with any terminal at over 150 volts to ground. Exceptions: (1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently and effectively insulated from ground shall not be required to be grounded. (2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at a height exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) aboveground or grade level shall not be required to be grounded. 199

203 (3) Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required to be connected to the equipment grounding conductor. Where such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA 70: ] Structure as equipment Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules, or other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed metal surfaces or other equipment mounting structures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as equipment-grounding conductors or shall have identified bonding jumpers or devices connected between the separate metallic sections and shall be bonded to the grounding system. metallic frames of PV modules to grounded mounting structures. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)] Photovoltaic mounting Systems and devices. Devices and systems used for mounting PV modules that are also used to provide grounding of the module frames shall be identified for the purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA 70: (D)] adjacent modules. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70: (E)] Combined Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway, or cable, or otherwise installed run with the PV array circuit conductors where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)] types of equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor installed with or enclosing the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the following: (1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any shape. (2) Rigid metal conduit. (3) Intermediate metal conduit. (4) Electrical metallic tubing. (5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquid tight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (d) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (6) Listed liquid tight flexible metal conduit meeting all the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (b) For trade sizes ⅜ of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (c) For trade sizes 3 4 of an inch through of an inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible metal conduit, flexible metallic tubing, or liquid tight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes 3 8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) in the ground-fault current path. (d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquid tight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (e) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated in listed fittings and meeting the following conditions: (a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquid tight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (8) Armor of Type AC cable as provided in Section (9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable. (10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more of the following: 200

204 (a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in compliance with Section (1). (b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated equipment grounding/bonding conductor of interlocked metal tape type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath and equipment grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (11) Cable trays as permitted in Section and Section of NFPA 70. (12) Cable bus framework as permitted in Article of NFPA 70. (13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters. (14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. [NFPA 70: (1 18)] nongrounding receptacle replacement or branch Circuit extensions. The equipment grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be permitted to be connected to any of the following: (1) Any accessible point on the grounding electrode system as described in Section of NFPA 70. (2) Any accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor. (3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit originates. (4) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor within the service equipment enclosure. (5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 70: (C)] Size of equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Section or Section (A) or (B). [NFPA 70:690.45] (a) General. Equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Table of NFPA 70. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table of NFPA 70. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)] table minimum SIZe equipment GroundInG ConduCtorS For GroundInG raceway and equipment 1 [nfpa 70: table ] rating or SettInG of automatic overcurrent SIZe (awg or kcmil) device In CIrCuIt ahead of equipment, ConduIt, aluminum or CoPPer etc., not exceeding (amperes) CoPPer CLad aluminum Notes: 1 Where necessary to comply with Section , the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table. 2 See installation restrictions in Section /0 2/0 3/0 4/ /0 2/0 3/0 4/

205 (b) Ground-Fault Protection not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance with Section through Section (A) through (C), each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of not less than at least two (2) times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. [NFPA 70:690.45(B)] array equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules smaller less than 6 AWG shall comply with (C) of NFPA 70 where not routed with circuit conductors as permitted in Section and Section (2), equipment grounding conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected from physical damage by an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces of the framing members of buildings or structures and where not subject to physical damage. [NFPA 70: and NFPA 70: (C)] Grounding electrode System (a) alternating-current Systems. If installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Article through Article of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance Section through Section with of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] Installation of electrodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) and bonding jumpers interconnecting grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods. The grounding electrode conductor shall be sized for the largest grounding electrode conductor required among the electrode connected to it. [NFPA 70: (F)] (1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to a convenient grounding electrode available in the grounding electrode system where the other electrode(s), where any, is connected by bonding jumpers that are installed in accordance with Section or Section [NFPA 70: (F)(1)] (2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall be permitted to be run to one or more grounding electrode(s) individually. [NFPA 70: (F)(2)] (3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) shall be permitted to be connected to an aluminum or copper busbar not less than ¼ of an inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). The busbar shall be securely fastened and shall be installed in an accessible location. Connections shall be made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to the busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall comply with Section [NFPA 70: (F)(3)] aluminum or Copper-Clad aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or cooper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall be not terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70: (A)] Protection against Physical damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be permitted to be installed on or through framing members. A copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall be protected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it is securely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, or cable armor. [NFPA 70: (B)] Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice or joint. Where necessary, splices or connections shall be made in accordance with the following: [NFPA 70: (C)] (1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible compression-type connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding process. [NFPA 70: (C)(1)] (2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding electrode conductor. [NFPA 70: (C)(2)] (3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of structural metal frames of building structures. [NFPA 70: (C)(3)] (4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping. [NFPA 70: (C)(4)] (b) direct-current Systems. If installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section through Section of NFPA 70 for grounded systems or Section of NFPA 70 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section through Section of NFPA 70. A common dc grounding-electrode conductor shall be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the common grounding electrode and the tap conductors shall be in accordance with Section through Section The tap conductors shall be connected to the common grounding-electrode conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment in such a manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] 202

206 not Smaller than the neutral Conductor. Where the dc system consist of a three-wire balancer set or balancer winding with overcurrent protection as provided in Article (D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrode conductor shall not be smaller than the neutral conductor and shall not be smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70: (A)] not Smaller than the Largest Conductor. Where the dc system is other than as in Section , the grounding electrode conductor shall not be smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the system, and not smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70: (B)] Connected to rod, Pipe, or Plate electrodes. Where connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance with Section or Section , that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA 70: (C)] rod and Pipe electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall not be less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall consist of the following materials [NFPA 70: (A)(5)]: (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller than metric designator 21 (trade size 3 4 ) and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. [NFPA 70: (A)(5)(a)] (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall not less than 5 8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70: (A)(5)(b)] Plate electrodes. A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 square feet (0.186 m 2 ) of surface to exterior soil. Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron or steel plates shall be not less than ¼ of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid, uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. [NFPA 70: (A)(7)] Connected to a Concrete-encased electrode. Where connected to concrete-encased electrode as in Section , that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is that sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. [NFPA 70: (D)] Concrete-encased electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) or one of the following [NFPA 70: (A)(3)]: (1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less than ½ of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 mm) length, or where in multiple pieces connected together by the usual steel tie wires, exothermic welding, welding, or other effective means to create a length of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). [NFPA 70: (A)(3)(1)] (2) Bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG. Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete and shall be located horizontally within that portion of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth or within vertical foundation or structural components or members that are in direct contact with the earth. Where multiple concrete-encased electrodes are present at a building or structure, it shall be permissible to bond only one into the grounding electrode system. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)(2)] Concrete installed with insulation, vapor barriers, films or similar items separating the concrete from the earth shall not be considered to be in direct contact with the earth. [NFPA 70: (A)(3)(informational note)] Connected to a Ground ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section , that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger than the conductor used for the ground ring. [NFPA 70: (E)] Ground ring. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting of not more than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not smaller than 2 AWG. [NFPA 70: (A)(4)]: ungrounded direct-current Separately derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Article of NFPA 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a standalone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an electrode that is in accordance with Part III of Article 250 of NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, and exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the metal enclosure at a point on the separately derived system from the source to the first system disconnecting means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accordance with Section through Section [NFPA 70: ] (C) Systems with alternating-current and direct-current Grounding requirements. Systems with alternating-current and direct-current grounding requirements shall comply with items (C)(1) through (C)(8): (1) Where photovoltaic power systems have both alternating-current (ac) and direct-current (dc) grounding requirements, the dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system. 203

207 (2) A bonding conductor between these systems shall be sized as the larger of the dc requirement in accordance with Section , the ac requirements based on the inverter alternating current overcurrent device rating and of NFPA 70, and the system bonding requirements of of NFPA 70. (3) A conductor that serves as both an equipment grounding conductor and as part of the bond between ac and dc systems for an inverter incorporating dc ground-fault protection shall meet the requirements for equipment bonding jumpers in accordance with of NFPA 70 but shall not be subject to the requirements for bonding jumpers in accordance with of NFPA 70. A single conductor shall be permitted to be used to perform the multiple functions of dc grounding, ac grounding, and bonding between ac and dc systems. (4) A bonding conductor or equipment grounding conductor that serves multiple inverters shall be sized based on the sum of applicable maximum currents used in item (2). (5) A common ground bus shall be permitted to be used for both systems. (6) A common grounding electrode shall be permitted to be used for both systems, in which case the grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the ac ground system bonding point. (7) Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be sized to meet the requirements of both (ac system) and (dc system) of NFPA 70. (8) For systems with utility-interactive inverters, the premises grounding system serves as the ac grounding system. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and ac circuits with no direct connection between the dc grounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of the methods in Section through Section This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Where methods in Section or Section are used, the existing ac grounding electrode system shall comply with the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70: (C)] Separate direct-current Grounding electrode System bonded to the alternating-current Grounding electrode System. A separate dc grounding electrode or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded directly to the ac grounding electrode system. The size of any bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc systems shall be based on the larger size of the existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Article of NFPA 70. The dc grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the ac grounding electrode system shall not be used as a substitute for any required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70: (C)(1)] Common direct-current and alternating-current Grounding electrode. A dc grounding electrode conductor of the size specified in Article shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode connection point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Article (C)(1). This dc grounding electrode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for any required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70: (C)(2)] Combined direct-current Grounding electrode Conductor and alternating-current equipment Grounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode conductor connection point along with the ac circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the associated ac equipment. This combined grounding conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified in Article or Article of NFPA 70 and shall be installed in accordance with Article (E) of NFPA 70.[NFPA 70: (C)(3)] (d) additional electrodes for array Grounding. Grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with of NFPA 70 at the location of all ground-and-pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays and as close as practicable to the location of roofmounted photovoltaic arrays. The electrodes shall be connected directly to the array frame(s) or structure. The dc grounding electrode conductor shall be sized according to of NFPA 70. Additional electrodes are not permitted to be used as a substitute for equipment bonding or equipment grounding conductor requirements. The structure of a ground- or pole-mounted photovoltaic array shall be permitted to be considered a grounding electrode if it meets the requirements of of NFPA 70. Roof-mounted photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted to use the metal frame of a building or structure if the requirements of (A)(2) of NFPA 70 are met. Exceptions: (1) Array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required where the load served by the array is integral with the array. (2) Additional array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required if located within six (6) feet ( 1829 mm) of the premises wiring electrode Continuity of equipment Grounding Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photovoltaic source or output circuit equipment, a bonding jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.48] Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode con- 204

208 ductor and the photovoltaic source and/or, photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, a bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] equipment bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, if used, shall comply with Section (C) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.50] VI marking directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting all electrical power sources on or in the premises, shall be installed at each service equipment location and at locations of all electric power production sources capable of being interconnected. Exception: Installations with large numbers of power production sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups. [NFPA 70:705.10] modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with the following ratings: (1) Open-circuit voltage (2) Operating voltage (3) Maximum permissible system voltage (4) Operating current (5) Short-circuit current (6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51] alternating-current Photovoltaic modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings: (1) Nominal operating ac voltage (2) Nominal operating ac frequency (3) Maximum ac power (4) Maximum ac current (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection [NFPA 70:690.52] direct-current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic power source indicating items (1) through (5) shall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the photovoltaic disconnecting means as follows for this power source: (1) Rated maximum power-point current (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage (3) Maximum system voltage (4) Short-circuit current (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (if installed). [NFPA 70:690.53] Interactive System Point of Interconnection. All interactive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage. [NFPA 70:690.54] Photovoltaic Power Systems employing energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energy storage shall also be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any equalization voltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] Identification of Power Sources. (a) Facilities with Stand-alone Systems. Any structure or building with a photovoltaic power system that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)] (b) Facilities with utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the photovoltaic system disconnecting means, if not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)] VII. Connection to other Sources Load disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources when in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57] 205

209 Identified Interactive equipment. Only inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic system shall automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61] ampacity of neutral Conductor. If a single-phase, two (2) wire inverter output is connected to the neutral conductor and one (1) ungrounded conductor (only) of a three (3) wire system or of a three (3) phase, four (4) wire wye-connected system, the maximum load connected between the neutral conductor and any one (1) ungrounded conductor plus the inverter output rating shall not exceed the ampacity of the neutral conductor. [NFPA 70:690.62] A conductor used solely for instrumentation, voltage detection, or phase detection, and connected to a single-phase or 3-phase utility-interactive inverter, shall be permitted to be sized at less than the ampacity of the other current-carrying conductors and shall be sized equal to or larger than the equipment grounding conductor unbalanced Interconnections. (a) Single Phase. Single-phase inverters for photovoltaic hybrid systems and ac modules in interactive solar photovoltaic hybrid systems shall not be connected to three (3) phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages cannot result. [NFPA 70: (A)] (b) three Phase. Three (3) phase inverters and three (3) phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one (1) or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70: (B)] Point of Connection. The output of a utility-interactive inverter interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as specified in Section through Section (A) or (B). [NFPA 70:705.12] (a) Supply Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means as permitted in Article (6) of NFPA 70. The sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connected to power production sources shall not exceed the rating of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)] Integrated electrical Systems. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates protective equipment in accordance with applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70: (B)] Greater than 100 kw. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where all of the following conditions are met [NFPA 70: (C)]: (1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100 kw (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000 volts (1.60 J). [NFPA 70: (C)(1)] (2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service and operate the system. [NFPA 70: (C)(2)] (3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA 70: (C)(3)] utility-interactive Inverters (b)load Side. The output of a utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including switchboards and panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall comply with Section through Section (B) (1) through (B) (7). [NFPA 70:705.12(D)] (1) dedicated overcurrent and disconnect. Each source interconnection shall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)] (2) bus or Conductor rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for all busbars and conductors. Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has an energy storage device to allow stand-alone operation of loads, the value used in the calculation of bus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of the rated utility-interactive current from the inverter instead of the rating of the overcurrent device between the inverter and the bus or conductor. [NFPA 70: (D)(2)] (3) Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of all ground-fault protection equipment. 206

210 Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is groundfault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connected to the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(3)] (4) marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of all sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(4)] (5) Suitable for backfeed. Circuit breakers, if backfed, shall be suitable for such operation. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(5)] (6) Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers backfed from utility-interactive inverters complying with Section shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. normally required by (D) for such applications. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(6)] (7) Inverter output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of all overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for all busbar and conductors. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE [NFPA 70: (D)(7)] VIII Storage batteries Installation. (a) General. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] (b) dwellings. (1) Operating Voltage. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than fifty (50) volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section shall be permitted. (2)Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] (C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] (d) battery nonconductive Cases and Conductive racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use or be installed in conductive cases. or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within six (6) inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] (e) disconnection of Series battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twentyfour (24) two (2) volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of twenty-four (24) cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] (F) battery maintenance disconnecting means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A nonload-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] (G)battery Systems exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than twenty-four (24) two (2) volt cells connected in series (exceeding forty-eight (48) volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met [NFPA 70:690.71(G)]: 207

211 (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section (2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded. (3) Main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA 70:690.71(G)] battery Locations. Battery locations shall comply with the following: (1) Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA 70:480.9(A)] (2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot (ft 3 /min) ( m 3 /s) of floor area of the room to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location at the exterior of the building. (3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air intakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation of contaminated air. (4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage. (5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or explosive materials occurs. (6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of not less than 12 inches (304.8 mm) from combustible material battery Locations. Batteries shall be located in an area that is free of combustible materials and trash Heat Sources. Batteries shall be located a distance from open flame appliances to provide protection from heat sources subject to the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction damage to equipment. Batteries shall be located a distance from equipment in order to provide protection to such equipment in the event of electrolyte spillage Sunlight. Batteries shall be not located under direct sunlight exhaust rate. A battery room shall be provided with an exhaust rate not less than 1.5 cubic feet per minute per square foot (ft 3 /min/ft 2 ) (4572 L/min/ft 2 ) disposal. Disposal and recycling of lead-acid batteries shall be in accordance with manufacturer s instructions, government regulations, and local hazardous waste management agencies Charge Control. (a)general Standard. A charging controller shall comply be in accordance with UL or equivalent standards. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by one (1) hour is less than three (3) percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] (b) diversion Charge Controller. (1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging of the battery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)] (2) Circuits with direct-current diversion Charge Controller and diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)]: (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array. (2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge controller (3) PV Systems using utility-interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with the following (1) and (2) [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)]: (1) These systems shall not be required to comply with Section (B)(2). The charge regulation circuits used shall comply with the requirements of Section (2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)] 208

212 buck/boost direct-current Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the requirements shall comply with the following [NFPA 70: (C)]: (1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70: (C)(1)] (2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70: (C)(2)] battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes 2/0 AWG and larger shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Article (A) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.74] IX. Systems over 600 Volts General. Solar photovoltaic systems with a maximum system voltage exceeding over six-hundred (600) volts dc shall comply with Section through Section , Article 490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable to installations with a system voltage exceeding rated over six-hundred (600) volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] definitions. For the purposes of this section Part IX of this chapter, the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows [NFPA 70:690.85]: (1) battery Circuits. In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced under charging or equalizing conditions. [NFPA 70:690.85] (2) Photovoltaic Circuits. In dc photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits, the maximum system voltage. [NFPA 70:690.85] Guarding of High-Voltage energized Parts Within a Compartment. Where access for other than visual inspection is required to a compartment that contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or other equipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall be permitted in compartments accessible to qualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70: ] High-Voltage equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked. [NFPA 70: (A)] Circuit breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA 70: (A)(1)(a)] operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics [NFPA 70: (A)(2)]: (1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power [NFPA 70: (A)(2)(1)] (2) Be release free (trip free) [NFPA 70: (A)(2)(2)] (3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed of the manual operation [NFPA 70: (A)(2)(3)] (4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts [NFPA 70: (A)(2)(4)] (5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated [NFPA 70: (A)(2)(5)] nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer s name or trademark, manufacturer s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70: (A)(3)] High Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switch between the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capacity of the switch. [NFPA 70: (B)(7)] 209

213 Exception. More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches are installed to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more than one source. [NFPA 70: (B)(7)] Voltage rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the circuit voltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70: (B)(3)] SubStantIatIon: Item #84 should be approved based on the following reasons: 1. The definition for FPN should be deleted in accordance with the applicability section in Chapter 2 as the term is not referenced in the code. 2. The definitions for inverter and photovoltaic system voltage should be revised to correlate with the 2011 edition of NFPA 70, and in accordance with our regulations that require an update on extracts to the latest version. 3. The definitions for monopole subarray and subarray should be added to the code as they are addressed in Chapter 10 and are based on the 2011 edition of NFPA The revisions that have been made to Chapter 10 are necessary to correlate the 2012 USEC with the 2011 edition of NFPA

214 Item # 96 Comment Seq # 36 USEC 2012 ( ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: Photovoltaic Shingles General. Photovoltaic shingles shall serve as part of a building component used as weather protection in addition to generating solar electricity materials. Photovoltaic shingles shall not be made of glass Wiring. Electrical lead wires for photovoltaic shingles shall be not less than no.18 AWG and shall not extend less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the shingle Installation Placement. Photovoltaic shingles shall be nailed on roof decking with not less than 30 pound (13.6 kg) felt sheeting Weather Protection. A weather resistant seal shall be provided by the photovoltaic shingles manufacturer assembly. The construction of photovoltaic shingles shall provide a wind- and a water-tight roof template. Shingles manufacturer shall provide template to place holes for wiring to be pulled through the roof Course. Photovoltaic shingles shall match the course of existing conventional shingles Shingle Face. The photovoltaic shingle face shall have a granular surface texture Structure Wind Load. Photovoltaic shingles shall be capable of withstanding 80 miles per hour (m/h)(128.7 km/h) wind loads. SubStantIatIon: The above code language provides minimum requirements for photovoltaic shingles installed with the purpose of weather protection and electric generation. Photovoltaic shingles must be made of unbreakable materials therefore glass must not be used. Weather-resistant seal must be provided by the photovoltaic shingle manufacturer to maintain the integrity of the surrounding conventional shingles and to protect structure from weather conditions. The seal should help bond shingles together forming a weather-resistant seal during daylight. The photovoltaic shingle face is textured to blend and complement the granular surface of conventional surrounding shingles. CommIttee action: Reject CommIttee Statement: The proposed text is overly restrictive and incomplete. The roof covering (PV shingles) and roof assembly should be addressed through a fire classification based on its type of construction. Wiring for PV shingles is covered by the manufacturer s installation instructions. There is no basis to determine whether the face of PV shingles should have a granular surface texture. Wind speeds should depend on project area. a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: April Trafton, Donald F. Dickerson Associates recommendation: Request to replace the code change proposal by this public comment Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles. Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL 1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions and the building code. 211

215 SubStantIatIon: The USEC does not provide material or installation requirements for building integrated photovoltaic technologies such as photovoltaic modules, panels, or shingles. The reasons the original proposal was rejected during the ROP process was that the language was too restrictive and did not take into account the manufacturer s installation instructions. The proposed public comment should address the issues of the TC by referencing the appropriate material standard (UL 1703), and by requiring the installation to comply with the manufacturer s installation instructions and the building code. 212

216 Item # 103 Comment Seq # 37 USEC 2012 ( , , Table ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Add new text as follows: CHaPter 11 PumPS General Scope. This chapter governs the installation, sizing, and marking of pumps used in solar water heating systems Pump Capacity General. Pumps used in solar water heating systems shall be capable to produce a flow rate through the collectors in accordance with Table table PumP CaPaCItY table type of CoLLeCtorS minimum FLoW rate Per SQuare Foot of CoLLeCtor (in pound-force per minute) Glazed Collectors 0.25 Unglazed Collectors For SI units: 1 pound-force per minute = kg/min. (relocate existing Chapter 11 to Chapter 13) SubStantIatIon: The above code language provides minimum flow rate through the solar collectors in order to achieve optimal performance out of solar water heating systems. To avoid overheating, the solar system require a minimum flow of heating media through the loop. CommIttee action: Accept as Amended by the TC Amend proposal as follows: Pump Capacity General. Pumps used in solar water heating systems shall be capable to produce a flow rate through the collectors in accordance with Table table PumP CaPaCItY table type of CoLLeCtorS minimum FLoW rate Per SQuare Foot of CoLLeCtor (in pound-force per minute) Glazed Collectors 0.25 Unglazed Collectors For SI units: 1 pound-force per minute = kg/min. CommIttee Statement: The modification deletes requirements that should be addressed within the manufacturer s installation instructions while maintaining a separate chapter for pumps within the USEC. 213

217 a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Al Rich, Solar Roofs.com, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. CHaPter 11 PumPS P Pump (Circulating). A device that circulates liquids or gases within a closed circuit for an intended purpose General Scope. This chapter governs the installation, sizing, and marking, operation of circulating pumps used in solar water heating systems Installation General. The selection of pumps shall be based on fluids to be pumped, pump head and flow rates, power source, maximum operating temperatures, pressures and compatible materials for seals, gaskets etc. Circulating pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions maintenance. Circulating pumps shall be installed to allow for service and maintenance. Isolating valves shall be installed on both sides of the pump Wiring. Electrical connections, wiring, and devices installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall be in accordance with NFPA 70. Electric motors installed in areas that contain flammable vapors or dusts shall be of a type approved for such environment mounting. Where the installation of a circulating pump will cause strain on the piping, the circulating pump shall be mounted on a substantial base in a manner that will eliminate strain on the piping. Where means for controlling vibration of a pump is required, an approved means for support and restraint shall be provided design and operation Flow rate. The flow rate of a circulating pump shall be determined by the pressure a pump must develop to overcome dynamic head based on the size and length of the pipe and fittings; the friction head loss based on the viscosity of the fluid; and in accordance with the solar collector manufacturer s instructions. For drainback systems, the pump design shall overcome the total head pressure drop of the system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. The available water or heat transfer medium supply shall be based on the minimum pressure control setting for the pump materials. Circulating pumps shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the heat transfer medium operation. Over-temperature protection shall be provided for circulating pumps by the use of temperature sensors installed upstream of the solar collector and on the thermal storage tank in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. The temperature set point shall comply with the manufacturer s instructions. The pumps shall automatically turn off when the system is not in operation. SubStantIatIon: Item #103 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. The definition for circulating pumps is necessary since it is a term used throughout the USEC. 2. In Section , scope requirements are already addressed in Chapter 1, and therefore should not be included in this section. The term markings should be removed and replaced with the term operation. Provisions for markings are already addressed in Chapter 3, and therefore should not be included in this section. Operation provisions should be added to this Section because it is important that the user understands a pump will be controlled. The term circulating should be added when referencing pumps in solar thermal systems as it is a term that is used throughout the industry, and it will correlate with language used in the 2009 Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub code when referencing pumps used for the same intended purpose. 214

218 3. In Section , language should be added to provide a user with the minimum requirements for pump selection and installation. The selection of a pump is based on the following parameters: the total head or pressure against which it must operate, desired flow rate, power source, operation design conditions, pump material, and the characteristics of the fluid. Therefore, provisions should be added to provide the end user the minimum requirements needed when selecting a pump. Furthermore, some pumps must be primed or wet when they start, as they are not designed to suck liquid into the impeller. Unlike positive-displacement pumps, which can lift a fluid from below the pump, pumps must have the impeller housing filled with the circulating fluid at all times. They are used in closed plumbing loops that are always entirely filled or in systems with the pump situated lower than a tank s water level. By adding this section it clarifies that not all pumps are the same and to ensure proper installation. 4. Section should be added to prevent installations of pumps where it is difficult to service or maintain. Furthermore, provisions should be added for the installation of isolating valves upstream and downstream of a circulating pump. Isolation valves should be a part of every solar thermal circulating pump to isolate the pump in case of a problem. 5. Section should be added to provide the user with proper guidance for electrical installations such as connections, wiring, and devices. NFPA 70 is the standard used in Chapter 10 (Electrical) and should be referenced for all electrical provisions throughout the USEC code. 6. Section should be added since pipe strain is one of the leading causes of pump failures. Provisions should also be provided for the protection of pumps from excessive vibration. Flexible connectors, expansion devices, and vibration devices are commonly used to reduce or monitor vibration on pumps, and should be of an approved material and location to ensure proper installation. 7. Section should be added because the selection of a circulating pump is a function of the pressure, head loss, and viscosity of the fluid. Furthermore, the flow rate through a collector must be sufficient to remove heat from the collector. This flow rate can be obtained from the manufacturer s instructions. The pump design must overcome the pressure drop of the system to push the fluid to the top of the loop or, in the case of a drainback solar water heater, to the top of the collectors. If the pump falls short, the system will not function. An undersized pump without sufficient head will not work. 8. Section should be added since the material of the pump must be compatible with the heat transfer medium in order to prevent a system failure. The less expensive pumps are made with an iron impeller housing but are only usable in closed-loop systems where little or no oxygenated water exists. 9. Section should be added since the operation of pumps must be controlled via temperature sensing devices located upstream of the collector and the thermal storage tank in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. If such devices are not installed, or installed incorrectly, they can cause the pump to be turned off, and therefore cause an insufficient amount of heat transfer to the potable water system. 215

219 Item # 104 Comment Seq # 38 USEC 2012 (1101.0, , Table ): SubmItter: John Arnold Self recommendation: Revise text as follows: General Standards. The standards listed in Table are intended for use in the design, testing, and installation of materials, devices, appliances, and equipment regulated by this code. CHaPter 11 material StandardS table referenced StandardS Standards for Materials, Equipment, Joints and Connections Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevant portions of all such standards shall apply. Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASCE Earthquake-Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices Fuel Gas, Earthquake Valves, Shut- off Valves ASHRAE * Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Miscellaneous Energy Chapter 8 ASHRAE * Methods of Testing to Determine the Thermal Performance of Solar Testing Collectors ASHRAE * Thermal Testing of 32 Residential Solar Water Heating Systems Testing ASME A * Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems Piping ASME A * Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water-Connected Fittings Table 403.2(a) Receptors) ASME A Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances, and Appurtenances Fittings Table 403.2(a) (R2005)* ASME A Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains DWV Components (R2008)* ASME A Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings Table /CSA B * ASME A Plumbing Fixture Waste Fittings Fittings Table /CSA B ASME A Performance Requirements for Backflow Protection Devices and Systems kitchen, Shampoo (R2008)* in Plumbing Fixture Fittings Bowls, Shower Fit- tings With Flexible Hose Backflow Protection ASME A Flexible Water Connectors (same as CSA 125.6) Connectors 406.7, /CSA B * ASME B Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch Threads Joints (R2006)* ASME B * Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings ASME B Gray Iron Threaded Fittings,: Classes 125 and 250 (Includes Revision Fittings (R2006)* Services) ASME B * Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1 2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Joints Fittings Standard ASME B (R20069)* Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings Piping, Ferrous

220 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Piping, Copper Table Alloy Fittings ASME B Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings (Note 1) Fittings Table (R2005)* ASME B * Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints ASME B Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table (R2005)* ASME B Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings; DWV Fittings (R2006)* ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, Fittings , 900, 1500, and 2500 ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings ASME B * ASME B (R2007)* Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV (Note 1) Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to 125 psi (Sizes NPS 1 2 NPS 24) Fittings Valves ASME B * Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End Valves ASME B * ASME BPVC Section IV-2007* ASME BPVC Section VIII-2007* Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 Through NPS 60 Metric/Inch Standard Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1 Piping, Ferrous Boiler Construction, Heating Boilers Miscellaneous Pressure Vessels Construction, Pressure Vessels Miscellaneous ASME BPVC Section IX-2007* Welding and Brazing Qualifications Certification ASSE * Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection 403.2(a) ASSE * Anti-Siphon Fill Valves (Ballcocks) for Gravity Water Closet Flush Tanks Backflow Protection 403.2(a) ASSE * Water Pressure Reducing Valves Valves ASSE * Water Hammer Arrestors Miscellaneous, Water Supply Component ASSE * Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) Principle Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers ASSE * Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual Showers and Showers in Valves Tub/Shower Combinations ASSE * Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Distribution Systems Valves ASSE * Trap Seal Primer Valves Potable Water Supplied Valves ASSE * Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrant, Freeze Resistant Automatic Draining Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) Type ASSE * Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Backflow Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic Design Types DWV Components ASSE * Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a)

221 referenced Standard number Standard title application SeCtIonS ASSE * Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE Series Professional Qualification Standard for Backflow Prevention Assemblies, Testers, Repairers and Surveyors Certification ASTM A * Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded, and Seamless Steel Pipe Piping, Ferrous Table 403.2(a) 406.0, Table ASTM A Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A a8 ASTM A Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes Piping, Ferrous Table Fittings Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Piping, Ferrous Table (R2008) e1 ASTM A (R20038) ASTM A *(R2009) e1 ASTM A (R2008) Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous Table Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Nipples High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Fittings, Nipples Piping, Ferrous Piping, Fittings Ferrous ASTM B Solder Metal (Note 2) Bar, Flux Joints ASTM B e1 (R2004) ASTM B (R2004) 2009 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Copper Pipe Piping, Copper Alloy Red Brass Pipe Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Seamless Copper Tube Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Seamless Copper Water Tube Water Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B , ASTM B 135M-2000 (2006) 2008a Seamless Brass Tube (Metric) Seamless Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table Table Table Table Table ASTM B a9 Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar Miscellaneous ASTM B e1 General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper Copper-Alloy Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Threadless Pipe (TP) Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Welded Copper Tube Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B a9 Copper Alloy Sand Casting for General Applications (Note 3) Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Welded Brass Tube Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B e1 (R2005) ASTM B e1 (R2009) ASTM B Table Table Table Table Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Pipe Nipples Piping, Copper Alloy Table Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube Joints Copper and Copper Alloys Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube Joints Assembly and Fittings ASTM C Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe Piping, Non-Metallic Table ASTM C Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Piping, Non-Metallica Table (R2004) e1 218

222 Standard number Standard title application ASTM C Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Thermal Insulating Materials ASTM C (R2009) ASTM C (R2006) Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Joints referenced SeCtIonS Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Sewer Pipe (Notes 4 and 5) Piping, Non-Metallic Table ASTM C a e1 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints Chapter 5 ASTM C a9 Rubber Gaskets for Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints ASTM C a9 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated Piping, Non-Metallic Table 403.2(a) ASTM C (R2005) Borosilicate Glass Pipe and Fittings for Drain, Waste and Vent (DWV) Applications (Note 1) Piping, Non-Metallic Table 403.2(a) ASTM C a Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints Chapter 5 ASTM D * Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing ASTM D ASTM D Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position Certification Testing 804.3, Testing ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Schedule 40, 80, and 120 Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D Rubber O-rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Joints (R2005) e1 ASTM D * ASTM D * Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SDR-PR) based on Controlled Inside Diameter Joints Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D * ASTM D * ASTM D * ASTM D b 2009* ASTM D e1 ASTM D (R2008)* Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Fittings Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Fittings Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Fittings Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (Note 1) Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (Notes 1) Product Piping, Plastic Table Table Joints Piping, Plastic Fittings Table ASTM D Practice for Heating Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Plastic ASTM D * ASTM D * ASTM D a (R20039)* ASTM D * Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Table Piping, Plastic Table Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement Joints Socket-type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing Fittings Table ASTM D * Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D * Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D b* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems Piping, Plastic Table

223 Standard number Standard title application ASTM D (R2002)* Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings referenced SeCtIonS Joints ASTM D * Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D * ASTM D * Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing Piping, Plastic Table Fittings Table ASTM D a* Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns (Note 1) Piping, Plastic Fittings ASTM E b 2009c* ASTM E ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F (R2005) 2009* ASTM F b* ASTM F * ASTM F e1 8* ASTM F * Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Certification Miscellaneous Table Pipe Insulation Joints Piping, Plastic Fittings Piping, Plastic Fittings Piping, Plastic Fittings Table Table Table Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Piping, Plastic Table Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Ratios (SDR) Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core (Note 1) Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic Table Joints Piping, Plastic Table Joints ASTM F * Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F a9* ASTM F (R2006)* ASTM F * ASTM F * Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems Coextruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe with a Cellular Core Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure Pipe ASTM F a e1 8* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F a9* ASTM F a* ASTM F * Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Rein-forcing Rings for Use with Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Metal Mechanical Cold Flare Compression Fittings with Disc Spring for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Special Engineered Fittings or Appurtenances or Valves for Use in Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Systems Piping, Plastic Piping, Plastic Table Piping, Plastic Table Fittings Table Composite Crosslinked PE Piping, Plastic Composite Pressure Pipe Piping, Plastic Pipe Fittings Piping, Fittings Cold and Hot Water Distribution Fittings Table Piping, Plastic Table

224 Standard number Standard title application ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * Factory Assembled Anodeless Risers and Transition Fittings in Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide 11 (PA11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Fuel Gas Distribution Systems Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression Sleeves for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Ring for SDR9 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Tubing OD Controlled SDR9 Fittings, Connection Fuel Gas Joints Fittings PEX Fittings Pipe Connection Joints Pipe Connection Piping, Plastic ASTM F e1 Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Pressure-Rated Piping Systems Polypropylene Piping, Plastic ASTM F Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Pipe Fittings Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Tubing AWS A * Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding Pipe Joints AWS B Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification Certification AWWA C * Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm Through 1,200 mm) for Water and Other Liquids Pipe Construction Fittings AWWA C * Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water Water Pipe Piping, Ferrous AWWA C * Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, for Water Service Piping, Ferrous Fittings AWWA C * Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines Enamel and Tape Hot Applied AWWA C * Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines referenced SeCtIonS Table Table Table Table Pipe Coatings Miscellaneous Table Miscellaneous Table AWWA C * Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Piping, Ferrous AWWA C * Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe, 4 inches. Through 16 inches. (100 mm Through 400 mm), for Water Distribution Systems and Transmission Piping, Non-Metallic AWWA C * Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service Gate Valves AWWA C * Ball Valves, 6 inches. Through 48 inches. (152 mm Through 1200 mm) Valves AWWA C * Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Prevention Table 403.2(a) AWWA C * Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Prevention Table 403.2(a) AWWA C * Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings 4 Piping, Plastic inches. through 12 inches. (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Transmission Table and Distribution AWWA C * Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1 2 inches. (13 mm) Piping, Plastic Table through 3 inches. (76 mm), for Water Service BS EN :2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Solar Collectors (Part 1: Collector General Requirements) BS EN :2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Solar Collectors (Part 2: Test Collector Methods) BS EN :2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Factory Made Systems (Part Solar System : General Requirements) BS EN :2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Factory Made Systems (Part Solar System : Test Methods) BS EN ISO 9488:2000 Solar Energy Vocabulary Miscellaneous Chapter 2 CISPI Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous CSA B Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers (RP) Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) 221

225 Standard number Standard title application CSA B (R2006) CSA B Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Polyethylene (PE) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold Water Pressure Services referenced SeCtIonS Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) Piping, Plastic Table CSA B Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic Table CSA B CSA B CSA LC /CSA 6.26-M99* CSA Z b-2006 a- 2009* CSA Z a-2007 b- 2008* Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure- Pipe Systems Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- AL-PEX) Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing (CSST) (same as CSA 6.26) Gas Water Heaters - Volume I Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1a) Gas Water Heaters - Volume III Storage, Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu pper Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous (same as CSA 4.3) Piping, Plastic Table Piping, Plastic Fuel Gas Appliances, Fuel Gas Appliances CSA Z21.13b-2007* Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boiler (same as CSA 4.9b) Appliances, Fuel Gas Chapter 6 CSA Z21.15b-20069* CSA Z21.22b-2001 (R2008)* Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves Fuel Gas Valves, and Hose End Valves (same as CSA 9.1) Relief Valves for Hot-Water Supply Systems (same as CSA 4.4b) Valves CSA Z21.24a Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Connectionsors for Gas, Fuel Gas CSA Z21.41a-2005* Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel Appliances (same as Joints Fuel Gas CSA CGA 6.9a) CSA Z21.56a-20068* Gas Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7a) Swimming Pools Chapter 9 and Spas, and Hot Tubs, Fuel Gas CSA Z21.80a-2005 Line Pressure Regulators (same as CSA 6.22a) Fuel Gas (R2008)* DD ENV :2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : General Requirements) DD ENV :2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : Test Methods) DD ENV :2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : Performance Characterization of Stores for Solar Heating Systems) IAPMO IS ABS Building Drain, Waste Vent Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic Table IAPMO IS Polyethylene (PE) Cold Water Building Supply and Yard Piping Piping, Plastic Table IAPMO IS PVC Cold Water Building Supply and Yard Piping Piping, Plastic Table IAPMO IS Protectively Coated Pipe Pipe Coatings Table IAPMO IS CPVC Solvent Cemented Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems Piping, Plastic IAPMO PS Metallic Fittings for Joining Polyethylene Pipe for Water Service and Joints Chapter 5 Yard Piping IAPMO PS a Pipe Flashings Miscellaneous Chapter 4 IAPMO PS Valves with Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Valves IAPMO PS Copper and Copper Alloy Tubing System Incorporating Press-Type or Nail-Type Connections Fittings Piping IEEE Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Installation and Maintenance, Photovoltaic IEEE Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Photovoltaic, Sizing Chapter 10 IEEE Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Testing, Evaluation IEEE Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Testing, Photovoltaic Chapter

226 Standard number Standard title application IEEE Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Connections, Photovoltaic IEEE Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Array, Battery, Photovoltaic IEEE Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems Testing and Evaluation, Photovoltaic referenced SeCtIonS ISO :1993 Solar Heating Domestic Water Heating Systems Part 1 Solar System Chapter 3 ISO :1995 Solar Heating Domestic Water Heating Systems Solar System Chapter 3 ISO :1994 Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 1 Collector ISO :1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 2 Collector ISO :1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 3 Collector ISO TR 10217:1989 MSS SP Solar Energy Water Heating Systems Guide to Material Selection with Regard to Internal Corrosion Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design, and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation Solar System Chapter 3 Pipe Supports Fuel Gas MSS SP Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves Valves NFPA /Z National Fuel Gas Code Fuel Gas Code Chapter * NFPA * National Electrical Code Electrical Code Chapter 10 NFPA Method of Test of Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Certification NFPA * Standard Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation Table Pipe Insulation NSF * Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic NSF a9* Drinking Water System Components Health Effects Miscellaneous Water Supply Component NSF * Drinking Water Distillation Systems Appliances Chapter 4 SAE J Automotive Tube Fittings Tube Fittings SAE J Type F Clamps for Plumbing Applications Joints Chapter 5 SRCC OG Operating Guidelines for Certifying Solar Collectors Collectors SRCC Test Methods and Minimum standards for Certifying Innovative Solar Testing Collectors SRCC OG Operating Guidelines and Minimum Standards for Certifying Solar Water Heating Systems Solar System UL * (R2006) Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions through May 19, 2006 April 22, 2009) Water Heaters Appliances UL th edition 2008* Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (with revisions through May 27, 2005) UL (R2006)* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through November 3, 2009) UL Temperature-Indicating and Regulating Equipment (with revisions through January 6, 2010) Surface Burning Testing Miscellaneous Pumps Chapter 4 Electrical Chapter 10 UL Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through June 4, 2010) Electrical Chapter 10 UL Outline for Solar Collector Electrical Chapter 10 UL (R2006)* Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions through May 19, 2006 December 4, 2009) Electric Water Heaters Appliances Chapter 6 UL (R2004) Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions through April 8, 2008) Electrical UL (R2005) 2010 Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy Resources Electrical (d) UL Outline for Photovoltaic Wire Electrical

227 Standard number Standard title application UL A-2002 Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General Requirements referenced SeCtIonS Electrical Notes: * ANSI Approved Footnotes: 1 Although this standard is referenced in Table , some of the pipe, tubing, fittings, valves, or fixtures included in the standard are not acceptable for use under the provisions of the Uniform Solar Energy Code. 2 See Section for restriction. 3 Alloy C85200 for cleanout plugs. 4 Limited to domestic sewage. 5 Type II only. SubStantIatIon: The above revision provides an update to existing standards within Chapter 11. In addition, this change adds standards listed in the body of the USEC to Table A referenced section column has been added to benefit the end users. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Arnold Rodio, Pace Setter Plumbing Corp. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. CHaPter referenced StandardS General Standards. The standards listed in Table are intended for use in the design, testing, and installation of materials, devices, appliances, and equipment regulated by this code. table referenced StandardS Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASCE * Earthquake Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices Fuel Gas, Earthquake Valves, Shut- off Valves ASHRAE * Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Energy Chapter 8 ASHRAE * Methods of Testing to Determine the Thermal Performance of Solar Collectors Testing ASHRAE * Thermal Testing of 32 Residential Solar Water Heating Systems Testing ASHRAE Thermal Performance of Unglazed Flat-Plate Liquid-Type Solar Collectors Testing, Collector (R1989)* ASME A * Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems Piping ASME A * Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water-Connected Receptors) Fittings Table 404.2(a) ASME A (R2005)(R2010)* Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances, and Appurtenances Fittings Table 404.2(a) 224

228 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASME A Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings Table /CSA B * ASME A Plumbing Fixture Waste Fittings Fittings Table /CSA B * ASME A Flexible Water Connectors (same as CSA 125.6) Connectors 406.7, /CSA B * ASME B Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch Joints (R2006)* ASME B * Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings ASME B * Gray Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 (Includes Revision Fittings Services) ASME B * Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Fittings Metric/Inch ASME B * Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings Piping, Ferrous ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table ASME B Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table (R2005)* ASME B * Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints ASME B Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table (R2005) (R2010)* ASME B Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings; DWV Fittings (R2006)* ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, Fittings , 900, 1500, and 2500 ASME B * Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings ASME B * Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings DWV (Note 1) Fittings ASME B (R2007)* ASME BPVC Section IV * ASME BPVC Section VIII * ASME BPVC Section IX * ASME BPVC Section X-2007* Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to 125 psi (Sizes NPS 1 2 NPS 24) Valves ASME B * Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End Valves ASME B * Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60 Metric/Inch Standard Piping, Ferrous Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Miscellaneous Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1 Miscellaneous Welding and Brazing Qualifications Certification Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels Pressure Vessel Construction, Pressure Vessels Mounting ASME SA * Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or High-Temperature Service or Both ASSE * Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection 404.2(a) ASSE * Anti-Siphon Fill Valves (Ballcocks) for Gravity Water Closet Flush Backflow Protection 404.2(a) Tanks ASSE * Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Domestic Water Distribution Systems Valves ASSE * Water Hammer Arrestors Miscellaneous, Water Supply Component 225

229 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASSE * Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers ASSE * Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Distribution Systems Valves ASSE * Trap Seal Primer Valves Potable Water Supplied Valves ASSE * Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrant, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Draining Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) Type ASSE * Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Backflow Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic Design Types DWV Components ASSE * Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) ASSE * Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 403.2(a) ASSE * Push-Fit Fittings Fittings , , ASSE Dielectric Pipe Unions Joints , , ASSE Series Professional Qualification Standard for Backflow Prevention Assemblies, Certification Table 404.2(a) 2009* Testers, Repairers and Surveyors ASTM A 53/A 53M * Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded, and Seamless Piping, Ferrous 406.0, Table ASTM A Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A (R2009) Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service Piping, Ferrous Table ASTM A Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping, Ferrous Table Pipes ASTM A Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Piping, Ferrous Table (R2008) e1 ASTM A Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous Table (R2008) ASTM A Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Piping, Ferrous Table (R2009) e1* Nipples ASTM A High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous Table (R2008) ASTM B Solder Metal (Note 2) Joints ASTM B e1 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Table (R2004) 2010 Alloy ASTM B Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Table Alloy ASTM B Seamless Copper Tube Piping, Copper (R2010) Alloy ASTM B Seamless Copper Water Tube Piping, Copper Alloy

230 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASTM B a Seamless Brass Tube Piping, Copper Table Alloy ASTM B e1 General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper-Alloy Piping, Copper Table Tube Alloy ASTM B Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Table Alloy ASTM B Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B Welded Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy ASTM B a Copper Alloy Sand Casting for General Applications (Note 3) Piping, Copper Table Alloy ASTM B Welded Brass Tube Piping, Copper Table Alloy ASTM B e1 (R2005) Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Piping, Copper Alloy Table ASTM B (R2009) 2010 Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube Joints Copper and Copper Alloys ASTM B (R2010) Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings Joints Assembly ASTM C e1 (R2004) (R2009) Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Piping, Non-Metallic Table ASTM C Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Thermal Insulating Materials ASTM C Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Joints (R2009) ASTM C a e1 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints Chapter ASTM C a Rubber Gaskets for Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints ASTM C Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated Piping, Non-Metallic Table 404.2(a) ASTM C a Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints Chapter 5 ASTM D * Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing ASTM D a Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 804.3, ASTM D Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Testing Position ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D Rubber O-rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Joints (R2005) e1 (R2010) ASTM D Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe Joints (R2011)* and Fittings ASTM D * Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SDR-PR) based on Controlled Inside Piping, Plastic Table Diameter ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D * Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 (Note 1) Fittings ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 (Note 1) Fittings Table ASTM D * Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 (Note 1) Fittings Table ASTM D * Thermoplastic Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Piping, Plastic (Note 1) ASTM D e1 (R2009) Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems Joints

231 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASTM D Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (Notes 1) Fittings Table (R2008)* ASTM D Practice for Heating Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Plastic ASTM D a Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement Joints (R2009)* ASTM D Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Fittings Table * Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing ASTM D * Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table ASTM D b* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Piping, Plastic Table Distribution Systems ASTM D Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Joints (R2002) (R2010)* Pipe and Fittings ASTM D Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Piping, Plastic Table * Diameter ASTM D Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals Joints (R2011) ASTM D Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene Fittings Table a* (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM E c* Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous b ASTM E Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials Pipe Insulation to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM F * Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joints Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F * Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Fittings Table ASTM F * Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Fittings Table Schedule 40 ASTM F * Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule Fittings Table ASTM F * Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Piping, Plastic Table ASTM F b e1 * Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Piping, Plastic Table Ratios (SDR) Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ASTM F Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Joints * Pipe and Fittings ASTM F * Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Piping, Plastic Table Waste and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core (Note 1) ASTM F Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Joints * (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic * ASTM F * Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems Piping, Plastic ASTM F * Coextruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe with a Cellular Core Piping, Plastic Table ASTM F Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Fittings Table (R2006)* Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing ASTM F * Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- Piping, Plastic AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe ASTM F * Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure Pipe Piping, Plastic Table

232 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS ASTM F * Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Fittings e1 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with Fittings * Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F a* Metal Mechanical Cold Flare Compression Fittings with Disc Spring for Fittings Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F * Special Engineered Fittings or, Appurtenances or Valves for Use in Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Systems Piping, Plastic Table ASTM F * 2009 ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F * ASTM F e ASTM F * Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/ Aluminum/ Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe Fittings Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression Sleeves for Fittings Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe Stainless Steel Clamps for Securing SDR9 Cross-Linked Polyethylene Joints (PEX) Tubing to Metal Insert and Plastic Insert Fittings Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Ring for SDR9 Crosslinked Joints Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Crosslinked Polyethylene Tubing Piping, Plastic OD Controlled SDR9 Polypropylene (PP) Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems Piping, Plastic Table Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross- Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Cross-Linked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Tubing Pipe Fittings AWS A * Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding Joints AWS A * Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints AWS B * Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification Certification AWWA C * Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Fittings Table AWWA C * Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings (same as ANSI A 21.11) Joints , AWWA C * Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water Piping, Ferrous Table AWWA C * Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Fittings Table AWWA C * Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Miscellaneous Table Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied AWWA C * Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Miscellaneous Table Water Pipelines AWWA C * Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Piping, Ferrous AWWA C * Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe, 4 inches through 16 inches (100 mm through 400 mm), for Water Distribution Systems (Discontinued) Piping, Non-Metallic AWWA C * Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service Valves AWWA C * Ball Valves, 6 inches through 48 inches (152 mm through 1200 mm) Valves AWWA C * Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Prevention Table 404.2(a) AWWA C * Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Prevention Table 404.2(a) AWWA C * Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings 4 Piping, Plastic Table inches through 12 inches (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution AWWA C * Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 inches (13 mm) through 3 inches (76 mm), for Water Service Piping, Plastic Table

233 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS BS EN Thermal Solar Systems and Components Solar Collectors (Part 1: Collector General Requirements) BS EN Thermal Solar Systems and Components Solar Collectors (Part 2: Test Collector Methods) BS EN Thermal Solar Systems and Components Factory Made Systems (Part Solar System : General Requirements) BS EN Thermal Solar Systems and Components Factory Made Systems (Part Solar System : Test Methods) BS EN ISO Solar Energy Vocabulary Miscellaneous Chapter 2 CSA B Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) CSA B Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 404.2(a) CSA B Polyethylene (PE) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold Water Pressure Piping, Plastic Table Services CSA B Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic Table CSA B Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pressure- Piping, Plastic Table Pipe Systems CSA B Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- Piping, Plastic AL-PEX) Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems CSA B Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Pipe, Plastic CSA Z a-2009* Gas Water Heaters - Volume I Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Appliances, Fuel of Btu per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1a) Gas CSA Z b-2008 Gas Water Heaters - Volume III Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Appliances (R2010)* Above Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous (same as CSA 4.3b) CSA Z21.13ba-2007 Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boiler (same as CSA Appliances, Fuel Chapter * 4.9b) Gas CSA Z21.22b-2001 Relief Valves for Hot-Water Supply Systems (same as CSA 4.4b) Valves (R2008)* CSA Z21.24a-2009* Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Connectors for Gas, Fuel Gas CSA Z21.56a-2008* Gas Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7a) Swimming Pools Chapter 9 and Spas, and Hot Tubs, Fuel Gas DD ENV Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : General Requirements) DD ENV Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : Test Methods) DD ENV Thermal Solar Systems and Components Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System : Performance Characterization of Stores for Solar Heating Systems) IAPMO IS PVC Cold Water Building Supply and Yard Piping Piping, Plastic Table IAPMO IS Protectively Coated Pipe Pipe Coatings Table IAPMO IS CPVC Solvent Cemented Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems Piping, Plastic IAPMO PS Metallic Fittings for Joining Polyethylene Pipe for Water Service and Joints Chapter 5 Yard Piping IAPMO PS a Pipe Flashings Miscellaneous Chapter 4 IAPMO PS Valves with Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Valves IAPMO PS Copper and Copper Alloy Tubing System Incorporating Press-Type or Piping Nail-Type Connections IEEE Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Installation and Maintenance, Photovoltaic

234 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS IEEE Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Photovoltaic, Sizing Chapter 10 IEEE Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Testing, Evaluation IEEE Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Testing, Photovoltaic Chapter 10 IEEE Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Connections, Photovoltaic IEEE Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Array, Battery, Photovoltaic IEEE Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems Testing and Evaluation, Photovoltaic ISO Solar Heating Domestic Water Heating Systems Part 1 Solar System Chapter 3 ISO Solar Heating Domestic Water Heating Systems Solar System Chapter 3 ISO Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 1 Collector ISO Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 2 Collector ISO Test Methods for Solar Collectors Part 3 Collector ISO TR Solar Energy Water Heating Systems Guide to Material Selection Solar System Chapter 3 with Regard to Internal Corrosion MSS SP Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Fuel Gas Application, and Installation MSS SP * Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves Valves NFPA * National Electrical Code Electrical Chapter 10 NFPA * Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation Pipe Insulation Table NSF * Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic NSF a* Drinking Water System Components Health Effects Water Supply Component PDI-WH Water Hammer Arresters Miscellaneous, Water Supply Component SAE J Automotive Tube Fittings Fittings SRCC Operating Guidelines for Certifying Solar Collectors Collectors SRCC Test Methods and Minimum Standards for Certifying Innovative Solar Testing Collectors SRCC OG Operating Guidelines and Minimum Standards for Certifying Solar Solar System , Water Heating Systems UL * Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions through Appliances April 22, 2009) UL * Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (with revisions Miscellaneous, Sur through September 13, 2010) face Burning Testing UL * Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through August 25, 2011) Pumps Chapter 11 UL Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revisions Electrical Chapter 10 through January 6, 2010) UL Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through June 4, 2010) Electrical Chapter 10 UL * Safety Marking and Labeling System (with revisions through November 24, 2008) Marking, Labeling , Appendix D.4.1 UL Outline of Investigation for Solar Collectors Electrical UL * Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters (with Appliances Chapter 6 revisions through December 4, 2009) UL * Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions through April 8, 2008 May 23, 2011) Electrical Chapter 7 231

235 Standard number Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS UL Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Electrical Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy Resources UL Outline of Investigation for Photovoltaic Wire Electrical UL Outline for Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical UL Outline for Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Assemblies Electrical UL A Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General Requirements Electrical Chapter 10 SubStantIatIon: Table should reflect the latest version of the standards that are listed in accordance with revisions provided by the promulgators. AWWA C400 has been discontinued without replacement by the promulgators. 232

236 Item # 130 Comment Seq # 39 USEC 2012 (Appendix E): SubmItter: Dennis Grubb Orange County Fire Authority recommendation: Add new text as follows: appendix e SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC InStaLLatIon GuIdeLIneS [CaLIFornIa department of ForeStrY and FIre ProteCtIon office of the State FIre marshal] The following guidelines are included here for convenience of the users of the Uniform Solar Energy Code. e.1.0 adopting the Guidelines. e.1.1 General. These guidelines are a suggested means of writing a local ordinance and do not have the force of a law. Adoption of these guidelines are optional. The provisions of these guidelines shall be permitted to be adopted by local city, county, or city and county governments to establish more restrictive provisions contained in the building or fire codes. It is necessary to amend the wording of these guidelines to convert them from guidelines to an adopted ordinance. e.2.0 General. e.2.1 Scope. Provisions contained in these guideline shall not apply unless specifically adopted by local ordinance. Solar contractors shall contact their local fire department to determine where alternate means or methods will allow for a safe installation that is acceptable to the fire department. Authority Having Jurisdiction shall approve alternative means of compliance based on their authority. e.3.0 Local ordinance required by City, County, City and County, Fire Protection districts. e.3.1 General. These guidelines do not have the force of law and the provisions of these guidelines do not limit the existing authority of city or county governments or fire protection districts to establish more restrictive and reasonably provisions contained in the building code pursuant to complying with the findings and filing requirements. e.4.0 marking. e.4.1 General. PV systems shall be marked. Marking is needed to provide emergency responders with warning and guidance with respect to working around and isolating the solar electric system. This will facilitate identifying energized electrical lines that connect the solar modules to the inverter, as these shall not be cut where venting for smoke removal. Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant in accordance with UL 969. e.4.2 main Service disconnect. For residential applications, the marking shall be permitted to be placed within the main service disconnect. Where the main service disconnect is operable with the service panel closed, the marking shall be placed on the outside cover. For commercial applications, the marking shall be placed adjacent to the main service disconnect in a location visible from the location where the lever is operated. e marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for main service disconnects shall be in accordance with the following: (1) Marking content: CAUTION: SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM CONNECTED. (2) Red background. (3) White Lettering. (4) Minimum 3 8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (5) Capital letters. (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold. (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement). 233

237 e.4.3 marking for direct Current Conduit, raceways, enclosures, Cable assemblies, and Junction boxes. Markings shall be required on interior and exterior DC conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes to alert the fire service to avoid cutting them. Markings shall be placed on interior and exterior DC conduit, raceways, enclosures, and cable assemblies, every 10 feet (3048 mm), at turns and above, below or both penetrations and DC combiner and junction boxes. e marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for direct current conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes shall be in accordance with the following: (1) Marking content: CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT. (2) Red Background. (3) White lettering. (4) Minimum 3 8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (5) Capital letters. (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold. (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement). e.4.4 Inverters. Marking shall not be required for the inverter. e.5.0 access, Pathways, and Smoke Ventilation. e.5.1 General. Access and spacing requirements shall be observed in order to: (1) Ensure access to the roof. (2) Provide pathways to specific areas of the roof. (3) Provide for smoke ventilation opportunity areas. (4) Provide emergency egress from the roof. Local jurisdictions shall create exceptions to this requirement where access, pathway, or ventilation requirements are reduced due to: (1) Proximity and type of adjacent exposures. (2) Alternative access opportunities (from adjoining roofs). (3) Ground level access to the roof area. (4) Ventilation requirements beneath solar arrays (elevated or widely-spaced arrays). (5) Ventilation afforded by module set back from other rooftop equipment (shading or structural constraints shall be permitted to leave areas open for ventilation close to HVAC equipment). (6) Automatic ventilation devices. (7) New technology, methods, or innovations that ensure fire department access, pathways, and ventilation requirements. Designation of ridge, hip, and valley shall not apply to roofs with two and twelve or less pitch. Roof dimensions are measured to centerlines. Roof access points shall be defined as areas where ladders are not placed over openings (e.g., windows or doors); are located at strong points of building construction; and are located in locations where they will not conflict with overhead obstructions (e.g., tree limbs, wires, or signs). e.5.2 residential Systems Single and two-unit residential dwellings. Plan review shall be required where a system is installed on more than 50 percent of the roof area of a residential building. See Figure E.5.2(a) through Figure E.5.2(d). e access or Pathways. Access or pathways on the roof shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Residential buildings with hip roof layouts: Modules shall be located in a manner that provides one 3 foot (914 mm) wide clear access pathway from the eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located. The access pathway shall be located at a structurally strong location on the building (such as a bearing wall). (2) Residential buildings with a single ridge: Modules shall be located in a manner that provides two 3 foot (914 mm) wide access pathways from the eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located. (3) Hips and Valleys: Modules shall be located not less than feet (457 mm) from a hip or a valley where modules are to be placed on both sides of a hip or valley. Where the modules are to be located on one side of a hip or valley that is of equal length then the modules shall be permitted to be placed directly adjacent to the hip or valley. 234

238 e Smoke Ventilation. The modules shall not be located more than 3 feet (914 mm) from the lowest level of the ridge. e.5.3 Commercial buildings and residential Housing Comprised of three or more units. Where a local fire department determines that the roof configuration is similar to residential (such as in the case of townhouses, condominiums, or single family attached buildings), the local fire department shall be permitted to make a determination to apply the residential access and ventilation requirements. (See Figure E.5.3(a) through Figure E.5.3(d)) e access. There shall be not less than a 6 feet (1829 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of the roof. Where either axis of the building is 250 feet ( mm) or less, there shall not be less than a 4 feet (1219 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of the roof. e Pathways. Pathways shall be established in the design of the solar installation. Pathways shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Shall be over structural members. (2) Centerline axis pathways shall be provided in both axis of the roof. Centerline axis pathways shall run on structural members or over the next closest structural member nearest to the center lines of the roof. (3) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to skylights, ventilation hatches, or both. (4) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to roof standpipes. (5) Shall provide not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear around roof access hatches with not less than one 4 foot (1219 mm) clear pathway to parapet or roof edge. e Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Arrays shall not exceed 150 feet ( mm) by 150 feet ( mm) in distance in either axis. (2) Ventilation between array sections shall be provided with one of the following: (a) A pathway 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in width. (b) Four feet (1219 mm) or greater in width pathway and bordering on existing roof skylights or ventilation hatches. (c) Four feet (1219 mm) or greater in width pathway and bordering 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet (2438 mm) venting cutouts every 20 feet (6096 mm) on alternating sides of the pathway. e.6.0 Location of direct Current (dc) Conductors. e.6.1 General. Conduit, wiring systems, and raceways for photovoltaic circuits shall be located as close as possible to the ridge, hip, or valley and from the hip or valley as directly as possible to an outside wall to reduce trip hazards and maximize ventilation opportunities. Conduit runs between sub arrays and to DC combiner boxes shall use design guidelines that minimize total amount of conduit on the roof by taking the shortest path from the array to the DC combiner box. The DC combiner boxes shall be located such that conduit runs are minimized in the pathways between arrays. To limit the hazard of cutting live conduit in venting operations, DC wiring shall be ran in metallic conduit or raceways where located within enclosed specs in a building and shall be ran along the bottom of load-bearing members. e.7.0 non-habitable buildings. e.7.1 General. These guidelines shall not apply to non-habitable structures (e.g., parking shade structures, solar trellises, etc). e.8.0 Ground mounted Photovoltaic arrays. e.8.1 General. Setback requirements shall not apply to ground-mounted and freestanding photovoltaic arrays. A clear brush area of 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required for ground mounted photovoltaic arrays. 235

239 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(a) SoLar SYStem on CroSS GabLe roof SInGLe and two unit residential For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(b) SoLar SYStem on CroSS GabLe roof WItH VaLLeY SInGLe and two-unit residential 236

240 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(c) SoLar SYStem on FuLL GabLe roof SInGLe and two-unit residential For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(d) SoLar SYStem on FuLL HIP roof SInGLe and two-unit residential 237

241 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(a) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on LarGe CommerCIaL WItH 8 Foot WaLKWaYS For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(b) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on LarGe CommerCIaL WItH 4 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS WItH 8 Foot by 4 Foot VentInG CutoutS every 20 Foot LenGtH 238

242 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(c) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on SmaLL CommerCIaL WItH 4 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS WItH 8 Foot by 4 Foot VentInG CutoutS every 20 Foot LenGtH For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(d) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on SmaLL CommerCIaL WItH 8 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS CHaPter 11 material StandardS table referenced StandardS Standards for Materials, Equipment, Joints and Connections Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevant portions of all such standards shall apply. Standard number UL * Safety Marking and Labeling Systems (with revisions through May 24, 2008) Standard title application referenced SeCtIonS Marking, Labeling E

243 SubStantIatIon: These guidelines are being proposed for the Uniform Solar Energy Code in order to provide a uniform approach to the fire safety issues associated with solar photovoltaic system installation. These guidelines have been accepted in principle by NFPA 1 Technical Committee as an addition to the 2012 NFPA 1. Photovoltaic arrays are increasing in popularity as an alternative energy source. These arrays, which cannot be shut down and retain electrical charges present hazards to firefighters operating on roofs with arrays or nearby circuits. The above provisions is intended to provide general requirements to allow personnel working around and near the arrays safely. CommIttee action: Accept as Submitted a PubLIC Comment(S) WaS SubmItted For review and ConSIderatIon. PubLIC Comment: SubmItter: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. recommendation: Request to accept the code change proposal as modified by this public comment. appendix e b SoLar PHotoVoLtaIC SYStem InStaLLatIon GuIdeLIneS The following guidelines are included here in for convenience of the users of the Uniform Solar Energy Code. e.1.0 adopting the Guidelines. e.1.1 General. These guidelines are a suggested means of writing a local ordinance and do not have the force of a law. Adoption of these guidelines are optional. The provisions of these guidelines shall be permitted to be adopted by local city, county, or city and county governments to establish more restrictive provisions contained in the building or fire codes. It is necessary to amend the wording of these guidelines to convert them from guidelines to an adopted ordinance. e.2.0 b 1.0 General. e.2.1 b 1.1 Scope applicability. Provisions contained in these guidelines shall not apply unless specifically adopted by local ordinance in accordance with Section e.7.0 non-habitable buildings. e.7.1 General. These guidelines shall not apply to non-habitable structures (e.g., parking shade structures, solar trellises, etc.). b 1.2 alternate materials and methods. Solar contractors shall contact their local fire department to determine where a Alternate means materials or and methods shall be approved in accordance with Section will allow for a safe installation that is acceptable to the fire department Authority Having Jurisdiction shall approve alternative means of compliance based on their authority. e.3.0 Local ordinance required by City, County, City and County, Fire Protection districts. e.3.1 General. These guidelines do not have the force of law and the provisions of these guidelines do not limit the existing authority of city or county governments or fire protection districts to establish more restrictive and reasonably provisions contained in the building code pursuant to complying with the findings and filing requirements. e.4.0 b 2.0 marking. e.4.1 b 2.1 General. Photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be marked. Marking is needed to provide emergency responders with warning and guidance with respect to working around and isolating the solar electric system. This will facilitate identifying energized electrical lines that connect the solar modules to the inverter, as these shall be not cut where venting for smoke removal. Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant in accordance with UL 969 and the manufacturer s instructions. e.4.2 b 2.2 main Service disconnect. For residential applications, the marking shall be permitted to be placed within the main service disconnect. Where the main service disconnect is operable with the service panel closed, the marking shall be placed on the outside cover. For commercial applications, the marking shall be placed adjacent to the main service disconnect in a location visible from the location where the lever is operated. 240

244 e b marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for main service disconnects shall be in accordance comply with the following: (1) Marking content: CAUTION: SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM CONNECTED. (2) Red background. (3) White lettering. (4) Minimum 3 8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (5) Capital letters. (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold. (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement). e.4.3 b 2.3 marking for direct Current Conduit, raceways, enclosures, Cable assemblies, and Junction boxes. Approved Mmarkings shall be required on interior and exterior DC conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes to alert the fire service to avoid cutting them. Markings shall be placed on interior and exterior DC conduit, raceways, enclosures, and cable assemblies, every 10 feet (3048 mm),; at turns; and above, below or both at penetrations; and at DC combiner and junction boxes. e b marking Content and Format. Marking content and format for direct current conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction boxes shall be in accordance comply with the following: (1) Marking content: CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT. (2) Red background. (3) White lettering. (4) Minimum 3 8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (5) Capital letters. (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold. (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement). e.4.4 b 2.4 Inverters. Markings shall not be required for the inverter. e.5.0 b 3.0 access, Pathways, and Smoke Ventilation. e.5.1 b 3.1 General. Access and spacing requirements of PV modules shall be observed in order to comply with Section B 3.2 through Section B 3.3.3: (1) Ensure access to the roof. (2) Provide pathways to specific areas of the roof. (3) Provide for smoke ventilation opportunity areas. (4) Provide emergency egress from the roof. Local jurisdictions shall create exceptions to this requirement where access, pathway, or ventilation requirements are reduced due to: (1) Proximity and type of adjacent exposures. (2) Alternative access opportunities (from adjoining roofs). (3) Ground level access to the roof area. (4) Ventilation requirements beneath solar arrays (elevated or widely-spaced arrays). (5) Ventilation afforded by module set back from other rooftop equipment (shading or structural constraints shall be permitted to leave areas open for ventilation close to HVAC equipment). (6) Automatic ventilation devices. (7) New technology, methods, or innovations that ensure fire department access, pathways, and ventilation requirements. Designation of ridge, hip, and valley shall not apply to roofs with two and twelve or less pitch. Roof dimensions are measured to centerlines. Roof access points shall be defined as areas where ladders are not placed over openings (e.g., windows or doors); are located at strong points of building construction; and are located in locations where they will not conflict with overhead obstructions (e.g., tree limbs, wires, or signs). e.5.2 b 3.2 residential Systems Single and two-unit residential dwellings. Plan review shall be required where a system is installed on more than 50 percent of the roof area of a residential building. See Figure E.5.2(a) B 3.2(a) through Figure E.5.2(d) B 3.2(d). 241

245 e b access or Pathways. Access or pathways on the roof shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Residential buildings with hip roof layouts: Modules, on a hip roof, shall be located in a manner that provides one 3 foot (914 mm) wide clear access pathway from the eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located. The access pathway shall be located at a structurally strong location on the building (such as a bearing wall) over structural members. (2) Residential buildings with a single ridge: Modules, on a roof with a single ridge, shall be located in a manner that provides two 3 foot (914 mm) wide access pathways from the eave to the ridge on each roof slope where modules are located. (3) Hips and Valleys: Modules, adjacent to hips and valleys, shall be located not less than 1 ½ feet 18 inches (457 mm) from a hip or a valley where modules are to be placed on both sides of a hip or valley. Where the modules are to be located on one side of a hip or valley that is of equal length, then the modules shall be permitted to be placed directly adjacent to the hip or valley. e b Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided by locating The modules shall not be located not more than 3 feet (914 mm) from the lowest level of the ridge. e.5.3 b 3.3 Commercial buildings and residential Housing Comprised of three or more units. Where a local fire department the Authority Having Jurisdiction determines that the roof configuration is similar to residential (such as in the case of townhouses, condominiums, or single family attached buildings), the local fire department shall be permitted to make a determination to apply the residential the access and ventilation requirements of Section B 3.2 through Section B shall apply. (See Figure E.5.3(a) B 3.3(a) through Figure E.5.3(d) B 3.3(d)) e b access. There shall be not less than a 6 feet (1829 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of the roof. Where either axis of the building is 250 feet ( mm) or less, there shall be not less than a 4 feet (1219 mm) wide clear perimeter around the edges of the roof. e b Pathways. Pathways shall be established in the design of the solar installation. Pathways shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Pathways Sshall be located over structural members. (2) Centerline axis pathways shall be provided in both axis of the roof. Centerline axis pathways shall run on structural members or over the next closest structural member nearest to the center lines of the roof. (3) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to skylights, ventilation hatches, or both. (4) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to roof standpipes. (53) There Sshall provide be not less than a 4 feet foot (1219 mm) clearance around roof access hatches, skylights, ventilation hatches, roof standpipes, and similar obstructions. (4) There shall be with not less than one 4 foot (1219 mm) clear pathway to parapets or roof edges. e b Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Arrays shall not exceed 150 feet ( mm) by 150 feet ( mm) in distance in either axis. (2) Ventilation between array sections shall be provided with one of the following: (a) A pathway 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in width. (b) A pathway Four 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width pathway and bordering on that borders existing roof skylights or ventilation hatches. (c) A pathway Four 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width pathway and bordering that borders 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet (2438 mm) venting cutouts every 20 feet (6096 mm) on alternating sides of the pathway. e.6.0 b 4.0 Location of direct Current (dc) Conductors. e.6.1 b 4.1 General. Conduit, wiring systems, and raceways for photovoltaic circuits shall comply with NFPA 70 and be located as close as possible to the a ridge, hip, or valley; and from the hip or valley as directly as possible to an outside wall to reduce trip hazards and maximize ventilation opportunities. Conduit runs between sub arrays and to DC combiner boxes shall use design guidelines that minimize total amount of conduit on the roof by taking the be the shortest path from the array to the DC combiner box. The DC combiner boxes shall be located such that conduit runs are minimized in the pathways between arrays. To limit the hazard of cutting live conduit in venting operations, DC wiring shall be ran in metallic conduit or raceways where located within enclosed specs spaces in a building and shall be ran along the bottom of load-bearing structural members. e.8.0 b 5.0 Ground mounted Photovoltaic arrays. e.8.1 b 5.1 General. Setback requirements shall not apply to ground-mounted and freestanding photovoltaic arrays. A clear brush area clearance of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required for around ground mounted photovoltaic arrays. 242

246 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(a) b 3.2(a) SoLar SYStem on CroSS GabLe roof SInGLe and two unit residential building For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(b) b 3.2(b) SoLar SYStem on CroSS GabLe roof WItH VaLLeY SInGLe and two-unit residential building 243

247 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(c) b 3.2(c) SoLar SYStem on FuLL GabLe roof SInGLe and two-unit residential building For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.2(d) b 3.2(d) SoLar SYStem on FuLL HIP roof SInGLe and two-unit residential building 244

248 For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(a) b 3.3(a) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on LarGe CommerCIaL building WItH 8 Foot WaLKWaYS For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(b) b 3.3(b) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on LarGe CommerCIaL building WItH 4 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS WItH 8 Foot by 4 Foot VentInG CutoutS every 20 Foot LenGtH 245

249 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(c) b 3.3(c) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on SmaLL CommerCIaL building WItH 4 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS WItH 8 Foot by 4 Foot VentInG CutoutS every 20 Foot LenGtH For SI units: 1 foot = mm FIGure e.5.3(d) b 3.3(d) SoLar array InStaLLatIon on SmaLL CommerCIaL building WItH 8 Foot WIde WaLKWaYS SubStantIatIon: Item #130 should be approved as modified based on the following reasons: 1. Appendix E should be relocated to Appendix B as the current Appendices A and B should not be considered as appendices as they provide reference information that is applicable to all parts of the code. Therefore, Appendix A and B should be relocated after the appendices as Useful Tables to correlate with the 2012 UPC and 2012 USPSHTC. 2. Sections E 1.0 (Adopting the Guidelines) and E 3.0 (Local Ordinance Required by City, County, City and County, Fire Protection Districts) are unnecessary, and should be deleted as provisions for appendices not being enforceable until formally adopted are already stated in Section (Appendices) of this code. Furthermore, provisions for an enforcing authority to enforce other requirements besides those stated in this code are already stated in Section (Organization and Enforcement). 246